



I ff -rr -- I t , 






-^^.!:^ 






^ 

^1' 



/ 



'^^^■iT^r^fc^ 



L'»«ll>>l»l««l|».lllMl'lLaail 'Itift o^b^.-^U «.»..«> 



:^.^-. 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. 



■^ 



■o 



§iptf. Qxr iuji ' Igljl !f xr* 

Shelf J.Z\.£. 

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 



uk^ iz mi 



THE 



Bible Hand-Book: 



AN AID IN 



THE STUDY OF THE WORD OF GOD, 



AND A OUIDE TO 



Its Treasures of "W^isdom 



\1 i BY W. W. DOWLING, 

^"'l (/ Author of " The Lesson Helper" and " The Lesson Primer, ^^ 

5 Editor of the Christian Sunday-school Series. 



r Thou Wilt Guide Me by Thy Co 



PUBLISHE D BT 

CHRISTIAN PUBLISHING COMPANY, 

ST. LOUIS. 



\ 




.3g 



DEDICATION. 



To AH who are Earnestly Searching the Bible, the Blessed 
Volume of Inspiration, for the Hidden Treasures of Wisdom 
and Grace, this Hand-Book is Respectfully Inscribed by 

The Author. 



COPTKIGETED, 18S7, 

By Christian Publishing Compajtt. 



PREFACE. 



The Bible Hand-Book is designed as an Aid to the Systematic Study of 
the Word of God. 

The Plan of the Work is simple, and will be readily comprehended on 
■examination. It is .suflB.cient here to say that a Preliminary Survey of the 
Blessed Volume has first been made, and the various Books of the two Grand 
Departments classified according to their subject-matter, after which each 
Book has been taken up in its proper order, and, preceded by a General View, 
its contents Analyzed and Arranged in lessons of convenient length for study 
«,nd recitation. 

To each lesson a few Questions have been appended, designed to test the 
"knowledge of the student, and these, again, are followed by Seed Thoughts, 
which embrace the Leading Truths taught, and Practical Lessons to be 
remembered. 

The material found in the Supplementary Sections has been gathered 
from various sources, and an effort made to bring within the compass of a 
few pages the substance of many large volumes. 

In the Chronology of the Old Testament the Tables of Archbishop Usher 
have, in the main, been followed; and in the New Testament, those of Dr. 
Anderson. Though not free from objection and criticism, these are 
undoubtedly, on the whole, the most reliable that have ever been compiled. 

Finally, if this Book should accomplish the mission upon which it is sent, 
those to whom it may come will love the Bible itself better, and it will daily 
become more and more "A Lamp unto Their Feet," guiding them in the Way 
that leads to that City which will be Eternally Lighted by the Glory of God 
and the Lamb. 

W. W. D. 

St. Louis, Janiiary, 1887. 

(8) 



THE BOOKS OF THE BIBLE. 



I. THE OLD TESTAMENT. 





I. THE Law. 




OEBEE 


BOOK. NO. 


OFCH 


OKDBR. 


BOOK. NO. 


OPCH. 


19 


Psalms. 


150 


1 

2 


Genesis. 
Exodus. 


50 
40 


20 

21 


Proverbs. 
Ecclesiastes. 


31 
12 


3 


Leviticus. 


27 


22 


Song of Solomon. 


8 


4 
5 


Numbers. 
Deuteronomy. 


36 
84 




ly. Prophetical. 






II. HlSTORICATu 




23 
24 


Isaiah. 
Jeremiah. 


66 
52 


6 


Joshua. 


24 


25 


Lamentations. 


5 


7 


Judges. 


21 


26 


Ezekiel. 


48 


8 


Euth. 


4 


27 


Daniel. 


12 


9 


I. SamueL 


31 


28 


Bosea. • 


14 


10 


II. Samuel. 


24 


29 


JoeL 


3 


11 


I. Kings. 


22 


30 


Amos. 


9 


12 


II. Kings. 


25 


31 


Obadiah. 


1 


13 


I. Chronicles. 


29 


32 


Jonah. 


4 


14 


IL Chronicles. 


36 


33 


Micah. 


7 


15 


Ezra. 


10 


34 


Nahum. 


3 


16 


Nehemiah. 


13 


35 


Habakkuk. 


a 


17 


Esther. 


10 


36 


Zephaniah. 


3 




III. Poetical. 




37 

38 


Haggai. 
Zechariah. 


2 
14 


18 


Job. 


42 


39 


Malachi. 


4 



II. THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



OBBBB. 


BOOK. 


1 

2 
3 
4 


Matthew. 
Mark. 
Luke. 
John. 



9 
10 
11 
13 



I. Biographical. 

STO. OF CH. 

28 
16 
24 
21 

II. Historical. 

Acts of the Apostles. 28 

III. Didactical. 

Romans. 16 

I. Corinthians 16 

JI. Corinthians. 13 

Galatian s. 6 

Ephesians. 6 

Philippians. 4 

Colossians. 4 



OKDEK. 


BOOK. NO. 


OFCH. 


13 


I. Thesealonians. 


5 


14 


II. Thessalonians. 


3 


15 


I. Timothy. 


6 


16 


II. Timothy. 


4 


17 


Titus 


3 


18 


Philemon. 


1 


19 


Hebrews. 


13 


20 


James. 


5 


21 


I. Peter. 


5 


22 


H. Peter. 


3 


23 


I. John. 


5 


24 


II. John. 


1 


25 


III. John. 


1 


26 


Jude. 


1 



TV. Prophetical. 

27 Revelation. 22 



(4) 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



TITLE. 

Title Page, 

Dedication, 

Preface, 



The Bible, 
The Old Testament, 
The Pentateuch, - 
The Beginning, - 
The First Family, 
The Great Destruction, 
The New Beginning, 
Father Abraham, 
The Chosen Family, 
The Great Deliverer, 
The Great Conflict, 
The Great Delivererance, 
Giving of the Law, 
Laws and Ordinances, - 
The Holy Sanctuary, 
The Priesthood, - 
Wanderings, 
Last Days of Moses, 
The Pentateuch — Review, 
The Historical Books, - 
The Promised Land, 
The Judges of Israel, - 
The Story of Ruth, 
Times of Samuel, 
Kingdom of David, 
Reign of Solomon, 
Divided Kingdom, 
Times of Elijah, 
End of the Kingdom, - 
Historical Review, 
Keturn from Captivity, 



.ELIM 


INARY. 




PAGE. 


TITLE. 


PAGE. 


1 


Books of the Bible, 


4 


2 


Part II, - 


7 


3 


Old Testament Chronology, 


8 


LD TESTAMENT. 




9 


The Returned Captives, 


80 


11 


The Story of Esther, - 


83 


14 


Historical Books — Review, 


86 


16 


The Poetical Books, 


87 


18 


The Book ot Job, 


88 


20 


Book of Psalms— OwtZiwe, 


91 


22 


Book of Psalms— Anal-ysts, 


93 


24 


Book of Proverbs, 


96 


26 


Ecclesiastes, 


98 


28 


Song of Solomon, 


101 


80 


The Prophetical Books, 


103 


32 


Book of Isaiah, - 


105 


34 


Book of Jeremiah, 


109 


36 


Lamentations, 


112 


38 


Book of Ezekiel, 


114 


40 


Book of Daniel, 


118 


42 


The Minor Prophets— I,, 


122 


44 


The Minor Prophets— II., 


126 


46 


The Minor Prophets— III., 


129 


47 


The Minor Prophets— IV., 


133 


50 
52 


SUPPLEJMENTARY. 




55 


Old Testament History, 


135 


58 


Intervening Period, 


139 


61 


Old Testament Miracles, 


142 


63 


Old Testament Para-bles, 


143 


66 


Prophecies of Christ, - 


144 


69 


Names, Titles and Offices, 


149 


72 


Symbols of Christ, 


152 


75 


Miscellaneous Symbols, 


155 


77 


Types of Christ, 


158 



(5) 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



TITLE. PAGE. 

Types of the Church, - - 161 

Miscellaneous Types, - - 163 

The Great Temples, - - 165 

The Great Empires, - - 169 

Civil and Military Officers, - 172 
Sects. Orders. Classes & Councils, 174 

Weights and Measures, • 179 

Lands of the Bible— O. T., - 181 



TITLE. 

Lands of the Bible— jy. T., 

Mountains, 

Lowlands, 

Bodies of Water, 

Streams, - 

Cities and Towns— O. T., 

Cities and Towns— JV. T., 

Descent of Christ, 



THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



Pakt II., - - - - 203 

New Testament Chronology, - 204 

The New Testament— QutZine, 205 

The Xew Testament— ffistory, 208 

The Gospels, - - - 212 

The Gospel of Matthew, - 214 

The Gospel of Mark, - - 219 

The Gospel of Luke, - - 223 

The Gospel of John, - - 226 

Acts of the Apostles, - - 231 

The Epistles, - - - 235 

Romans, - - - - 236 

Corinthians, - - - 239 

Galatians, - - - 243 

Ephesians, ... 245 

Philippians, - - - 247 

Colossians, ... 250 

Thessalonians, - - - 252 

Hebrews, - - - - 255 



Timothy, . . . 

Titus, . . . . 

Philemon, . . . 

Epistle of James, 

Epistles of Peter, 

Epistles of John, 

Epistle of Jude, 

Book of Eerelations, - 

Stpple^lextary. 

The Life of Jesus, 
The Apostles, . . . 

Other Eminent Ministers, 
Paul's 3Iissionary Journeys, - 
Paul's Journey to Rome, 
The Church of Christ, - 
The Gospel of Christ, - 
The Miracles of Jesus, 
The Sayings of Jesus, 



PAGE. 

184 
187 
189 
190 
192 
194 
197 
302 



357 
260 
261 
264 
266 
269 
871 
274 



277 
288 
292 
29S 
30O 
302 
306 
308 

aoa 



PAET I. 

The Old Testament. 



CHRONOLOGY OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 



B. C. 


BVENXe. 


B. c. 


EVENTS. 


4004 


The Creation. 


1296 


Marriage of Boaz and Ruth. 


2348 


The Deluge. 


1291 


Gideon's Victory. 


2207 


Confusion of Tongues. 


1188 


Jephthah's Vow. 


199R 


Death of Noah. 


1156 


Birth of Samson. 


1996 


Birth of Abram. 


1155 


Birth of Samuel. 


1931 


Call of Abram. 


1116 


Death of Samson and Ell. 


1910 


Birth of Ishmael. 


1096 


Saul Anointed. 


1S9fi 


Birth of Isaac. 


1064 


David Anointed. 


is?;> 


Sacrifice of Isaac. 


1060 


David's Flight from Saul. 


is;^6 


Birth of Esau and Jacob. 


1056 


Death of Saul. 


17?i^ 


Joseph Sold. 


1056 


David Made King of Judah. 


ITOfi 


Israel's Removal to Egypt. 


1049 


David Made King of Israel. 


1ft99 


Death of Jacob. 


1025 


Revolt of Absalom. 


1636 


Death of Joseph. 


1016 


Rebellion of Adonijah. 


1571 


Birth ofMoses. 
Moses' Flight. 


1016 


Death of David. 


1581 


1016 


Accession of Solomon. 


1491 


The Exodus. 


1004 


Dedication of the Temple. 


1451 


Entrance Into Canaan. 


976 


Death of Solomon. 


1444 


Allotment of Canaan. 


976 


Revolt of the Ten Tribes. 


1^8 


Deborah and Barak. 







THE DIVIDED KINQDOM. 



B. C. 


JTTDAH. 


B. c. 


ISRAEIi. 


B. c. 


JTTDAH. 


B. o. 


ISRAEL. 


976 


Rehoboam. 


976 


Jeroboam. 






770 


Menahem, 


959 


Abijah. 


955 


Nadab. 


756 


Jotham. 


761 


Pekahiah. 


956 


Asa. 


953 


Baasha. 


742 


Ahaz, 


759 


Pekah. 






931 


Elah. 


726 


Hezeklah. 


730 


Hoshea. 






930 


Timrl. 


677 


Manasseh. 


721 


Captivity. 






930 


Omrl. 


642 


Amon. 






915 


Jehoshaphat. 


917 


Ahab. 


640 


Josiah. 






889 


Jehoram. 


898 


Ahaziah. 


609 


Jehoahaz. 






885 


Ahaziah. 


897 


Jehoram. 


609 


Jehoakim. 






883 


Athaliah. 


883 


Jehu. 


606 


Captivity of 






877 


Joash. 


855 


Jehoahaz. 




Two Tribes. 






838 


Amazlah. 


8;« 


Jehoash. 


599 


Jehoachin. 






808 


Uzziah. 


823 


Jeroboam II. 


599 


Zedekiah. 










871 


Zachariah. 


588 


Destru' n of Temple. 










770 


Shallum. 


588 


Complete Captivity. 







B.C. 



536 
516 
458 
429 
397 
332 
320 
312 
300 

;^ 

216 
203 
200 
170 



EVENTS. 



Return under Zerubbabel. 
Dedication of the Second Temple. 
Mission of Ezra to Jerusalem. 
Completion of the Wall of Jerusalem. 
Close of Prophecy. 
Alexander's Visit to Jerusalem. 
Ptolemy Lagus Takes Jerusalem. 
Seleucus Obtains Syria. 
Simon the Just Made High Priest. 
LXX Version of Scriptures. 
Ptolemy tries to Enter the Holy of Ho- 
Antiochus Obtains Palestine. [lies. 
Sect of Sadducees Founded. 
Antlochua Epiphanes Takes Jerusa- 



165 
141 

135 

130 

65 

54 

37 

25 

22 

17 

5 

4 



EVENTS. 



lem and Profanes the Temple. 

Judas Maccabees Purifies the Temple 

Sovereignty and Priesthood Confer- 
red on Simon. 

The Pharisees. 

Temple on Gerizim Destroyed. 

Pompey Conquers Syria. 

Crassus Plunders the Temple. 

Herod the Great Takes Jerusalem. 

Herod Rebuilds Samaria. 

Herod Builds Caesarea. 

Herod Begins to Rebuild the Temple. 

Birth of John the Baptist. 

Birth of Jesus Christ. 



The Bible Hand-Book. 



THE BIBLK 



GENERAL OUTLINE. 

I. The Title.— The word " Bible " is from the Greek 
Bihlia, and signifies The Books; or from Biblos^ meaning The 
Book. It is the name given in the fourth century by Clirys- 
ostom to the collection of Sacred Writings. Before the adop- 
tion of this name the Bible was denominated The Scriptures, 
and The Holy Scriptures, by which titles it is still often and 
correctly called. 

II. The Pre-eminence.— That which gives the Bible a 
pre-eminence above all other' writings and makes it " The 
Book of Books " is, that it is The "Word of God, and contains a 
revelation of his will concerning man. 

III. The Source.— The Bible is of Divine Origin; it was 
"given by inspiration of God;" or "holy men of Old spake 
as they were moved by the Holy Spirit." 

ly. The Authors. — In the production of the Bible nearly 
Forty "Writers were engaged ; the first of whom was Moses, and 
the last John. The time occupied in its completion was more 
than 1500 years. 

V. The Divisions.— The Bible is divided into two great 
departments, called The Old Testament, and The New Testament. 
The Old Testament is sometimes called the Jewish Scriptures, 
and The ISTew Testament, the Christian Scriptures. 

YI. The Ages.— The Bible recognizes Three Dispensations, 
or Ages: The Patriarchal, from Adam to Moses; The Jewish, 

(9) 



10 THE OLD TESTAJTEXT. 

from Mo5€3 to Christ : The Ohristianf from Clirist to the end 
of time. 

Yll. The Tejjs^slatioxs.— The Old Testament was orig- 
» inally -writreii. partly in Hebrew and partly in Chaldaie; and 
the Xevr Testament in Heilenistie, or Hebraizing Greek, They 
have been translated, wholly or in part, into all prominent 
languages of earth. The English versions most nsed in onr 
times are The Authorized Version, made by order of King James, 
of England, in 1607-1610, and The Eevised Version, by eminent 
Enropean and American scholars, completed in 1885. 

^^JJ1. The Design. — The leading purpose ot design of 
the Bible is to reveal to us Gk^d as our Great Creator, and the 
liOrd Jesus Christ as our Divine Eedeemer, and to guide us in 
the way to Onr Heavenly Home. 

TEST QUESTIONS. 

I. rrom what is the iroxd '-Bible"' V. How is the Bible divided? What 

derived? What does it signify* Who ;^ ^ ^ 'totg • ■Testament"' signify? 

gave it this name? By what other := :_e Old Testament sometimes 

titles is it also tnown? c<s._r 1 - - r > ew? 

n. What gives the Bibie its pre- \ -. - i^^ny ages does the Bible 

eminence? What does it contain? • re-:- :z~:: ii it"e.re the> called? Give 

m. From whom, did the Bible —j - _/. ending of each, 

eomef How was it given? Through _ - -^ ^ .^^: ages -ws? the Old 

whom was it given? -- —v : :: . T. ^:!:-z" T":^ 

IV. How many anthors were en- _' -^"- ^ : e :. — 

gag^ed in the prodnciion of the Bible* 1^ : f i : ":.:;.:_- . : e _ . ~ : : : _ i- 

Who was the first? The last? How pail^j ;-^ 

longaiimewas occupied initseom- VI:. ' :::: := :'_^ \r::lz.^ : .rizse 

pletion? [ t-^- irsi^- :; :_t^::1t:' 

SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. The Bible is the Word of Grod, and contains a revelation 
of his holy will. 

2. The Bible is a book for all time, adapted to aU people, 
under all circumstances. 

3. The Bible is a lamp to our feet, showing ns the paths 
of pleasantness and peace in this life. 

4. The Bible is a guide and counselor, leading us to the 
better hf e beyond. 

o. The Bible is connected, in all ages and dispensations, 
by the line of the lineage of Jesus Christs the Promised Seed. 



I. The Old Testament, 



I. 

THE OLD TESTAMENT. 



GENERAL OUTLINE. 

I. The Title.— The word " Testament " means Covenant, or 
Agreement. As used in the Bible the term signifies God's Promise 
to bestow certain blessings on certain conditions. The First, 
or Old, refers to those promised through Abraham ; the Second, 
or New, to those through Christ. Afterwards the names were 
used to denote The Books, cr collection of books, wherein 
The Two Testaments were recorded and developed. 

II. The Authors. — ^The Old Testament is a collection of 
39 Books written by not less than Thirty Authors, all of whom 
were Israelites, except one (Job), who was an Idumean sage. . 

III. The I)ivisio:n^s.— In our English Bible the books of 
The Old Testament are conveniently arranged according to 
their subject-matter into Four Departments : 

1. The Pentateuch, or Five Books of Moses : Genesis, Exodus, 
Leviticus, JSTumbers and Deuteronomy. 

2. The Historical Books: Joshua, Judges, Ruth, I. Samuel^ 
II. Samuel, I. Kings, II. Kings, I. Chronicles, II. Chronicles, 
Ezra, j^ehemiah and Esther. 

3. The Poetical Books: Job, Psalms, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes 
and the Song of Solomon. 

4. The Prophetical Books: Isaiah, Jeremiah, Lamentations, 
Ezekiel, Daniel, Hosea, Joel, Amos, Obadiah, Jonah, Micah, 
Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephaniah, Haggai, Zechariah and Mal- 
achi. 

IV. The Genuiisteness.— That the various books compos- 
ing The Old Testament are genuine, that is, that they were 

(11) 



12 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

tlie works of the persons whose names thej^ bear, we prove by 
the following : 

1. The Testimony of the Jews, to whom they were entrusted, 
who have in all ages so regarded them. 

2. The Testimony of Jesus, wlio quotes from portions of them, 
and recognizes the distinction of The Law., The Prophets and 
The Psalms (Luke 24 : 44). 

3. The Forms of Expression, found in all parts, which are pecu- 
liar to the nation and country to which the reputed writers 
belonged. 

4. The Languages in which they were written, which ceased 
to be living languages soon after the time claimed as the 
date of the last. 

5. Concurrent Testimony, furnished by other records, monu- 
ments and inscriptions, that have been brought to light. 

6. Undesigned Coincidences, in the way of allusions to the 
geography, geology, animals, trees and plants of the country, 
which have been shown by modern explorers to correspond 
exactly with that of the lands of the reputed authors. 

Y. The PnESEHYATioif.— The Book of the Law, placed 
by Moses in the side of the Ark in the Tabernacle (Deut. 
31 : 26), with the various Annals and Prophetic Books from 
Joshua to David, Solomon deposited in the Temple, where they 
remained till its destruction (2 Kings 22 : 8 ; Isa. 34 : 16). After 
the Temple was rebuilt, ISTehemiah collected the Sacred Books 
and made a library of them (2 Mace. 11 : 13), to which were 
added his own writings and those of Ezra and the later 
prophets. 

TEST QUESTIONS. 



I. What does the word. " Testa- 
menf" mean? How used in the Bible? 
How many are mentioned? To what 
does "The Old"' refer? "The New?"' 
For what did the names finally come 
to stand? 

II. How many books in the Old 
Testament? By how manj' authors? 
To what nation did all but one be- 
long? Who was the exception? Of 
what country was he? 

III. Into how many departments 
is the Old Testament divided? Name 



them. Mention the books of the Pen- 
tateuch. Name the Historical Books. 
The Poetical. The Prophetical. 

IV. What is meant by "genuine- 
ness?" What is the first proof of their 
genuineness cited ? The second ? 
Third? Fourth? Fifth? Sixth? 

v. Where was the Law placed by 
Moses? Vrhere were the Sacred Books 
deposited by Solomon? How long did 
they there 'remain? Who afterward 
re-collected them? What were added 
to the former collection? 



TRE OLD TESTAMENT. 13 

SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God has condescended to make covenants, or agree- 
ments, with his people in all ages. 

2. These covenants contain promises to bestow blessings 
on certain conditions. 

3. God has never failed to fulfill all his promises. 

4. God inspired his servants to make a record of his 
promises and his dealings with mankind. 

5. Though these servants wrote in different ages and 
countries, and under different circumstances, yet, when 
properly interpreted, they all agree. 

6. The Word of God, in each of its grand departments, is 
a book of order and system, with proper divisions and classi- 
fications of subjects. 

7. In God's Word are found all that is grand and enno- 
bling in literature : Law, History, Poetry and Prophecy. 

8. God has given us the strongest possible corroborating 
evidence that the things recorded in his Word are true. 

9. God has caused the various books composing his Word 
to be preserved in various ways, while most of the other 
writings of the same period have perished. 



14 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 



I. THK PENTATEUCH. 



II. 
THE PENTATEUCH. 



GENERAL'OUTLINE. 

I. The Name.— The word " Pentateuch " is from two Greek 
words signifying The Five-fold Book, and is the name given to 
the First Department of The Old Testament, consisting of 
The First Five Books. The Hebrews called it by a word, the 
meaning of which is The Law, and by this name it is usually 
referred to in other portions of the Bible. 

II. The Atjthor. — The Pentateuch was written by Moses, 
with the exception of a few verses at the close describing 
the last moments of the law-giver, which have been ascribed 
to Joshua. 

III. The Time. — The Pentateuch was written between the 
years 1490 and 1450 B. C, and contains an outline of the history 
of the world from the creation of man until the death of 
the author, embracing a period of more than 2500 years. 

ly. The Source.— The sources of the information con- 
tained in the Pentateuch are supposed to be five-fold : 

1. Traditions, handed down from father to son, from the 
beginning. 

2. More Ancient Narratives, portions of which were embodied 
in the historical records. 

3. Personal Observations of the author, during his long and 
eventful career. 

4. The Wisdom of the Egyptians, in the most learned schools of 
which the author was educated. 

5. Direct Revelations from God, from whence came the 
larger and all the more important portions. 

Y. The Diyisions.— The Pentateuch is divided into Five 
Books, or Departments, named in accordance with the charac- 
ter of their contents: 



THE PEN-TATEUCK 



15 



1. Genesis: The word "Genesis" is from a Greek word 
which means "Origin" or "Beginning;" therefore Genesis 
is The Book of Beginnings. 

2. Exodus: This title is from a Greek term, which means 
"To go out;" therefore Exodus is The Book of Departure. 

3. Leviticus: This name is from "Levi," a son of Jacob, 
from whose descendants the priests w^ere selected ; therefore 
Xieviticus is The Book of the Priesthood. 

4. Numbers : This book is so named from the two number- 
mgs of the people, one at the beginning, and the other at the 
end of the wanderings. 

5. Deuteronomy : This word is from the Greek, and signifies 
" The Second Law." It contains, not a new Law, but a Eepe- 
tition of the Law first promulgated at Sinai. 

yi. The Aim. — The aim of the Pentateuch, as a whole, is 
to give a condensed History of the Origin of God's Chosen People; 
their preliminary Schooling in Egypt and the wilderness, and 
the Divinely appointed System of Worship. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



I. From what is the word "Penta- 
teuch" derived? What does it signi- 
fy? What does it include? By what 
other name is it often called? 

II. By whom was the Pentateuch 
written? Who added a few lines at 
the close? What does this addition 
record? 

III. Between what years was the 
Pentateuch written? What lapse of 
time does its history cover? 



IV. From how many sources did 
the writer draw his information? 
Name them. What was the chief? 

V. Into how many parts or books 
is the Pentateuch divided? Name 
them. What does the first chiefly 
contain? The second? Third? Fourth? 
Fifth? 

VI. What is the chief aim of the 
Pentateuch ? What three special 
points are noted? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God causes records of his deeds to be written for the 
information of his people. 

2. God's Book, like all his other works, shows order in its 
arrangement. 

3. God selects the agents and instruments for the accom- 
plishment of bis purposes, with infinite wisdom. 

4. God schools and prepares his servants for a proper dis- 
charge of the duties and responsibilities he lays upon them. 

5. God recognizes no systems of worship, except those of 
his own appointment. 



16 



THE OLD TESTAMENT. 



III. 



THE BEGINNING.— Genesis I.-IIL 



PRELIMINARY. 

The Title.— This, the first Book of the Bible, is rightly 
named. The word " Genesis," in its widest sense, means 
Origin or Beginning. It is The Book of Beginnings. It contains 
an account of the Beginning of — 



1. The Heavens and the Earth. 

2. The Human Kace. 

3. Social Institutions. 

4. Sin and Death. 



5. Religious Institutions. 

6. Rewards and Punishments. 

7. Languages and Tongues. 

8. God's Chosen People. 



The Attthor.— The author of Genesis was Moses, a Hebrew, 
born in Egypt B.C. 1571 ; educated at the Court of Pharaoh ; a 
Shepherd in Midian for 40 years ; the great Deliverer, Leader and 
Law-giver of Israel ; died on the borders of Canaan B. C. 1451. 

Date and Scope.— Genesis was written between B. C. 1491 
and B. C. 1451, in the wilderness, and covers, in a general 
way, the first 2600 years of the world's history. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. The Creation. — The Bible contains the first account 
of Creation. All authentic history begins with Genesis. All 
things were created by God in Six Days, or successive and dis- 
tinct periods, the length of which cannot be determined. Each 
day, or period, had its special work. 

The First Day: (1) The calling into existence of matter in its 
most primitive form ; (2) The creation of light ; (3) The sepa- 
ration of light from darkness. 

Second Day: The placing of the Firmament, or the expanse 
above — the region of the atmosphere, forming a division be- 
tween the heavens and the earth. 

Third Day: (1) The gathering together of the waters; (2) The 
appearance of the land; (3) The springing of vegetation on 
the earth. 

Fourth Day: The appearance in the heavens of the sun, 
moon and stars, as diffusers of light. 



THE FENTATEUCK. 



ir 



Fifth Day: (1) The creation of fish and other creatures to 
inhabit the waters ; (2) Of winged fowls to live upon the land. 

Sixth Day : (1) The creation of land animals, first of the 
lower orders, and then of the higher ; (2) Of man, the crown- 
ing work. 

Seventh Day: At the close of the sixth day the work of cre- 
ation ceased, and on the seventh God rested, and set apart 
that day as the Sabbath, to be kept holy by man. 

II. The First Pair. — Man is a generic term and stands 
for the human race. One pair only w^as created, and from 
them have sprung all the various races of men. 

1. Their Image: They were made in the likeness of God, 
that is with spiritual and moral qualities like their Maker. 
Man is in the image of God in three important particulars: 
(1) Dominion; (2) Knowledge; (3) Righteousness. 

2. Their Abode : In '' Eden," a word signifying delight. The 
location cannot now be identified, but is generally supposed 
to have been a region in the highlands of Armenia. 

3. Their Names: "Adam," from a Hebrew word meaning 
red earth, and " Eve," from a word meaning life or living, 
"the mother of all." 

4. Their Work: (1) To replenish the earth; (2) Cultivate it; 
(3) Subdue its other tenants; (4) Obey God. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



Prklimiitart. What is the title of 
the first book of the Bible? Why so 
called? Mention in order the eight 
things the beginning of which are 
recorded. Who was the author ? 
When Written? What period of time 
does it cover? 

I. Where is the first account of 
creation found ? How many days 
were occupied in creation? Mention 
the work of the First day. The Sec- 



f ond. Third. Fourth. Fifth. Sixth. 
What was done on the Seventh ? 
What was that day called? How was 
it to be kept? 

II. What does the word "man" in- 
clude? How many were created? In 
whose image ? Where were they 
placed? What does the word mean? 
What names were given to the first 
pair? What is the meaning of each? 
What work was assigned them? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. The Bible contains the only authentic and true account 
of creation. 

2. God in the beginning created all things by the word of 
his power. 

3. God's work is all performed in an orderly and systematic 
way. 



18 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 



lY. . 

THE FIRST FAMILY.— Genesis III.-V. 



ANALYSIS. 

I. The Tall.— Adam and Eve were placed under law, 
and so long as they obeyed they were holy and happy. Of the 
fruit of a certain tree in the midst of the garden, called " The 
Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil," they were forbidden 
to eat. 

1. The Tempter : Satan came to them in the person of the 
serpent to tempt them to disobey. He (1) Talked to the 
woman ; (2) Disputed the word of God ; (3) Persuaded her to 
partake, by the assurance that she should become as wise as 
God. 

2. Downward Steps : (1) She listened to the tempter ; (2) Looked 
on the forbidden fruit ; (3) Took and ate ; (4) Gave to the man. 

3. The Result: (1) They were expelled from Eden; (2) Cut 
off from communion with God ; (3) Placed under the power 
of Satan ; (4) Made subject to death. 

II. The Promise.— Following the Fall came the first Prom- 
ise of a Deliverer, in the assurance that The Seed of the Woman 
should bruise The Serpent's Head : a reference to the final 
crushing of the power of Satan, of whom the Serpent was a 
symbol, by The Lord Jesus Christ. 

III. Caik Ajstd Abel. — Two sons, Cain and Abel, were 
born to Adam and Eve. In the process of time— either on 
the Sabbath day, or at harvest time — each brought an offering 
to the Lord. Cain, being a tiller of the soil, brought fruit, 
which was rejected, because not a proper offering, and not 
offered in faith ; Abel, a shepherd, brought an animal sacrifice, 
which was accepted, because in accordance with God's com- 
mands. Cain, in his anger, slew Abel, and became The First 
Murderer. 

IV. The Course of Cain.— 1. Disobeyed God ; 2. Envied 
his brother; 8. Hated his brother; 4. Murdered his brother; 
5. Lied to God ; 6. Went out from the presence of the Lord, 
or away from the place where worship was offered ; 7. Built 



THjEJ PENTATEUCH. 



19 



a city which he called by the name of his son ; 8. His family 
became herdsmen, mechanics and artisans, and introduced 
polygamy, and by their wickedness brought The Flood. 

Y. The Family of ISeth.— After the death of Abel, a 
third son was born to Adam and Eve, and named Seth. The 
word signifies "appointed" or "put." He was given by the 
Lord to take the place of Abel. Sons of God his descendants 
are styled in the Bible history, and are represented as " calling 
on the name of the Lord," by which is meant that they were 
true worshipers. The history of this family is very long and 
is counted one by one to Christ. 

VI. The Line of Descejstt. — The Line of Descent through 
the Antediluvian age is as follows: 1. Adam; 2. Seth; 
3. Enos ; 4. Cainan ; 5. Mahalaleel ; 6. Jared ; 7. Enoch ; 
8. Methuselah ; 9. Lamech ; 10. JSToah ; 11. Shem. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



I. Under what were Adam and 
Eve placed? What one thing was for- 
bidden ? Who came to them ? In 
what form did he come ? What three 
things did he do? What inducements 
to disobedience did he hold out? 
Mention the four steps in the down- 
ward course. What was the result of 
the Fall? 

II. What followed the Fall? Whom 
Bhould he be? What should he do? 
In whom is the promise fulfilled? 

III. What two sons were born? 
What did they do? When did they 
bring their offerings? What did each 



bring? Whose was rejected? Why? 
Whose was accepted? Why? What 
was the result? 

IV. Give the various events men- 
tioned in the history of Cain. What 
was the character of his descendants? 
What was brought on by their wick- 
edness? 

V. Who was raised up to take the 
place of Abel? What was the charac- 
ter of his descendants? What were 
they called? 

VI. Give the line of descent to the 
Flood. 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God places his intelligent creatures under law^ and 
exacts implicit obedience. 

2. It is never safe to listen to those who in anywise call in 
question the Word of God. 

3. Acts, apparently slight in themselves, often entail tre- 
mendous consequences. 

4. God takes note of men's crimes, though there be no 
accuser present. 

5. Those who "go out from the presence of God," and 
away from the place of worship, are treading the downward 
way. 



20 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

■ > 

Y. 
THE GREAT DESTRUCTION.— Gen. VI.-IX. 



ANALYSIS. 

I. The Growth of Wickedness.— As years rolled on, tM 
race rapidly multiplied, and wickedness increased, until but 
One Family could be found upon the face of the earth who 
feared God and worshiped him acceptably. This was 

II. The Fa^hly of jSToah. — It consisted of Xoah and his 
wife and their three sons, Shem, Ham and Japheth, and their 
wives— Eight Persons in all. No man in all Bible history has 
a better character than that given to IsToah : 1. He was a 
just man ; 2. He was perfect ; 3. He was a man of faith. To 
Noah God made known his purpose to destroy the human 
race, except the one righteous family, by a flood of water. 

III. The Ark. — By God's command Noah constructed an 
Ark. 

Dimensions : Length, 300 cubits ; breadth, 50 cubits ; height, 30 
cubits. Length of Hebrew cubit, 21.9 inches. It had one door 
and one window only. 

Purpose : It was a vessel, not for sailing on a voyage, but 
for bearing up a burden. At the time appointed, the family of 
Noah entered it, taking with them, seven each of the clean, 
and tiDO each of the unclean of all animals. 

ly. The Plood. — Water was the appropriate agent used 
in the purification of the earth. 

1. Thfe Source: (1) Eain descended from the clouds ; (2) The 
fountains of the great deep were broken up — the sea left its 
former bounds and overflowed the land. 

2. The Extent : The waters rose until at least the inhabited 
portion of the earth was covered. 

3. Continuance : The flood continued for a period of nearly one 
year, after which the Ark rested, and the waters gradually 
subsided. Noah and his family entered the Ark on the 17th 
day of the sec ond month of the six hundredth year of his life, 
and came out on the 27th day of the second month of the six 



THE PENTATEUCR. 



21 



liundred and first year of his life, making the whole time 
spent in the Ark one year and ten days. 

4. The Resting Place : The Ark grounded on one of the moun- 
tains of "Ararat," an ancient name for a portion of the high- 
lands of Armenia. 

y. God's Covenant.— After the Deluge God made a cov- 
enant with Noah, giving a solemn promise that the earth 
should never again be destroyed hy water. 

1. The Purpose : His object was to remove the fear of another 
such catastrophe, that men might address themselves to the 
work of re-peopling and cultivating the new earth. 

2. The Token : As a sign or seal of this covenant, he selected 
the Eainbow, and so long as it exists we may know that the 
promise is sure. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



I. What increased with the multi- 
plication of the race? How many 
righteous families remained? 

II. Whose family was this? Give 
the names of the sons. What is said 
of the character of Noah? What pur- 
pose did God reveal to him? 

III. What was Noah commanded 
to build? Give its dimensions. Its 
purpose. What was to be taken on 



board? How many of each kind? 

IV. What was to be brought upon 
the earth? From whence did the wa- 
ter come? What was the extent of 
the flood? How long did it continue? 
Where did the Ark rest? 

V. What covenant' did God make 
with Noah? What promise did he 
m.-ike? What was selected as a sign, 
or token? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. Away from the institutions of true worship mankind 
grow great in wickedness. 

2. When a people or nation become so bad as to no longer 
answer any good purpose, God removes them out of the way. 

3. God gives wicked men warning before destruction is 
brought upon them. 

4. God never forgets those who fear him and walk right- 
eously before him. 

5. The Rainbow is God's beautiful token that all his 
gracious promises will be fulfilled. 



22 TET OLD TESTAJFEXT. 

TI. 
THE XEW BEGIXXIXG.— Gex-. X.-XL 



ANALYSIS. 

I. Th£ Xe"^ Eap.th.— Prom the tliree sons of ^SToah the 
earth was re-peopled. 

Shem's Posterity spread toward the East, over portions of 
Asia. 

Han's Posterity spread toward the South, into Africa. 

Japheth's Posterity spread Westward, into Europe, Xorthem 
Asia and thence into Xorth America. 

The present population of the Globe is about in the same 
ratio as the immediate descendants of the three brothers, 
Shem had five sons, Ham four and .Japheth seven. 

II. The Fltuee Eoeztold.— We have a prediction re- 
specting the future of each of the sons. 

1. Stem : '* Blessed be the God of Shem.'" Through his 
family the Messiah was to come, and to them the true worship 
and the land of Canaan afterwards belonged. 

2. Ham: "Cursed be Canaan.*^ Canaan was one of Ham's 
descendants, and his posterity were guilty of the same crime 
as their father Ham. 

3. Japheti: "God shaU enlarge Japheth." Japheth is the 
progenitor of nearly one half the human race. Spiritual 
Blessings are also promised — " He shall dwell in the tents of 
Shem.'' The religion of Christ, which came through Shem. 
has made the most rapid progress among the descendants of 
Japheth. 

HI. The Towep. of Babex. — The tendency of mankind is 
to unite and form governments. Hence, soon after the Flood. 
they began to build the Tower of Babel. 

The Location: Shinar, the country known in later times as 
Chaldea. or Babylon. 

The PTLrpose : To serve as a landmark, and prevent their 
being scattered over the earth. 

IV. Co:sTrsioN of Toxgttes.— Before the Elood, and im- 
mediately after it, there was but 



THE PENTATEUCH. 



23 



One Language, the Hebrew, no doubt, in proof of which the 
following facts have been cited : 1. The names of persons be- 
fore the Flood are strictly Hebrew; 2. All languages can be 
traced to Hebrew word-roots. 

God's Design was that men should be separated into different 
communities and occupy different countries. 

The Means made use of to accomplish this purpose was the 
Confusion of Tongues. Nothing unites a 'people like a common 
tongue; and nothing so effectually separates them as a differ- 
ence of language. 

The Result of the Confusion of Tongues was that the people 
were scattered, in harmony with God's original purpose. 

V. The Line of Descent. — Through the family of 
Shem the Messiah was promised. The Line of Descent con- 
tinued from the Flood to Abraham, as follows : 11. Shem ; 
12. Arphaxad; 13. Salah; 14. Eber ; 15. Peleg; 16. Reu; 
17. Serug; 18. Nahor; 19. Terah; 20. Abram, or Abraham. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



I. Name the three sons of Noah. 
In what direction did Shem's family 
spread? Ham's? Japheth's ? How 
many sons had each? What ratio do 
they bear to the present population 
of the globe? 

II. What prediction was made re- 
specting each of the three brothers? 

III. What tendency of mankind is 
mentioned? What Tower was begun? 
Where? What was the purpose? 



IV. How many languages existed 
at the time of the Flood? What was 
that one? What proofs of this are 
mentioned? What was God's design? 
What means were used to bring this 
about? What was the result of the 
Confusion ? 

V. Through whose family was 
the Messiah promised ? Give the 
names in order in the Line of 
Descent. 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God's Purposes cannot be thwarted by the cunning de- 
vices of men. 

2. The Bible is not a general history of the world, but an 
Outline History of the one family through whom the Messiah 
was to come. 

3. The language of eternal truth is ever the same ; like 
God, from whence it sprung, it is unchangeable. It speaks 
in all tongues, to all nations and in all hearts. 



24 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

Yll. 
FATHER ABRAHAM.— Gen. XII.-XXIV. 



ANALYSIS. 

I. The Call of Abraham. — After the dispersion of man- 
kind, the next important event in Bible history is the calling 
of Abraham from Ur, of Chaldea. God's Purpose in .this was, 
1. To separate one family and keep their worship pure ; 2. To 
be the head of a peculiar nation, or people ; 3. To be the pro- 
genitor of the Savior. 

II. The Covenant with Abraham.— When God called 
Abraham, he promised him three important blessings : 

1. A Numerous Posterity— That his seed should be as the stars 
of heaven. 

2. An Earthly Inheritance— That his descendants should pos- 
sess the Land of Canaan. 

3. Spiritual Blessings — That through his seed all families of 
the earth should be blessed. 

III. Abraham's Travels.— Abraham was " a pilgrim and 
stranger on the earth," and abode in many places and traveled 
much. 

1. In Chaldea : At a place called Z7r, the location of which 
is unknown. 

2. At Haran : A place in Mesopotamia, the country between 
the Tigris and the Euphrates. 

3. In Canaan : First at Shechem, and then at Bethel, where 
he received important revelations from God. 

4. In Egypt: To which fruitful land he was driven by a 
famine in Canaan. 

5. In Canaan: First near Bethel, and afterwards close to 
Hebron ; then in Gerar and at Beer-sheba, where he died and 
was buried in the cave of Machpelah. 

ly. Events in Abraham's Life.— Among the leading 
and remarkable events in the life of Abraham are the follow- 
ing: 

1. His Call out of the Land of the Chaldees, to be a stranger 
in a strange land. 



THE PENTATEUCH. 



25 



2. The Promise of the Land of Canaan as an inheritance for 
his posterity. 

3. The Promise of Spiritual Blessings through his son Isaac. 

4. The Angel's Visit, foretelling the destruction of the cities 
of the plain. 

5. The Meeting with Melchizedek, the king of Salem and priest 
of God. 

6. The Trial of His Faith, in the command to offer Isaac as a 
burnt-offering. Abraham is held up in the Bible as a pattern 
to all of unwavering faith and prompt obedience. 

V. Abraham's Posterity.— Abraham had several sons, 
and became the father of many nations, but the child of 
Promise, through whom spiritual blessings were to come, 
was 

Isaac: He was the son of Sarah, born when she was old. 
To him was repeated the promise made to his father, that 
through his family all nations should be blessed by the coming 
of the Messiah. Isaac had two sons, Esau and 

Jacob : Each became a great nation, but Jacob, whose name 
was afterwards changed to Israel, received the paternal bless- 
ing. 

TEST QUESTIONS. 



I. What is the next important 
ev^ent mentioned? From what place 
was he called? Where to go? What 
was God's purpose in this? 

II. W^hat did God make with Abra- 
ham? What three things were prom- 
ised? 

III. Where did Abraham at first re- 
side? Where next? Where did he re- 
side when in Canaan? Why did he 



go to Egypt? At what places did he 
reside after his return to Canaan? 

IV. Mention some important events 
in the life of Abraham. For what 
was he especially distinguished? 

V. What did Abraham become? 
Which was the child of promise? 
Who were the sons of Isaac? Which 
received the blessing? To what was 
his name afterwards changed? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. When God would found a new nation to be his own pecu- 
liar people, he selected a man of faith and good works for the 
head. 

2 In the history of Abraham we are taught that good men 
are pilgrims here on the earth ; that God has promised them 
a better country, and that they must walk by faith while 
awaiting the fulfillment of the promise. 



26 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

yiii. 
THE CHOSEN FAMILY.— Gen. XXV.-L. 



ANALYSIS. 

I. Jacob. — Jacob was the twin-brother of Esau. The name 
means Supplanter, and was descriptive of his character, at first. 

1. His Misdeeds : (1) He bought his brother's birthright for 
a mess of pottage ; (2) He practiced a deception on his blind 
father and obtained the paternal blessing. 

2. His Journey: To escape the wrath of his brother,- and 
seek a wife among his kindred, he started on along journey 
to Haran. 

3. His Vision : At Bethel he had a vision, in which God ap- 
peared to him, and repeated the promise made to his fathers. 

4. His Marriage : At Haran he married Leah and Rachel, 
the daughters of his Uncle Laban. 

5. His Return : After twenty-one years he returned to Canaan, 
and on the way, in an interview with the Angel of God, his 
name was changed to Israel. 

II. Jacob's Sons. — Jacob had twelve sons: Reuben, 
Simeon, Levi, Judah, Issachar, Zebulun, Joseph, Benjamin, 
Dan, Kaphtali, Gad and Asher. Each of these had a numer- 
ous progeny and became the head of a tribe, or family. 

III. The Selling of Joseph.— The favorite son of Jacob 
was Joseph. The father showed him many favors, which ex- 
cited the jealousy of his brothers, and they Sold Him to some 
merchants and he was taken as a slave to Egypt. On a false 
charge he was thrown into prison, but the Lord prospered 
him, and he at last became the Governor of Egypt, second only to 
the king in authority. 

ly. The Pamine. — After a time a Famine prevailed in 
Canaan, and the sons of Jacob went to Egypt to buy Com, 
where there was an abundance laid up by order of Joseph. 
Here they were brought face to face with Joseph, whom they 
did not at first know. 

Y. Israel in Egypt.— After the second visit of the sons 
of Jacob to Israel for corn, Joseph Revealed Himself to them. 



THE PENTATEUCH. 



27 



He sent for his father and had the entire Family of Israel, with 
all their possessions, removed to Egypt, and settled them in 
the land of Goshen, where they rapidly multiplied and became 
a great nation. 

yi. The Line of Descent.— The Line of Descent of the 
family through which the Messiah was to come, continued 
from Abraham to about the period of the Exodus, is as fol- 
lows : 20. Abraham; 21. Isaac; 22. Jacob; 23. Judah; 
24. Phares ; 25. Ezrom ; 26. Aram ; 27. Aminadab. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



I. What were the names of Isaac's 
two sons? What does the word "Ja- 
cob" mean? What two misdeeds of 
his are mentioned? On what journey 
did he go? What vision did he have? 
Whom did he marry? 

II. How many sons had Jacob? 
Give their names. What did each 
become? 

III. Which was Jacob's favorite? 
What was done by his brothers? 
Where was he taken? What did he 



finally become in Egypt? 

IV. What was the occasion of the 
visits of Jacob's sons to Egypt? 
W^hom did they meet? Why did they 
not know him? 

V. When did Joseph reveal him- 
self? For whom did he send? What 
part of Egypt did Israel occupy? 
What did they become? 

VI. Mention the persons in the 
Line of Descent from Abraham to the 
time of the Exodus. 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God's righteous purposes cannot be thwarted by the 
cunning of men. 

2. God's plans are far-reaching, and often require centuries 
for their accomplishment. 

3. God keeps his watchful eye upon his faithful servants, 
whether they be in' a prison-cell or on the throne of a great 
nation. 

4. When the righteous rule, the people are prosperous and 
the nation is blessed. 

5. The road to prosperity, usefulness, glory and honor often 
lies through the low valley of humiliation. 

6. For Joseph came first the slave's estate and the prison- 
er's cell; afterwards, the honor and glory of Egypt's second 
ruler. For Jesus came first .the Cross, and then the Crown, 
and if we suffer with him we shall be glorified together. 



2S THE OLD TESTAJIUXT. 

IX. 

THE GREAT DELIVERER.— Exodcs l.-Vs 



PRELIMINARY. 

Thi: Title. — The vrord •• Exodus^' means To go Out. The 
name is given to this book because it records cMefly The De- 
parture of Israel from Egypt and their joumeyings in the TVil- 
derness. 

The ArxHOR. — It Avas written by Moses, the author of Gene- 
sis, dm'ing the forty years' pilgrimage. Many of the events 
recorded occurred under his owtl personal observation. 

The Contexts. — The book in short gives a history of Israel 
as A ^''atioIl in three clearly marked stages : 1. Enslaved ; 2. Ke- 
deemed; 3. Sanctifed. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. ISKAEE IX BoxD^GE. — The Israelites multiplied so rap- 
idly that the Egyptians looked upon them with fear, and 
adopted measures to crush them out : 1. They were Made 
Slaves and cruelly Oppressed; 2. An edict was issued by the 
King ordering all male children Put to Death. 

II. The Deeiveeee. — God remembered his chosen people 
in their affliction, and raised up a deliverer. 

1. His Birtli: He was of the Tribe of Levi, and was bom 
in Egypt diu-ing the darkest days of bondage, while the cruel 
edict of the King was in force. 

2. His Name : To save him from destruction his mother 
concealed him for a time, and when this was no longer possible, 
he was placed in an ark and set afloat among the rushes, at 
the edge of the river Xile. Here he was discovered by the 
King's daughter, who adopted him as her own son, and engaged 
his own mother as a nurse. From this circumstance he was 
named Moses, which means Dro-ncn out of the water. 

3. His Education : He was brought up in the palace of the 
King, and educated in all the wisdom of the Egyptians, then 
the most learned nation of earth. 

i. His Choice : Belonging to the Eoyal Family, he migtit 



THE PENTATEUCH, 



29 



have been called to the throne itself ; but he was by birth an 
Israelite, and chose to identify himself with his own enslaved 
people. 

5. His Flight : By avenging the wrongs of one of his breth- 
ren, he endangered his life, and fled to the land of Midian^ 
where he married the daughter of Jethro, and for forty years 
led the life of a Shepherd. 

6. His Gall: God appeared to him in a vision, at a Burning 
Bush, and commissioned him to go back to Egypt to deliver 
his enslaved people. 

7. His Helper : Aaron, his elder brother, was called to help 
him in his great work, and with the power of working mira- 
cles delegated to them, they went back to Egypt. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



Prkliminart. What is the title of 
this book? Why so called? Who was 
the author ? When written ? What 
are the principal contents? 

I. What alarmed the Egyptians? 
What measures were adopted to sup- 
press them? 

II. What did God do for his peo- 
ple? Of what Tribe was the deliver- 
er? What were the circumstances of 



his birth ? What name was given 
him? What does it mean? Where 
was he educated? What noble choice 
did he make? Why did he flee from 
Egypt? Where did he go? What did 
he become? For how long? Where 
did God appear to him? What was 
he commissioned to do? Who was 
appointed to assist him? What power 
was given them? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God watches over his people in their afflictions and hears 
all their cries. 

2. He raises up deliverers in his own good time and wise 
way. 

3. He specially schools and prepares those upon whom he 
lays great and important duties and responsibilities. 

4. All his servants have not the same gifts and graces, and 
he divides his work among them according to their abilities. 

5. When he sends them forth on their mission, his presence 
and power accompany them to guide and help them in their 
work. 



30 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

X. 

THE GREAT CONFLICT.— Exodus V.-XI. 



ANALYSIS. 

I. Befoee the Xtxg. — Moses and Aaron Tvent back to 
Egypt, and after a conference with the elders of Israel, they 
appeared before Pharaoh with 

1. A Demand: '"Thus saith the Lord God of Israel, Let my 
people go, that they may hold a feast unto me in the wilder- 
ness." 

2. The Answer: " Who is the Lord that I should obey Ms 
Yoice to let Israel go?"' 

3. The Miracle : To convince the king that they were ser- 
vants of the wonder-working God, Aaron's Eod, the symbol 
of his power, when cast on the ground became a serpent. 

II. The Tex Plagues.— Pharaoh would not consent to 
the departure of the IsraeUtes, and Ten Plagues were brought 
upon the Land. 

1. The Plagne of Blood: The Xile was smitten by the rod 
of Aaron, and it became blood. 

2. The Plague of Frogs : The rod was stretched out over the 
streams, and frogs came up and covered the land. 

3. The Plague of Lice : The dust of the earth was smitten, 
and it became lice, in all the land. 

4. The Plague of Flies : The rod was again used, and swarms 
of flies filled all the houses of the Egyptians. 

5. The Plague of Murrain : The cattle, sheep, horses and 
camels of the Egyptians were afiSicted with a disease from 
which they died. 

6. The Plague of Boils : Dust was sprinkled in the air, and 
it caused boils on all it touched. 

7. The Plague of Hail : A storm of hail was brought upon 
the land, which caused great destruction. 

8. The Plague of Locusts : Swarms of locusts spread over the 
land, and devoured every green thing. 

9. The Plague of Darkness: Thick darkness rested upon the 
land for the space of three days. 



THE PENTATEUCH. 



31 



10. The Death of the First-Born : In a single night the first- 
"born in every Egyptian household was slain. 

III. The Passoyer. — Preceding the last plague, the Israel- 
ites made their arrangements for their departure, assured by 
the Lord that following it Pharaoh would give his consent. 

1. The Paschal Lamb : A lamb was selected by each house- 
hold, and slain at a designated time, a portion of the blood 
sprinkled on the door-posts and the lamb roasted. 

2. Unleavened Bread : The flesh of the lamb was eaten with 
unleavened bread, and with 

3. Bitter Herts : The herbs were, perhaps, chicory, wild 
lettuce, or nettles, all of which were articles of food used in 
Egypt. 

4. The Destroying Angel: At midnight he passed over the 
land, and smote the first-born in every Egyptian household, 
'passing over the houses where he saw the blood sprinkled. 

The Feast was observed "in haste." Each had his loins gird 
about, his shoes on, and a staff in his hand ready to depart on 
the morrow. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



I. Where did Moses and Aaron go ? 
With whom did they confer? Before 
■whom did they appear? What de- 
mand did they make? What answer 
did they receive? What miracle was 
performed? Wh^-t was its object? 

II. Howmany plagues were brought 
upon the Egyptians? What was the 
object? What was the first? The sec- 
ond? The third? The fourth? The 
fifth? The sixth? The seventh? The 



eighth? The ninth? The tenth? Did 
any of these plagues afilict the Israel- 
ites? 

III. What preceded the tenth 
plague? What great feast was insti- 
tuted? When was it observed ? What 
was eaten? How was the feast ob' 
served? When were the first-born of 
the Egyptians slain ? Over what 
dwellings did he pass? What was to 
be to him the sign? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God demands the service, or worship, of his children at 
stated times and seasons. 

2. God gives sufficient evidence to convince the unbeliever 
of the divine commission of his servants. 

3. When the sinner hardens his heart at the chastisements 
of the Lord, still sorer punishments come upon him. 

4. The angel of destruction knows where the children of 
God reside. 



32 THE OLD TESTAJfENT. 

XI. 

THE GREAT DELIVERANCE. 

Exodus XII.-XATII 



ANALYSIS. 

I. The Departure.— The death of the first-born made the 
king and all the Egyptians willing and anxious for the Israel- 
ites to depart from the land. They started on the loth of 
Abib. B. C. 1491. from Kameses, with all theii' possessions, led 
by The Pillar of Fire. 

II. The Pursuit.— After their departure, Pharaoh changed 
his mind, and pursued them Tt-ith his army, and overtook them 
at their encampment by the Eed Sea. 

1. The Panic : The Israelites were filled with fear when the 
Egyptian army came upon them, shut in as they were, between 
the hnis and the sea, and reproached Moses for bringing them 
out to perish. 

2. The Way Opened: By command of God, Moses stretched 
his rod over the sea, and a way was opened thi'ough its waters, 
and the hosts of Isi-ael marched to the other side on dry land. 

3. The Great Destruction : The army of the Egyptians followed 
into the fearfiil pass. Erom the other shore Moses again 
stretched out his rod over the sea ; the waters came together 
and the pursuing enemies were drowned. 

4. The Song of Deliverance : "When safely over, and theu' 
oppressors overthi'own, the ransomed people sang the song of 
Dehverance, and praised God for his mercies. 

III. The Jourxey to Sixai.— Erom the Bed Sea the 
Israelites, under Divine command, set out on their journey 
toward Canaan. 

1. The Bitter Water: At Marah they found only bitter 
water, which, by the casting in of a certain tree, was made 
sweet. 

2. Wells and Palms : After a weary journey through desert- 
sands they enjoyed a season of rest at Elim, imder the shade 
of the palms, and by the side of wells of living water. 



THE PENTATEUCH. 



33 



3. Bread from Heaven: When their supply of food was ex- 
hausted, God sent them manna in the morning, and quails in 
the evening. 

4. "Water from the Rock : At Bephidim no water was found ; 
the people murmured against Moses, and he, by the Lord's 
command, smote the Bock in Horeb^ and a stream burst forth. 

5. Enemies Overcome : They were attacked by the Amalekites, 
but God gave them victory over their foes. 

6. Jethro's Counsel : Jethro came to see Moses, and gave him 
valuable advice concerning a system of laws for the govern- 
ment of Israel. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



I. When was Pharaoh willing for 
the people to go ? When did thej^ 
start? From what place? By what 
were they led? 

II. Why did the king start in pur- 
suit? Where did his army come upon 
Israel ? Why were the Israelites 
afraid? How was a way of escape 
opened ? What did the Egyptians 
attempt? What was the result? Where 



was the song of deliverance sung? 

III. For what did the Israelites set 
out? Where did they find bitter wa- 
ter? How was it made sweet? What 
did they find at Elim? What kind of 
bread was sent them? What kind of 
meat? What was done at Horeb ? 
What enemies were overcome? Who 
gave Moses good advice? Who was 
Jethro? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God opens up a way of escape for his people when ene- 
mies surround them while in the path of duty. 

2. It is proper and right to thank God for victory over the 
enemies that oppress his people. 

3. After the bitter waters and burning sands along the 
pathway of life, God gives seasons of rest and refreshment. 

4. God hears his children when they cry to him for bread, 
and can send it down from heaven to feed them, when it can- 
not be had in the ordinary way. 

5. He holds all the waters of the earth in the hollow of his 
hand, and he can cause streams to break out in the desert, 
when it is necessary to quench the thirst of his people. 

6. When enemies attack the people of God while pursuing 
the path he marks out for them, he is present in the midst of 
the conflict, though invisible, and will cause victory 'to perch 
upon their standards. 

7. We are not to despise and reject good counsel, though 
it may be given by those who are really not of us. 

3 



34 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 



XII. 

THE GIVING OF THE LAW.— Ex. XIX., XX, 



ANALYSIS. 

Before Sinai.— From Eephidim the host of Israel continued 
their march into the wilderness, and in the third month en- 
camped before Mount Sinai. 

1. An Interview : God called Moses up into the mount for 
an interview. He was directed to prepare the people for a 
manifestation of 

2. The Glory of God : On the third day the presence of the 
Xiord on the mountain was manifested by thunder and light- 
ning, fire and smoke, the sound of a trumpet and the voice of 
God speaking to Moses. 

3. Giving of the Law : In the hearing of all the people The 
Law, or The Ten Commandments, called also The Decalogue., 
meaning the " Ten Words," were spoken, and afterwards 
written on Two Tables of Stone, by God's own finger. 

THE TE]S' comma:n"dme:n^ts. 

I. Thou shalt have no other gods before me. 

II. Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or 
any likeness of anything that is in heaven above, or that is in 
the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth : 
thou shalt not bow down thyself to them, nor serve them; 
for I the Lord thy God am a jealous God, visiting the iniquity 
of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth 
generation of them that hate me; and showing mercy unto 
thousands of them that love me, and keep my commandments. 

III. Thou shalt not take the name of the Lord thy God in 
vain : for the Lord will not hold him guiltless that taketh his 
name in vain. 

IV. Eemember the Sabbath day to keep it holy. Six days 
shalt thou labor, and do all thy work : but the seventh day is 
the Sabbath of the Lord thy God : in it thou shalt not do any 
work, thou, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, thy man-servant, 
nor thy maid-servant, nor thy cattle, nor thy stranger that is 



THE PENTATEUCH. 



35 



within thy gates : for in six days the Lord made heaven and 
earth, the sea, and all that in them is, and rested the seventh 
day : v^^herefore the Lord blessed the Sabbath day, and hal- 
lowed it. 

V. Honor thy father and thy mother : that thy days may be 
long upon the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee. 

yi. Thou Shalt not kill. 

yil. Thou Shalt not commit adultery. 

YIII. Thou Shalt not steal. 

IX. Thou Shalt not bear false witness against thy neighbor. 

X. Thou shalt not covet thy neighbor's house, thou shalt 
not covet thy neighbor's wife, nor his man-servant, nor his 
maid-servant, nor his ox, nor his ass, nor anything that is thy 
neighbor's. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



Before Sinai. — Where did Israel 
march from Rephidim T Where did 
they eucamp 7 Where was Moses 
called? What for? What was he told 
to do? When was the glory of God 
visible ? Where ? What followed ? 
By what other names is the Law 
called? 

Ten Commandments. — What is the 
first? What does it forbid? Repeat 
the second. What does it forbid ? 



What reasons are given? Repeat the 
third. What reason is given? Repeat 
the fourth. What reason is given for 
the observance of the Sabbath? Men- 
tion the things prohibited. Repeat 
the fifth. What promise is affixed to 
the command ? Repeat the sixth. 
The seventh. The eighth. The ninth. 
The tenth. On what were the com- 
mandments written ? By whom ? 
Through whom were they given? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God leads his people in their pilgrimage, and directs all 
their steps. 

2. God reveals his will to his people, and gives them strict 
commands to keep. 

3. God will not accept the divided homage or worship of 
his people. 

4. The name of God must not be spoken lightly or irrever- 
ently. 

5. God in all times has had a day set apart for rest and 
worship. 

6. God requires children to honor and obey their parents, 
and promises rewards for so doing. 

7. God requires justice and mercy of his people in their 
dealings one with another. 



36 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

XIII. 

LAWS AND ORDINANCES.— Ex. XXI.-XXIV. 



ANALYSIS. 

I. CivrL Laws Giyen.— God called Moses to another in- 
terview and; gave him sundry laws to govern the people in 
their intercourse with each other. 

1. Laws regulating the conduct of Servants and the duties 
of Masters and employers. 

2. Laws regulating the conduct of Families — parents and 
children, husbands and wives. 

3. Laws regulating the affairs of Society — of borrowing^, 
usury, trespass, personal injury, injury to property, the treat- 
ment of widows and orphans, and of duties to magistrates. 

4. Laws further enjoining the observance of The Sabbath,, 
and the keeping of the Sabbatical year. 

5. Criminal Enactments, providing for the punishment of 
bearing false witness, slander, theft, murder and various other 
crimes. 

II. Feasts Instituted.— God gave Moses directions for 
keeping three great annual Feasts : 

1. The Feast of the Passover : Instituted before the departure 
from Egypt, and to be kept in memory of that event, on the 
14th of the month Abib. 

2. The Feast of Harvest : When the first fruits of the fields 
were to be brought as an offering to the Lord. This feast, in 
other portions of the Bible, is also called, "The Feast of 
Pentecost," and of " First Fruits." 

3. The Feast of In-gatherings : To be observed at the end of 
the year, after the fruits of the field were gathered. This 
feast is also spoken of as " The Feast of Tabernacles," and 
was the most joyful of all. 

III. Obedience Promised.— Moses erected an altar and 
offered sacrifice, as the Lord directed, and then read to the 
people from the book in which they were recorded, the Laws- 
and Ordinances they had received from the Lord, to which 
they promised obedience. 



THE PENTATEUCH. 87 



lY. The Glorious Vision.— Moses and Aarou, Kadab 
and Abihu, and seventy of the elders of Israel, went up the 
mount, where they witnessed a manifestation of the glory of 
God. Leaving Aaron with the elders, Moses took his minister 
Joshua — who was destined to be his successor — and went 
further up the mount where they had still brighter and more 
glorious visions. 

TEST QUESTIONS. 



I. Where was Moses again called? 
For what purpose? Mention the vari- 
ous kinds of enactments given him. 

II. What feasts did God ordain? 
When was the first to be observed? 
The cecond? By what other names is 
it also known ? The third ? When 
was it to be observed? By what other 
name is it known? 



III. What did Moses erect? What 
was offered thereon? What did he 
read to the people? What did they 
promise to do? 

IV. Who went with Moses up the 
mount ? What did tLey witness ? 
Who accompanied him as he went 
further up ? What was this man 
called? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God gives laws for the regulation of the affairs of society, 
and enjoins strict obedience. 

2. God fixes certain times and seasons for special religious 
services, and requires the people to observe them. 

3. God manifests his glory to his chosen servants, for their 
encouragement and help in the work he assigns them. 

4. Christ, our Passover, was slain for us, and by his blood 
are we delivered from the destroying angel of everlasting 
death. 

5. God's blessings give the harvest — he gives the dew and 
the sunshine, the early and the latter rains, and it is right and 
proper that the first fruits of our labors should be brought in 
gratitude to him. 

6. When the earth has yielded her increase, when the val- 
leys are covered with corn, and the trees laden with the rich 
fruitage of the year, it is pleasing in God's sight to have his 
people come into his temples with songs of thanksgiving and 
into his courts with praise. 

7. When our terms of service on these low grounds of earth 
are completed, God will invite us up to the hill- tops of light, 
where we shall have clearer vision, and bask in the effulgence 
of the glory of God. 



38 TEE OLD TESTAMENT. 

XIY. 
THE HOLY SANCTUARY.— Ex. XXV.-XL. 



ANALYSIS. 

I. The Pattern. — Moses went up into the midst of the 
cloud that revealed the presence of the Lord, where he re- 
mained Forty Days, during which time he was shown the 
Pattern of The Tabernacle he afterwards constructed, with direc- 
tions for the holy worship. 

II. The Tabernacle.— The word means tent., and is often 
also called "The Sanctuary." 

1. Materials : Metals— Gold., silver and brass ; Textile Fabrics 
— Blue, purple, scarlet and fine linen ; Skins — Ram and badger ;. 
Wood — Shittim, the wild acacia of the desert ; Perfumes — Oil,, 
spices and incense ; Gems — Onyx and precious stones. Some 
of these were for the building proper ; some for ornaments, 
and some to be used in the services. 

2. The Court of the Tabernacle: An oblong space 100 cubits 
by 50, surrounded by canvas screens, five cubits in height, ex- 
cept at the entrance, where was hung a curtain of fine twined 
linen, 20 cubits wide. The Tabernacle itself stood within this 
enclosure. The cubit here referred to is supposed to be that 
of 18 inches in length. 

3. The Tabernacle: An oblong rectangular structure, 80 cu- 
bits in length, 10 cubits wide and 10 high. The two sides and 
the farther end wei'e enclosed with boards, overlaid with gold, 
and four successive coverings of curtains looped together, were 
placed over the open top, and fell down over the sides. The 
inmost was of linen, embroidered with figures of cherubim, 
and perhaps fell within the Tabernacle. The next was of 
goats' skins ; the third of rams' skins, and the outer of badger 
skins. 

4. The Divisions : The Tabernacle was divided into two 
compartments— (1) The Holy Place., 20 cubits by 10 ; (2) Tlie 
Most Holy Place, 10 cubits by 10. The two chambers were 
separated by a curtain or veil. 



THE PENTATEUCH. 



39 



5. The Furniture : In The Outer Court were the altar of 
Burnt-Offerings, and the Brazen Laver ; in The Holy Place., the 
the Golden Candlestick, the Table of Shew-Bread and the Altar 
of Incense ; in Tlie Most Holy Place was the Ark of the Cove- 
nant, containing the Two Tables of Stone on which the Ten 
Commandments were written, with a cover called the Mercy- 
Seat, surmounted by two cherubim, with outstretched wings. 

III. Tile Worship. — The service, or worship, in all depart- 
ments of the Holy Sanctuary was conducted by the priests, 
who were of different orders, and who performed their duties 
after a ritual given by the Lord. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



I. Where was Moses again called? 
How long did he remain? What was 
shown him there? What was he com- 
manded to do? 

II. What does the word "tent" 
mean? What metals were used in its 
construction ? What fabrics ? What 
skins ? What perfumes ? Describe 
the Outer Court. Give its dimensions. 
Give the size of the Tabernacle. 
What is supposed to be the length of 
the cubit here used? What were the 



divisions of the Tabernacle ? Give 
the size of each chamber. Mention 
the articles of furniture in the Outer 
Court. In the Holy Place. In the 
Most Holy Place. What was in the 
Ark of the Covenant? What was the 
Cover called? What was placed upon 
it? 

III. By whom was the sernce per- 
formed? From whom came the di- 
rections for worship? Had any one a 
right to change this? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God gives specific instructions to his servants when he 
has important duties for them to perform. In building the 
Tabernacle Moses was strictly charged to make everything 
according to the pattern shown him in the mount. 

2. All the Ordinances of acceptable worship are of Divine 
appointment, and are not to be changed by man. Those 
who presume to add to, take from, or in anywise modify, or 
change, the order, incur fearful responsibilities. 

3. God appoints his ministers and directs the order -of his 
worship, and divides the dixies of his service among his people, 
according to their several abilities to serve. 

4. When God's house is to be builded, his service main- 
tained and his ministers supported, he expects his people to 
co-operate, and give cheerfully and liberally for the accom- 
plishment of the work. '' God loveth the cheerful giver." 



40 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

XV. 

THE PRIESTHOOD.— Leviticus I.-XXVII. 



PRELIMINARY. 

The Title.— Leviticus is the title of the book of laws and 
ceremonies regulating the services of the Sanctuary, by the 
sacred Tribe of Levi. 

The Author.— Leviticus was written by Moses, through 
whom the lav."s and ordinances contained in the book were 
given. Its history covers a period of only one month, and the 
events narrated occurred under the personal observation of 
the author. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. The Ministers.— There were three classes that minis- 
tered to the Lord in holy things : 

1. The Levites, who had charge of the removing and setting 
up of the Tabernacle, and other similar duties. 

2. The Common Priests, who officiated in the Outer Court at 
the Brazen Altar, and in the Holy Place, trimming the lamps, 
eating the shew-bread and replenishing the table, and burning 
incense on the Golden Altar. 

3. The High Priest, whose duties were connected chiefly with 
the Most Holy Place, which he entered once a year to make 
intercession for the sins of the people. 

II. The Ordination. — The ordination of the priests was 
attended by many peculiar ceremonies, including sacrifices, 
washings and anointings, all of which were designed to im- 
press the thought of the sacredness of their calling. 

HI. The Offerings. — There were five special offerings 
provided for, which the priests weje to make for themselves 
and for the people. 

1. The Burnt-Offering: Of the herd, of the flock, or of the 
fowls. It was to be wholly consumed and to ascend, as it were, 
to God in vapor and smoke. 

2. The Meat-Offering : Of flour, of oil and frankincense, or of 
the first fruits of the year. 



THE PENTATEUCH. 41 



3. Tho Peaoe-Offering : Of the herd or flock, either a lamb or 
a goat, without blemish. 

4. The Sin-Offering : Of animals, for sins committed through 
ignorance. 

5. The Trespass-Offerings: Of the flock, of fowls, or of flour, 
according to the ability of the offerer. 

IV. Civiii Duties. — Other services were performed by the 
priests, aside from the offering of the sacrifices. 

1. As Instructors : They were to teach the people the statutes 
of the Lord. 

2. As Leaders : They sounded the trumpets when the line of 
march was to be taken up, and on certain occasions led the 
procession. 

3. As Judges : In important civil and criminal cases they acted 
as a court of appeal. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



Prbliminart. What does the book 
of Leviticus chiefly contain? Who 
was the author? How long a period 
does its history cover? 

I. How many classes of ministers 
were there? Name them. What were 
the duties of theLevites? The Com- 
mon Priests? The High Priest? 

II. By what was the ordination of 



priests attended? What was this de- 
signed to show? 

III. Mention the five principal of- 
ferings. Of what must the first be? 
The second? Third? Fourth? Fifth? 

IV. What other duties did the 
priests perform aside from those con- 
nected with the worship ? Mention 
the three classes. 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God apportions the parts of his service among his vari- 
ous ministers. 

2. God assigns to each one that special work to which he is 
best adapted. 

3. God's ministers must be pure and holy, and wholly con- 
secrated to their work. 

4. Offerings made to God must not be such as cost the wor- 
shiper nothing. True worship has in it the idea of much 
sacrifice. 

5. That which is offered to the Lord must be pure — without 
spot or blemish. Imperfect sacrifices are not acceptable to him. 

6. The Lord demands for his service the first fruits ; the 
brightest hours of the morning ; the sweetest and purest years 
of childhood. " Seek ye first the kingdom of God and his 
righteousness." 



43 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

xyi. 

WANDERINGS IN THE WILDERNESS. 

Book of Numbers. 



PRELIMINARY. 

The Title.— The Book of IsTumbers takes its name from 
the two numberings of the Israelites ; the first near the begin- 
ning of their pilgrimage, at Sinai, and the second near the 
close, on the borders of Canaan. 

The Scope.— The historical portions of the book cover, in 
a general way, a period of thirty-eight years and three months, 
extending from the first day of the second month of the 
second year of the Exodus, to the first day of the fifth month 
of. the fortieth year. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. Preparation for Departure.— When the Tabernacle 
was completed and the system of worship arranged, prepara- 
tions begin for the departure for Canaan. Being in the land of 
enemies, it is necessary that Israel shall be organized as an 
army. 

1. A census is taken of all the Tribes, and the number of 
males from twenty years old and upwards is found to be 
603,550. 

2. A special and separate census of Levi, the priestly tribe, . 
is made. 

3. Directions are given for the arrangement of the Canip' 
and the order of March. 

II. The March Forward.— The Tabernacle is taken 
down, and the hosts of Israel move forward, guided by The 
Pillar of Fire, on their long pilgrimage, which occupied more 
than Thirty-Eight Years, and during w^hich All but Two (Joshua 
and Caleb) of those over twenty years of age when they left 
Egypt Died, on account of Unbelief. 

III. INCIDENTS BY THE WAY.— On the Way many im- 
portant incidents occur: 



THE PENTATEUCH. 



43^ 



1. At Taberah : The people murmur and the fire of th^ 
Lord burns among them, destroying many. 

2. At Kibroth-hattaavah : The people complain of the manna,, 
and quails in superabundance are sent. 

3. At Hazeroth : Aaron and Miriam speak against Moses, 
and are rebuked by the Lord, and Miriam smitten with leprosy. 

4. From Paran : Twelve spies are sent to visit the promised 
land, and all but two return a discouraging report. 

6. At Ezion-gaber : Korah and others organize a rebellion, 
and perish by an earthquake and flames of fire. 

6. At Meribah-Kadesh : The people suffer for water, and 
Moses smites the rock and a stream gushes forth. 

7. At Zalmonah : The people murmur, and fiery flying ser- 
pents come among them and many die. 

8. From Moab : Balak the king, sends for the prophet 
Balaam to come and curse Israel. 

9. Near Jerioho : A second enumeration of the tribes (exclu- 
sive of Levi) is made, and the number found to be 601,730. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



Pbeliminart. From what does the 
Book of Numbers take its name? 
Where did the first occur? The sec- 
ond? How long a period does the 
history cover? 

I. When was the preparation for 
departure begun? What census was 
made? What directions were given? 

II. What was done with the Taber- 
nacle? What led the way? How long 
a time did the journey occupy? How 
many of those enrolled at the census 



reached Canaan? Why did the others 
fail? 

Ill, What important incident oc- 
curred at Taberah? What at Kibroth? 
At Hazeroth? Who were sent to Ca- 
naan from Paran? What kind of a 
report did the majority return? Wbat 
took place at Ezion-gaber? At Meri- 
bah? At Zalmonah? What did Balak 
do? For what reason ? Where was 
the second census made? What was; 
the enrollment? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. The first concern of every people, or nation, should be 
for the institution of worship. 

2. In God's plans every one has a special duty, and a desig- 
nated place. 

3. Unbelief and disobedience often deprive God's people 
of the choicest blessings. 

4. Eebellion and unthankfulness meet their just deserts at 
last. 



44 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

XYII. 
THE LAST DAYS OF MOSES. 
Book of Deuteronomy. 



PRELIMINARY. 

The Book of Deuteronomy consists chiefly of Three Addresses 
delivered to the children of Israel by their great deliverer 
and leader, Moses, in the closing days of his eventful life, 
when they had reached the borders of Canaan, and were 
almost ready to pass over into the Land of Promise. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. The First Address. — The first address is mainly 
Introductory. It reminds the people, 

1. Of their Deliverance from bondage and of God's Guidance 
and protection, notwithstanding their many acts of ingratitude 
and rebellion. 

2. He rehearses briefly the story of their Wanderings in the 
wilderness, telling of battles and victories, and punishments 
and blessings. 

8. He tells of the sending of the Spies to Canaan ; of the 
fear the Evil Report of the majority caused, and of the sen- 
tence that none of the men of war who came out of Egypt 
should enter the Promised Land. 

4. He tells of his own offence at the Smiting of the Rock, 
and the assurance of the Lord that he should not go over 
Jordan. 

5. He closes the address with a "Warning from the past, 
and an Exhortation to obedience in the future, so that they 
might secure the inheritance now so near. 

II. The Secokd Address. — The second is Explanatory, and 
is a repetition and exposition of the main featui'es of The 
Law for the benefit of those who had been born in the wil- 
derness and had not heard the original promulgation at Sinai. 

1. The Ten Commandments, more particularly applying those 
of the First Table. This is followed by the enforcement of 



THE PENTATEUCH. 



45 



2. Particular Eegulations, in three main groups : (1) Laws 
concerning religious observances ; (2) Concerning the admin- 
istration of justice ; (3) Concerning private and social rights. 

III. The Third Address. — The third is Hortatory, and in 
it the Elders of Israel are associated with Moses. The people 
are commanded, after they have entered the Promised Land, 
to Set up Stones on Mount Ebal, and on them to "Write all the 
words of the Law. Then follow the several Curses to be 
pronounced by the Levites on Ebal, and the Blessings on Gerizim. 

lY. The Final Tarewell.— Following the addresses 
comes a series of acts closing the life-work of the great 
Leader. 

1 . He delivers the Law to the priests to be kept in the side 
of the Ark of the Covenant. 

2. He gives his charge to Joshua, to be strong and of good 
courage. 

3. He speaks his parting words to the people in the form of 
a song, and pronounces blessings upon the tribes. 

4. He goes to the top of Pisgah, from whence he has a 
/view of the Promised Land, after which he dies and is buried 

by the Lord himself. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



Preliminary. What does Deuter- 
onomy principally contain? Where 
were the addresses delivered? What 
were the Israelites about ready to do? 

I. What does the first contain? Of 
what does Moses remind them? What 
does he briefly rehearse? Of what 
does he tell? With what does he 
close? What reward does he promise 
the faithful and obedient? 



II. What is the character of the 

second? Of what is it explanatory? 
Why was the Law repeated? On what 
does it chiefly dwell? 

III. W^hat is the character of the 
third? What is ordered to be done 
after the Promised Land is entered? 

IV. What followed the addresses? 
What charge did he give? Where did 
he die? By whom buried? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God's Word needs to be oft repeated, that it may not 
be forgotten by the people. 

2. True happiness and prosperity can be secured only by 
strict obedience to God's Law. 

3. Those to whom great responsibilities are committed need 
to be strong and of good courage. 

4. When the appointed work of God's servants on earth 
is done, he takes them to rest with him. 



■46 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

xyiii. 
THE PENTATEUCH. 



GENERAL SUMMARY. 

The Title. 

The Pentateuch is the name given to the first department of 
the Old Testament, consisting of Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, 
Numbers and Deuteronomy. 

The Author. 

Moses, an Israelite of the Tribe of Levi, born in Egypt B. C. 
1511, the great deliverer, leader and law-giver of his nation, was 
the writer. 

The Contents. 

An Historical Outline of the origin and schooling of God's 
chosen people, and of the establishing of the divinely appointed 
system of worship, is the leading feature of the Pentateuch. 

The Books. 

1. Genesis: A word meaning "origin," or ''"beginning;" 
therefore, the name applied to The Book of Beginnings. 

2. Exodus: A word meaning "to go out," or "to depart;" 
therefore, the name given to The Book of Departure. 

3. Leviticus : A word derived from Levi, the Tribe from 
w^hich the priests were selected; therefore, the name of The 
Book of the Priesthood. 

4. Numbers : The name of the book recording the numbering 
and the numbers of the Israelites in the wilderness. 

5. Deuteronomy: A word signifying "The Second Law;" 
hence, the name given to the book containing The Eepetition of 
the Laic. 

The Scope. 

The Time covered by the records of these various Books is a 
period of about 2553 years, from the creation of man, down 
to the entrance of the Chosen People into the Promised Land. 



THE EISTOBIGAL BOOKS. 47 



II. THE HISTORICAL BOOKS. 



XIX. 
THE HISTORICAL BOOKS. 



GENERAL OUTLINE. 

I. The Kame. — The general name of ''The Historical 
^Books'' has been given to the second department of the Old 
Testament, embracing the books from Joshua to Esther inclu- 
sive. 

II. The Contents. — These Books contain an outline histo- 
ry of the Israelites during four great periods of their national 
life: 

1. An Oligarchy, or a government by a chosen few, as Moses 
and Joshua, in whose hands, under God, supreme power was 
placed. 

2. A Republican Confederacy, in which the authority was in the 
hands of Judges, and the heads of the Tribes. 

3. A Monarchy, speedily becoming disunited and separating 
into two kingdoms, and falling to pieces by internal dissensions 
and bad government. 

4:. A Dependency, tributary to other nations who invaded their 
land and carried captive large numbers of their leading people. 

III. The Books.— The Historical Books are Twelve in num- 
ber, and cover a period of more than 1000 years. 

1. Joshua : Written by Joshua, the successor of Moses, de- 
tailing the events of twenty-five years. It gives the history of 
(1) The crossing of the Jordan ; (2) The conquest of Canaan; 
(3) The distribution of the country by lot among the Tribes 
and the settlement of the Tabernacle at Shiloh ; (4) Final admo- 
nitions, and the farewell of Joshua, added, no doubt, by one of 
his survivors. 

2. Judges : Written, it is thought, by Samuel, and embracing 
a period of more than 300 years, recording the gradual decline 



48 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

of Israel into a state of political anarchy and religious apostasy. 

3. Rutli : Written by Samuel, and forming a connecting link 
between the Judges and the Monarchy, and covering a period of 
about ten years. 

4. I. Samuel : The author is uncertain. It begins with the 
times of Eli, B. C. 1171, and contains a history of Samuel's 
early life ; of his judgeship, of the anointing of Saul, and also of 
David ; of the early exploits of David, and closing with the 
death of Saul. 

5. n. Samuel : By the author of I. Samuel. It begins with 
the crow^ning of David as King of Judah, B. C. 1056, and con- 
tains a history of his reign over all Israel until near the time of 
his death. 

6. I. Kings : The authorship ^is uncertain, some attributing 
it to Jeremiah and others to Ezra. Its history begins with the 
death of David, B. C. 1016, and ends with that of Ahab. 

7. U. Kings : By the author of I. Kings. Its history begins 
with the last days of Elijah, B. C. 806, and closes with an ac- 
count of the Captivity of Judah. 

8. I. Chronicles : It is generally believed that Ezra was the 
compiler. The book contains much matter found in previous 
historical books. It begins with Adam and contains an outline 
of the history of the people of God, dow'n to the death of David, 
B. C. 1016. 

9. U. Chronicles : By the author of I. Chronicles. Its history 
begins with the reign of Solomon, and ends with the Captivity 
of Judah, B. C. 588. 

10. Ezra: The author was Ezra, the scribe, and the book 
gives an account of the return from captivity, and the rebuild- 
ing of the Temple, covering a period of seventy-nine years, 
from B. C. 536 to B. C. 457. 

11. Nehemiah : This book was largely the work of Nehemiah, 
and continues the history from about twelve years after the 
close of Ezra's book to B. C. 413. 

12. Esther: The author was perhaps Mordecai. The book 
contains one episode in the history of the Jews who did not 
return from captivitj^ It w^as most probably written at 
Shushan, and taken by Ezra to Jerusalem and added to the 
collection of sacred books. 



THE RTSTORICAL BOOKS. 



49 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



What general name has been given 
to th(^ second department of the Old 
Testament? 

What books does it embrace? 

IT. 

What is the general character of 
the contents? 

What is an oligarchy? Who were 
the chief leaders during that portion 
of their history? 

Who were the chief rulers during 
the confederacy? 

What was the history of the mon- 
archy? 

What was the cause of its decay? 

What was the last condition of their 
natural life? 

III. 

How many historical books are 
named? 

What is the first? By whom writ- 
ten? What are the general contents? 



The second? By whom written? 
How long a period does its history 
embrace? 

The third? Who wrote it? 

The fourth? Is its author known? 
Where does its history begin? What 
include? Where does "it end? 

The fifth? V/hat principal events 
does it record? 

The sixth? Who was the author? 
What period is covered by Its history? 

The seventh? Where does its his- 
tory begin and end? 

The eighth? Who was the author? 
Wliat is the character of its contents? 

The ninth? What is the extent of 
its records? 

The tenth? Who was the author? 
Of what does the book give an ac- 
count? 

The eleventh? Of whom was it the 
work? What length of time is cover- 
ed by its history? 

The twelfth! Who was the author? 
What does the book contain? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God's Book is systematically arranged, that we may the 
better understand it. 

2. God adapts the circumstances and surroundings to suit 
the conditions of his chosen people. 

3. When a nation forsakes right principles it falls into decay. 

4. When the righteous rule, a nation is prosperous and 
happy. 

5. God brings punishments upon his people for their own 
good often times. 

6. When a nation has accomplished the work for which 
the Lord intended it, it is taken out of the way. 



50 THE OLD TESTA^dEXT. 



XX. 

THE PROMISED LAND 
Book of Joshua. 



PRELIMINARY.. 

The Book of Joshua records the conquest of Canaan by the 
Children of Israel, and their permanent establishraent in the 
land. It was written by Joshua himself, the successor of 
Moses as leader and prophet. It opens with God's order to 
Joshua to lead the chosen people into Canaan, and closes with 
his death, after the conquest and settlement of the country 
under his leadership. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. Joshua's Missions'.— After the death of Moses the Lord 
commissions Joshua to be his successor, to take up the work 
laid down by that great leader, and carry it on to completion. 
His work is 

1. To Enter the Land, on the borders of which the hosts of 
Israel are encamped. 

2. To Subdue the Land, which is thickly settled with war- 
like beathen tribes. 

3. To Divide the Land among the various Tribes of Israel, 
giving to each their proper portion. 

II. The Prepakatiox. — Being about to enter an enemy's 
country, careful preparation is necessary. 

1. Victuals are Prepared for the use of the people on the 
march. 

2. Spies are Sent to view the land in the vicinity of the 
place of entrance, and to inspect the defences of the first city 
to be attacked. 

3. The Camp is Removed to the banks of the Jordan, which 
forms the boundary of the land to be invaded. 

III. The Crossing. — The Jordan, the banks of which are 
now overflown, is to be crossed. 

1. The Order of March : The priests in advance, bearing the 



THE HISTORICAL BOOKS. 51 

Ark of the Covenant, and the people following in their usual 
order at the distance of about half a mile. 

2. The "Way Opened : God miraculously opens a way through 
the Jordan, as he did through the Eed Sea, and the people 
pass over on dry ground. 

3. The Memorial Stones: Twelve stones are taken from the 
channel of the river by twelve representative men of the 
Tribes, and a monument is built of them at Gilgal. 

ly. The Conquest. — The land so long promised has now 
been entered, but it is to be conquered, and the great work 
begins. As a Preparation the Eite of Circumcision is observed, 
and the Passover kept. 

1. Fall of Jericho: The walls of the city of Jericho fall 
down, at the blast of the trumpets of the priests, after they 
have been encompassed seven days, as the Lord commanded, 
and the city is destroyed. 

2. Repulse at Ai : The army of Israel is repulsed at Ai, on 
account of a sin committed by Achan. 

3. The Victory at Ai: After the sin of Achan has been 
confessed and punished, Ai is again attacked and captured. 

4. The Covenant Renewed: The host of Israel march to 
Shechem, in the middle of the land, and renew the Covenant, 
as commanded by Moses. 

5. The Conquest of the South: The Southern portion of the 
land is invaded and the kings captured and their armies 
destroyed. 

6. The Conquest of the North : . The invading army sweeps 
over the North, subduing their enemies and taking full pos- 
session of the land. 

y. The Divisioi^.— After the conquest the land is divided 
up among the various Tribes, except that the Levites have 
certain cities with outlying suburbs assigned them, scattered 
through all portions of the land. Six of these cities, Kedesh, 
Shechem, Hebron, Bezer, Eamoth and Golan, are appointed as 
Cities of Refuge where those taking human life accidentally 
can for a time be safe. 

yi. Joshua's Farewell. —After completing his work, 
Joshua assembles the elders of Israel at Shechem, and delivers 
his farewell address, after which he dies, and is buried in 
Mount Ephraim. 



53 



THE OLD TESTAMENT. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



Preliminary. 

What does llie Book of Joshua re- 
cord? By whom was it written? With 
what does it open? How close? 



Who gave Joshua his commission? 
What were the three principal parts 
of his work? 

II. 

Tor what did he make preparation? 
What was first ordered? Where were 
spies sent? What for? To what 
place was the camp removed? 

III. 

What was the order of march? How 
was the way opened through the wa- 
ter? What were taken from the chan- 
nel of the river? Where set up? 



IV. 



What was done as a preparation 
for the conquest? What city was first 
taken? How? Where was the army 
repulsed? Why? When were they 
victorious? Where was the covenant 
renewed? What part of the land was 
first conquered? What part next? 

V. 

How was the land divided? What 
did the Levites receive? Name the 
Cities of Refuge. Why were they ap- 
pointed? 

VI. 

Where did Joshua assemble the 
elders of Israel? What for? Where 
was he buried? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. When one man of God is removed from labor to rest 
another is provided to take his pla e. 

2. God opens up the way through difficulties, when his 
people are in the path of duty. 

S. God helps his people when they are battling for the rights 



XXI. 



THE JUDGES OF ISRAEL. 
Book of Judges. 



PRELIMINARY. 

The Name.— The Book takes its name from the character of 
its contents. It chiefly relates the heroic achievements of the 
Judges who ruled Israel from the death of Joshua to that of 
Samson, a period of not less than 300 years. 

The Authok.— Jewish tradition makes Samuel the author, 
and there is nothing that can be urged against it ; though it may- 
have been revised and somewhat enlarged by later scribes. 

Period of the Judges.— The Period of the Judges is dis- 
tinguished by the idolatry and degradation of the chosen people; 



THE HIS TO BIG A L B OOKS. 53 

the irregularity and unsettled character of the government, 
and by turbulence and crime. The Death of Joshua was the set- 
ting of the sun ; the Career of Samuel the dawn of a brighter 
€ra, and all between them is twilight and night. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. The Judges.— There were fifteen Judges in all. Eight 
wrere military heroes, and led Israel in battle and delivered them 
from their enemies. They were Othniel, Ehud, Shamgar, Deb- 
orah and Barak (conjointly), Abimelech (a usurper who took 
the name of king), Gideon, Jephthah and Samson. Five — Tola, 
Jair, Ibzan, Elon and Abdon — led more peaceful lives. Eli, the 
High Priest, and Samuel, the Prophet, stand apart from the 
otliers, having both secular and sacred functions. 

II. The Work of the Judges. — They were temporary 
Tulers. and special deliverers, raised up by the Lord usually 
for emergencies, and not supreme magistrates, as were Moses 
and Joshua. Their power only extended over portions of the 
country, and some of them were contemporaneous. They 
combined both the judicial and executive functions, and both 
judged and enforced the laws. During all this period the 
recognized central authority was the Oracle in the Tabernacle 
^t Shiloh. 

III. The Exploits of the Judges.— The history of the 
Exploits of the Judges occupies the principal portion of the 
^ook of Judges. 

1. Othniel : The first Judge, delivers Israel from the serv- 
itude of Mesopotamia, and rules forty years. 

2. Ehud: The second Judge, delivers Israel from the op- 
pressions of Moab, and secures a peace that lasts eight years. 

3. Shamgar: The third Judge, smites the Philistines, and 
slays six hundred men with an ox goad. 

4. Deborah and Barak : Conjointly judge Israel, and deliver 
them from the servitude to the Canaanites. 

6. Gideon : The fifth Judge, delivers Israel from the Midian- 
ites, with a picked band of 300 men. 

6. Abimelech: The sixth Judge, persuades the Shechemites 
to elect him king, and rules that city for three years. 

7. Tola : The seventh Judge, rules in Israel twenty-three 
years. 



54 



THE OLD TESTAMEXT. 



8. Jair : The eighth Judge, a Gileadite, rules in Israel for 
twenty-two years. 

9. Jephtliah : The ninth Judge, delivers Israel from the 
Amonites, and is noted in history for a certain " rash vow." 

10. Ibzan: The tenth Judge, a Bethlehemite, judges Israel 
seven years. 

11. Elon: The eleventh Judge, a Zebulonite, rules for ten 
years. 

12. Abdon : The twelfth Judge, a Pirathonite, rules eight 
years. 

13. Samson: The thirteenth Judge, a Danite, a child of 
promise and a man of miraculous strength, wages a personal 
conflict with the Philistines, who are again oppressors of 
Israel, and bears rule over a portion of the country for 
twenty years. 

14. Eli: The fourteenth Judge, also^a High Priest, of the 
Tribe of Levi. 

15. Samuel: The fifteenth Judge, the last of the order^ 
and the most distinguished of them all ; also a Prophet,, 
who anointed both Saul and David, and inaugurated the 
monarchy. 

TEST QUESTIONS. 



Preliminary. 

Why is the Book of Judges so called ? 
By whom was it written? How long 
a period does its history cover? By 
what is this period distinguished? 



How many Judges were there in 
all? What three classes? How many 
of each? 

n. 

What was the nature of the work 
of the Judges? What two functions 
did they combine? What was the 
recognized central authority? Where 
was it? 

III. 

Who was the first Judge? What 
did he do? How long did he rule? 

Who was the second? What did he 
do? How long a peace did he secure? 

Who was the third? Mention his 
chief exploit. • 

What two were united in authority 



as the fourth? What did they accom- 
plish? 

Name the fifth. What did he ac- 
complish? With what army? 

Name the sixth. What did he do? 
Where rule? How long? 

Name the seven'.h. How long did 
he rule? 

Name the eighth. Who was he? 
How long did he rule? 

Name the ninth. From whom did 
he deliver Israel? For what is he 
noted? 

Name the tenth. Of what town was 
he? How long did he rule? 

Name the eleventh. Who was he? 
How long did he rule? 

Name the twelfth. What is said of 
him? How long did he rule? 

Name the thirteenth. Of what 
Tribe was he? For what was he 
most distinguished? How long did 
he rule? 

Who was the fourteenth? What 
other office did he fill? 

Name the fifteenth? What was he 
besides a Judge? What are some of 
his chief acts? 



THE BIS TOR IC A L BOOKS. 55 

SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God punishes his people when they stray away into the 
paths of sin. 

2. God pities his people, and helps them when they cry 
to him in their affliction. 

3. The greatest blessings any nation can enjoy are Just 
laws and righteous rulers. 

4. Righteousness exalts a people, while sin drags them 
down to ruin. 



XXII. 
THE STORY OF RUTH. 
Book of Ruth. 



PRELIMINARY. 

The Book of Ruth is a sequel to the Book of Judges, with 
which the Jews classed it, and is a Link connecting that, 
period with The Monarchy. It supplies the genealogy of David, 
and so carries on The Descent of the Promised Seed from Abra- 
ham. It covers a period of Ten Years, during the judgeship 
of Deborah and Barak. The Author, it is quite generally 
agreed, was Samuel. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. An Afflicted Family.— At Bethlehem, in the land 
of Judah, lives a family, consisting of the father, Elimelech, 
the mother, Naomi, and the two sons, Mahlon and Chilion. 

1. Destitution: A famine prevails in the land of Judah, 
and death by starvation stares the inhabitants in the face. 

2. Removal: The family of Elimelech removes to the fer- 
tile land of Moab, and settles among the heathen people. 

3. Sorrow: Before long the father dies, leaving the mother 
with her two sons. 



56 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

4. Marriage: In course of time the two sons marry two- 
Moabitish maidens, Orpah and Ruth. 

5. Death : In a short time Mahlon and Chilion both die 
and the three women, i^aomi, Orpah and Ruth, are all left 
widows, and childless. 

II. The Bekeayed Mother. — After the death of her 
sons, IS'aomi is sad indeed. 

1. Her Resolve : Hearing that there is again plenty in the 
land of Judah, she resolves to return to her native place 
and live the rest of her days, and die at last among her 
ovv^n people. 

5. Her Departure: She makes known her purpose to her 
two daughters-in-law, Orpah and Ruth, and they go with 
her a short distance, as is required by oriental courtesy to 
a departing relative. 

3. Her Advice : She now advises Orpah and Ruth to return 
to their own people, and they both weep at the thought of 
parting. 

III. The Faithful. Daughter.— Orpah gives her mother 
the good-by kiss, and starts back, but Ruth clings to Kaomi. 

1. Her Determination : 2>raomi entreats her to return with 
her sister, but Ruth expresses her determination not to 
leave her mother-in-law. 

2. Her Desire : To go with ISTaomi, to abide with her, to 
worship her God, to belong to her people, to die with her, 
and to be buried with her at last. 

3. The Journey: JSTaomi can say no more, and the two go 
on together, and reach Bethlehem at the beginning of barley- 
harvest. 

ly. The Fair Gleaner. — By Kaomi's permission Ruth 
goes forth with other women into the harvest fields, Among 
the Reapers, to glean, or gather up the scattered heads of 
barley that they let fall, in The Fields of Boaz, a rich land- 
owner, who is a kinsman of Naomi's. Here her beauty and 
grace win the favor of all. 

V. The Happy Result.— The devotion of Ruth to her 
mother-in-law, and her desire to live among the people of 
God, and worship him instead of the gods of Moab, meet 
a just reward. 



THE HISTORICAL BOOKS. 



1. The Esteem of Boaz: He treats her with great consid- 
eration and kindness. 

2. The Love of Boaz : He makes her his wife, and she 
becomes the joint owner of the fields in which she has 
gleaned, 

3. The Favor of God : She becomes the mother of Obed, 
the father of Jesse, the father of David, and thus one of 
the progenitors of .Christ. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



Pbeliminabt. 

What is the Book of Ruth said to 
be? What does it supply V How long 
a period does its history cover? Who 
was the author? 



What family is mentioned? Where 
did they live? What occurred in that 
land? Where did they remove? Who 
first died? Whom did the sons marry? 
Who next died? 

II. 

What did Naomi resolve to do? To 
whom did she make known her pur- 
pose? What did they do? What ad- 
vice did she give them? 



III. 



What did Orpah do? On what was 
Ruth determined? What was her de- 
sire? What was the result? At what 
time did they reach Bethlehem? 

IV. 

What did Ruth do? By whose con 
sent? In whose fields did she glean? 
How was she treated there? What won 
her favor/ 

V. 
Whose esteem did she win? What 
did he direct? Whose love did she 
win? What did he do? Whose favor 
did she win? What was the grand re- 
sult? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. Those who go away from the place where the true 
God is worshiped meet with misfortune. 

2. When our friends are returning to God, we should 
encourage and accompany them. 

3. An unselfish devotion to duty is sure, sooner or later, 
of its just reward. 

4. It is blessed to go where God's people go, to live 
where they live, and at last to die in their midst. 



58 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

XXIII. 

THE TIMES OF SAMUEL. 

First Book of Samuel. 



PRELIMINARY. 

The Title. — The Two Books of Samuel are so named be- 
cause the chief contents of the record are concerning events 
with wliich he was either directly or indirectly intimately 
connected. 

Their Purpose.— The chief purpose of the Books is to 
record the events which led to the establisliment of David, the 
ancestor and type of Christ, upon the throne. This is evident 
from the fact that they are in form a continuation of the 
Book of Euth, w^hich contains the genealogy of David ; they 
are linked to the Book of Ruth by the conjunction and, wath 
which the First Book opens, and they introduce David without 
furnishing a statement of his genealogy, as that had been 
already given. 

The Authorship.— The authorship is in doubt. It is 
probable that Samuel himself wrote the first twenty-four chap- 
ters, which contain a record of events during his own life- 
time ; and that Gad, Nathan, Jasher and other unknown writers 
made further contributions at later periods. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. The Child Samuel. — Samuel was the last of the 
Judges, and the first of the regular order of Prophets. 

1. His Parents : His father was Elkanah, a Levite, and his 
mother Hannah, one of the most pious and gifted of all the 
women of the Bible. 

2. His Name : He was granted in answer to Hannah's 
prayer, and named Samuel, which means, "The Asked of 
God." 

3. His Childhood: Before his birth his mother had "dedi- 
cated him to the service of God," and as soon as he is old 



THE HISTORICAL BOOKS. 59' 

enough to leave home, and while yet a mere child, he iS' 
placed in the Tabernacle at Shiloh, where he waits on Eli, the 
High Priest, and assists in opening the doors and trimming 
the lamps in the Holy Place. 

4. His Call : One night the Lord appears to him in a 
vision and calls him to the prophetic office, and makes known 
to him things that are to come to pass. He grows in favor 
with God and with the people, and all acknowledge him as 
the prophet of the Lord. 

II. The War with the Philistines.— The Philistines 
wage war against Israel, and slay many 

1. The Ark Taken to the Camp : In their extremity the Israel- 
ites carry the Ark of the Covenant to the battle, in charge 
of the two sons of Eli. 

2. The Ark Captured : The Philistines overcome Israel, slay 
the two sons of Eli, capture the Ark and carry it to their 
own land. 

3. Eli's Death : When the High Priest at Shiloh learns that 
the Ark has been captured, he dies of grief. 

4. The Ark Returned : The Ark brings disaster to the Philis- 
tines, and they send it back to Israel, on a cart drawn by 
cows, that go without a driver. 

III. The Kingdom Established.— Samuel continues to 
prophesy, judge Israel, found schools of instruction, and there 
are better times in Israel, but still the people are not satisfied. 

1. A King Demanded : They demand of Samuel that a king 
be placed over them. 

2. Saul Anointed : Samuel is grieved and protests, but by 
the Lord's command, anoints Saul, the son Kish, to be king. 

3. Saul Rejected : Eor a while Saul's reign is prosperous,, 
but at last he falls into sin, and is rejected by the Lord 

4. A New King Chosen : By the Lord's command, Samuel 
anoints David, the son of Jesse, to be king, in place of Saul. 

IV. Troublesome Times. — The Philistines continue to 
war with Israel, and they meet for battle in the valley of Elah. 

1. The Giant Goliath : He defies the army of Israel, and chal- 
lenges any man among them to meet him in personal combat. 

2. David's Victory: David, only a mere youth, with his 
shepherd's sling, meets the giant and slays him. 

3. Saul's Favor : The king takes David to his own palace^ 



-60 THE OLD TI^TAYIIXT. 

places : II - 7: ::l ' t :_- n :i :f war. and between him 
and J;„^:_:.i. :.i. ti.iui:. :: niri .l^l-ip is formed. 

4. Saul's Jeabusv: Drr id is successful in the "war against 
the Piliiistines : r 7 ^ praise him, and Saul becomes envious 
and 5ee>5 to r...^ Liiii. 

5. Sizi-rl i Vs'-h'.L : S: 11 -r! assembles the people and delivers 
them a r.rr^^ : dress, after which he dies, lamented by all 
Israel. 

6. Sa::: 5 Drxr-ir; S:rps : After the death of Samuel, Saul 
goes rapid > 1 : : I to worse, endeavoring to slay David, 
and cons di: ^ ~ri:rj. ijiiniliar spirits, which the I^aw forbids. 

7. Saul s Iii:i : Saul goes into battle with the Philistines, 
and he and his three s:i-S are slain on Mount Gilboa. 

ThST QUESTIONS. 

PRKtrsTSTAET. "iVhere was the Ark taken? WTiat 

-77-^- :- -.i^ J : £3 of Samuel so '^^- ^^- -'^^ — -•' ^ J^ ~ -- '-'■ --'^'^-^ ^"^ 

7L:-^-i „ .: j^ i the purpose in .1- 

iiitir v-rii^ng : \s z.o were probably -^v - - - - - - ^ _ _ _ ■ ^ ^ _ --, -t^^, - 

the anthors? wa> Id 1" _• — ^ 

WTio -was Samnel? Who were his - = - - __ 
paren'r- ' ^^~h - ' does his name mean* 

"SV^T r:~^ ^ :i ere was he placed in W::i — : : 1:1 :_i — : .1.- ,r? 

cii:l:-l- : : 1' ^ ::^t was his work? To Wli: ^. .' Irfr:, .5 t^ 1 ":i,i:i 

^^v]!;: TT as he called? When? — :^ ::-t -- .:' H : il Saul 



n. 



ip did 
-Uons? 



Berxeen what nations was war : .1. „r ::: ; _^- : was 

xagias? What was taken to canip? .^^iiiLiei i 1-i: i.;. ■• _e;c ■. c^s Saul 
Bt whom captured? WTio were shun? l slain? 

SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. It is a biased thing to have pious parents to bring us up 
in the service of the Ijord. 

2. A little child can do something for Gk)d ; and its services, 
if performed in sincerity and love, are accepted and rewarded 
by him. 

3. The pious child, early trained to the service of God, 
will make the honored and useiul citizen. 

4. Grod may answer our prayers as a punishment for im- 
proper desires, as he gave them Saul for their first king. 

5. Grod rejects those who faU to do his work, and raises up 
better men in their places. 



THE HIS TO BIG A L B OOKS, 61 

XXIV. 
THE KINGDOM OF DAVID. 

Second Book of Samuel. 



ANALYSIS. 

I. David Made King.— David was anointed to be king 
by Samuel when only a youth; he had a numerous follow- 
ing during his persecutioiis by Saul, but he laid no claim to 
the kingdom ^ then. After the death of Saul he is pro- 
claimed 

1. King of Judah: His capital is Hebron, and he rules over 
Judah, while Saul's son, Ishbosheth, rules the rest of Israel. 

2. King of Israel: War rages between the armies of the 
two factions of the kingdom ; Ishbosheth is slain, and then 
the representatives of all the Tribes come to David and 
proclaim him king over all Israel. 

II. A JSTew Capttai. Chosen. — Hebron remains David's 
capital for seven years and six months ; then he goes with 
bis army and attacks the stronghold of the Jebusites on 
Mount Zion, and they are defeated and 

1. Jerusalem Captured: It is made his new capital, and re- 
mains the sacred city of Israel throughout all time. 

2. David Prospered : He takes up his residence in the new 
capital ; the Lord blesses him ; his kingdom grows strong, 
and he receives honor from surrounding nations. 

3. The Ark Removed to Zion: The Ark of the Covenant is 
taken from Gibeah to Jerusalem amid great rejoicing, and 
placed in a structure David has prepared for it. 

4. A House for the Lord : David proposes to build it, but 
the Lord sends JSIathan the prophet to tell him it shall be 
built by his son. 

6. Victories Won : By the armies of David over the Syr- 
ians, Philistines and Moabites, and all these nations become 
tributary to Israel, 

III. David's Sins.— David, in the midst of his prosperity,, 
falls into two special grievous sins. 



'62 THE OLD TFSTAJfUyT. 

1. Adultery : With Bath-sheba, the wife of Uriah, a cap- 
tain iu his army. 

2. Murder: He orders the commander-in-chief of his army 
to place Uriah in the front of the battle, where he is 
slain, and then takes Bath-sheba for his wife. 

Nathan rebukes the king and he repents, and is again 
restored to the favor of God, but all his life he suffers for 
his crimes. 

lY. Absalom's REBELLioisr. — Absalom, one of David's sons, 
desires to be king in place of his father. 

1. His Crafty Device : He procures himself chariots, horses, 
and men to run before him, and other accessories of roy- 
alty; finds fault with his father, and professes to be for 
the people, and assures them if he were king public affairs 
should be more wisely administered. 

2. His Revolt : He proclaims himself king in 'Hebron, raises 
an army, and drives David, his father, from Jerusalem. 

3. His Defeat : The armies of David and Absalom meet 
in battle, and Absalom's army is defeated. 

L His Death : In his flight Absalom is caught in the 
branches of an oak, where he is found by Joab, and slain. 

5. David's Sorrow : When David hears of Absalom's death, 
he mourns for him, and • expresses a wish that he had died 
in place of his sinful son. 

6. David's Return : The king returns to Jerusalem after 
the suppression of the rebellion, and resumes control of the 
affairs of the kingdom. 

yi. The People Nuznibered. — David orders an enumera- 
tion of the people of Israel to be made, contrary to the 
advice of Joab. 

1. A Sin:: The purpose for which he does it is displeasing 
to the Lord, and David repents of his sin and prays for 
forgiveness. 

2. The Punishment : A pestilence is sent, and in three days 
seventy thousand people die. 

3. David's Offering : ^Yhen the pestilence is stayed, the 
king erects an altar on Mount Moriah, and offers a burnt- 
. offering unto the l«ord. 



THE HISTORICAL BOOKS. 



63 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



By whom was David first anointed 
to be a king? When was he first pro- 
claimed king by the people? Over 
what country? Where was his capi- 
tal ? When was he made king over all 
Israel? 

II. 

How long did he rule in Hebron? 
What city was then selected as a capi- 
tal? Of whom was it captured? How 
was be prospered? From whence was 
the Ark brought? Where was it placed? 
What did David propose? What na- 
tions were subdued? 
III. 

Of what two great sins was David 



guilty? Who was Uriah? What order 
did David give concerning him? By 
whoin was he rebuked? What did 
David do? When was he restored to 
the favor of God? 

IV. 

What son organized a rebellion? 
How did he win the hearts of the peo- 
ple? What did David do? What was 
the result of the great battle? How 
was Absalom slain ? 

V. 

What did David order done? Who 
advised against it? Why was it a sin? 
What punishment was inflicted? How 
many died? Where was an altar built? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God's purposes may be delayed by the opposition of 
man, but cannot be thwarted. 

2. God blesses the righteous, and causes his plans to 
prosper. 

3. One of the first concerns of a righteous ruler will be 
for the institution of public worship. 

4. Our sins will find us out, and are sure to meet their 
just punishment sooner or later. 



xxy 

THE REIGN OF SOLOMON. 

First Kings. — I. -XL 



PRELIMINARY. 

The Two Books.— The Books of the Kings take their name 
from the character of their chief 

1. Contents : They contain the history of the kings of Israel 
and Judah from the death of David to the Captivity, a period 
of more than 400 years. 

2. The Two Kingdoms: The history of the two kingdoms 
is intermingled until the Captivity of Israel, when that of 
Judah only is continued for 130 years longer. 



64 TRE OLD TFSTAJIEXT. 

3. A Conflict : The history shows a continual conflict be- 
tween faith and infldelitj', the sons of God and the sons of men, 
the worship of Jehovah and the worship of Baal. 

4. Israel : Under the lead of Jeroboam and his successors, 
Israel rapidly declines ; she becomes outcast and her record 
is wiped out of the Book of Life, just as that of the family of 
Cain, and the apostate descendants of Xoab and Abraham. 

6. Judah : Stayed by a few faithful kings, such as Asa, 
Hezekiah, and Josiah, Judali repents of her unfaithfulness 
during her exile in Babylon, and is finally restored. 

The Authorship. — The authorship is uncertain. It is 
probable that certain annals of their times were written by 
several of the prophets, and that a continuous history of these 
kingdoms was compiled out of them by Jeremiah or Ezra. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. SoLOMOX Made Kixg.— TThen David is old and near 
his death, Adonijah, his son, attempts to seize the throne. 

1. Solomon Anointed : By David's order, Solomon, who is to 
be his successor, is anointed king by Xathan, Zadok and 
Benaiah. 

2. David's Charge : Solomon is brought before David, and 
the dying king gives his son and successor a solemn charge 
to be strong, to fear God, and walk in the way of his statutes. 

3. David's Death : He dies and is buried in Jerusalem, and 
Solomon is formally proclaimed King of Israel. 

II. The Wisdom of Solomox. — Solomon goes to Gibeon to 
offer sacrifice. At night he has 

1. A Vision : The Lord appears to him in a dream and ofiers 
to give him whatever gift, or favor, he may ask. 

2. His "Wise Choice : He asks not riches, honor or victories 
over enemies, but Wisdom to rule his people righteously. 

3. The Lord's Approval : The Lord is pleased T\ith his choice, 
and grants it and much more, making him the wisest of all 
men, and the greatest and richest of all kings. 

III. The Great Temple.— The great work of Solomon's 
life is the building of the Temple. 

1. The Site: The threshing floor of Araunah, on Mount 
Moriah, supposed to be the same place where Abraham offered 
his son Isaac. It had been selected by Da^dd. 



THE UTS TO RICA L BOOKS. 65 

2. The Dimensions: Tlie whole area enclcsed by the outer 
walls forms a square of about 600 feet ; but the Temple itself 
is 80 cubits by 40 cubits, and 30 cubits in height, being exactly 
double that of the Tabernacle. 

3. The Divisions : Like the Tabernacle, it consists of three 
parts— (1) The Outer Courts 100 cubits by 200, and 10 cubits in 
height ; (2) The Holy Place, 40 cubits by 20, and 20 cubits in 
height ; (3) The Holy o^ Holies, 20 cubits in length, width and 
height, each. 

4. The Furniture : In I'he Outer Court is the Altar of Burnt- 
Offerings; in place of the Brazen Laver, of the Tabernacle, 
is a Molten Sea of Brass, containing water for the ablations 
of the priests ; in The Holy Place are Seven Golden Candle- 
sticks, Ten Golden Tables for shew-bread and the golden 
vessels for the service of the Sanctuary, and the Altar of 
Incense ; in The Holy of Holies is the Ark of the Covenant, 
covered with the mercy-seat surmounted by the cherubim. 

5. The Dedication : When the Temple is completed it is dedi- 
cated with imposing ceremonies, and becomes the place for 
national worship. 

lY. The Greatness of Solomon.— The fame of Solomon 
extends to all surrounding countries, and many nations pay 
him tribute, and rulers come to do him honor. 

1. His Riches: In wealth he surpasses all, either before or 
after him, gathered from presents, tribute and trade. 

2. His Wisdom: As a jud^e, meting out justice; as an 
interpreter of " obscure sayings," and as a commentator on 
natural laws, he far surpasses all the ancients. 

3. His Writings : The Book of Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, and 
the Song of Songs prove him one of the most profound writers 
of all time. 

y. The Fall of Solomon.— Notwithstanding his great- 
ness, Solomon has his weaknesses. 

1. His Sins : He marries many wives from among the heathen 
nations, and they, in his old age, lead him into Idolatry. 

2. His Punishment; Adversaries are raised up against him, 
and God makes known his purpose to rend the kingdom, and 
take away from Solomon's son and successor all but One 

Tribe. 
5 



66 THE OLD TESTA^fEXT. 

3. Eis Death : Solomon dies, after ruling forty years, and is 
buried in Jerusalem. 

TEST QUESTIONS. 

Pkeliminart. 1 III. 

From what does the Boots of the I What vras the great work of Solo- 



Kings take their name ? What do they 
principally contain? Who were proo- 
iibly the authors? 

I. 

Who attempts 1o seize the throne? 
Who is anointed? By whom? What 
was Davivfs charge? Where was Da- 
Tid buried? 

II. 

What Tision did Solomon have ? 
What was offered him? What did he 
choose? What did he receive? Why 
was his choice a wise oue? What did 
he thus become? 



mou's life? What site was selected 
for the Temple? Give its dimensions. 
Divisions. l''urniture. Wherein did 
it differ from the Tabernacle? How 
was it dedicated? 

IV. 

In what was Solomon great? What 
is said of his wisdom in judging? 
Name his writings that have come 
down to us. 

Y. 

Of what sins was Solomon guilty in 
his old days? What was his punish- 
ment? How long did he rule? Where 
was he buried? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. Wisdom and piety are the noblest of all possessions. 

2. When we choose wisely, God gives us more than we 
ask for. 

S. One of the noblest of works is building temples for the 
worship of God. 

4. Certain punishment is the lot of all who turn from the 
worship of the true God. 



XXYI. 

THE DIVIDED KINGDOM. 

First Kings.— XII-XXII. 



ANALYSIS. 

I. Eetolt of the Tek Tribes. — On the death of Solo- 
mon, his son Eehcboam becomes king. At Shechem the 
representatives of all Israel meet him and make 

1 . A Demand : They ask that the new king shall lighten 
the burdens that Solomon had laid upon them, agreeing to 
be loyal if he will so do. 

2. The Answer: The old and wise counselors advise the 



THE KISTOBICAL BOOKS. 67 

king to consent, and the young men urge him to refuse. 
His answer is that he will make their burdens still heavier. 
3. The Result : Ten Tribes revolt, set up a kingdom of 
their own, and make Jeroboam king. 

II. Idolatry Established. — Jeroboam desires to keep 
the people from going to Jerusalem to worship, and so sets 
up as objects of worship 

1. Two Golden Calves : One is placed at Dan, in the north- 
ern part of the kingdom, and the other at Bethel, in the' 
southern part. 

2. False Worship: He also establishes feasts, such as are 
observed at Jerusalem ; ordains priests ; builds altars, and 
offers sacrifices ; all of which are displeasing to the Lord, 
and bring disasters upon Israel. 

III. The Two Kingdoms.— The two Tribes of Judah and 
Benjamin remain loyal to Eehoboam, and are known as the 
Kingdom of Judah. The two exist, side by side and there 
is constant war between them. 

1. Israel: Jeroboam dies, and is succeeded by his son 
I^adab; Kadab by Baasha; Baasha by Elah ; Elah by Zimri; 
Zimri by Omri, and Omri by Ahab; all of whom do evil 
in the sight of the Lord. 

2. Judah: Eehoboam, after a wicked reign, is succeeded 
"by Abijam ; Abijam by Asa, and Asa by Jehoshaphat. AM- 
jam follows in the evil ways of Eehoboam, and Asa and 
Jehoshaphat rule in righteousness. 

lY. The Prophet Elijah.— While Ahab is king of Israel 
the great prophet Elijah makes his first appearance. 

1. He Foretells a Drouth : The prophet goes to Ahab and 
tells him that on account of his sins, no rain shall fall for 
three years. 

2. He is Fed hy Ravens : During the famine that comes 
with the drouth, Elijah is, for a time, fed by the ravejis in 
the wilderness. 

3. Sustained by a Widow : Prom the wilderness Elijah goes . 
to Zaraphath, where he takes up his abode at the house of 
;a poor widow, and by a miracle he causes her small supply 
of food to last until plenty returns to the land. 

4. Raises her Son : The widow's son dies ; she appeals to 
Elijah, and he brings the child back to life. 



68 THE OLD TESTAMEXT. 

5. Ahab Sseks to Kill Eim : The ^vhole land is in distress, 
and Ahab seeks to find Elijah and slay him, thinking him 
the cause of the drouth, because he foretold it. 

6. The Trial by Fire : Elijah asks Ahab to assemble the 
representatives of Israel on Mount Carmel, Tvith a.l the false 
prophets, and a trial by fire is made to decide which is the 
true God — the Lord, or Baal. 

7. The False Prophets Slain : The Lord answers by fire ; the 
prophets of Baal are proved to be impostors, and they are 
all slain with the sword. 

8. Elijah Prays for Rain : The prophet prays for rain ; it 
comes in abundance, and the land is again made fruitful. 

9. Elijah's Fhght: Queen Jezebel attempts to slay the 
prophet, and he flees into the wilderness ; under a juniper 
tree he is strengthened by an angel, after which he goes to 
Mount Horeb, where the Lord meets him and tells him what 
to do. 

10. His Return : Elijah returns from Momit Horeb with or- 
ders to anoint Hazael to be king over Syria, and Jehu to be 
king of Israel ; he rebukes Ahab for the murder of Kaboth^ 
and foretells the wicked king's miserable end. 

TEST QUESTIONS. 

I. .Xame the kings of Israel. The kings 

Who became king in place of Solo- °^ Judah. 
mon? What demand did the people jS 

make? What was the answer? What 
was the result? 

TT-u i j-j X ^, ' J • a. ' did he go? How was he for a time fed? 

WTiat did Jeroboam desire to pre- w^here didhe next find sustenance? 

w?* ^^^"^^ ^."^Ki'^^f V.^vf .^Hl^^ Whatmiracles did he perform the-e? 

^ hat did he establish? W hat was the ^^^^iiit test was made on Carmel? What 

general rebuit/ was the result? For what did he prav? 

^^^- I Where did he flee? Why? Who met 

What two kingdoms existed? What him at Horeb? What did he do after 
was the stateof feeling between them? • Ms return? 

SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. Punishment is sure to follow the violation of God's 
law. 

2. God can protect and sustain his faithful servants in the 
midst of the greatest calamities. 

3. 1^0 nation can prosper whose rulers walk continually in 
the ways of unrighteousness. 



When did Elijah first appear? What 
did he foretell? To whom? Where 



THE HIS TOBICA L BOOKS. 69 

xxyii. 

THE TIMES OF ELIJAH. 

Second Kings. — I-X. 



ANALYSIS. 

I. The Last Days of Elijah.— Ahab, king of Israel, dies, 
;and Aliaziah, his son, reigns in his stead. He is taken sick, 
and sends messengers to consult his false god; Elijah meets 
them, and sends them back with 

I. A Message of Death : " Thou shalt not come down from 
that bed from which thou art gone up; but shalt surely 
die." 

2.* Fire from Heaven: The king sends soldiers to arrest 
the prophet, and he calls fire down from heaven, and two 
-captains and one hundred soldiers are consumed. 

3. The King's Death: King Ahaziah dies, and is succeeded 
by his brother, Jehoram, he having no son. 

4. Elijah and Elisha: Elisba is anointed to succeed Elijah 
as a prophet, Elijah's work on earth being nearly done. 

5. The Chariot of Fire : As Elijah and Elisha walk and 
talk together, a chariot of fire descends, in which Elijah is 
taken up to heaven. 

6. Elijah's Mantle : As Elijah ascends, his mantle falls from 
Iiim, w^hich Elisha takes up, and w^ith it the prophetic ofiice 
and gift. 

II. The Prophet Elisha. — Elisha performs miracles, and 
is acknowledged by the other prophets and the people as 
the successor of Elijah. 

1, The Spring at Jericho : At Jericho he purifies the water 
■of a spring, f rom^ which the supply for the people is drawn. 

2. The Eude Boys of Bethel : At Bethel, while on his way to 
Mount Carmel, the prophet is assailed by rude boys, who 
■call him "bald head," or "round head;" he rebukes them, 
in the name of the Lord, and two bears come out of the 
forest and destroy forty-two of them. 



TO TBr: 0:.D msTAMFr-T 

3i The Water Fanire ; The kings of Israel, Judah and Z ::m 
TiiiiTr : r azaLisr Moab; their armies are about to per- 

ish I L -": r : 7 ?. loiracle, Elisha procures a supply. 

4. Thr TT:::- ; 0:^ -^ 1 or widow, whose sons are about 
to It - 1 : : debt, r ^ :> Elisha, and he causes a pot of 
oil 10 Oc niv/.riplied. iiz.::! rhere is more than enoTi^h to 
pay the del::. 

5. The Sh-ii--::r £ 5:i: The prophet brings back to life 
a dead cni^d ai S . n-z:. the parents of which had often 
shown him orreat kii. .:_rss. 

6. The PcisiTi Pirt^ge: A: Gi.^ 1. in :]ie time of a fam- 
ine, the 5 - : :1 T t: 7: t - - : : : vr in which poison 
has beei. :! :r . :_ 1 Z : L_ .. i__ r. renders it harm- 
less. 

7. Tlie Midtiplied Food: The prophet, by a miracle, feeds 
one hundred men en twenty small barley loaves. 

8. Tlie Syrian Leper: By order of Elisha. Xaaman, a Syr- 
ian captain, who has the leprosy, dips himself se-en times 
in the river Jordan, and is cured. 

9. The Swimming Iron: Ar Jericho an ax is : i ientally 
droi T ■ i: : the Jordan, and Elisha causes it to swim, so 
tha: 1: 1- :T::vered. 

10. The Heavenly Army : The Syrians send an army to 
Dothan to : : :- E.i-ia: his servant is alarmed, and Eli- 
sha prays !:_ .: ii_5 e^cs may be opened; he looks and sees 
the mountains round about full of the heaYenly armies, sent 
for their defense. 

U. A GaptiTe A:™- : Elisha prays again, and the Syriaa 



soldiers are aL --::: 
and leads them to ^ 



-Aich blindness, and he goes down 

: _i delivers them to the Mng^ 
of Israel, who. by :i.t : j :s order, feasts the captive 
soldiers, and then sen ; : ro: L iir. 

12. Tke Famine :i S3,-3.::i T r ^: rions. some time after- 
wards, besiege : t :: :: San^ua. en: 05 the supply of 
food, and a fam : r :r ais, 

13. Food in A:ii:ii:t Ehsoa. when the destitution is 
greatest, predicis :^rt: ihe next (iaj food will be abundant 
and cheap. A panic takes place among the besiegers, caused 
by a noise which the Lord makes them to hear, like the 



THE IIISTOEWAL BOOKS. 



71 



sound of armies marching to the relief of the city. They 
flee, leaving all their provisions, and there is food in abun- 
dance. 

14. The New Kings: Elisha anoints Hazael to be king of 
Syria, and directs another prophet to anoint Jehu to be king 
of Israel. 

15. Idolatry Destroyed : Jehu slays Jehoram, king of Israel, 
whose place he takes, and all the other children of Ahab ; 
destroys the temples, altars and images of Baal, with all 
the idolatrous worshipers, and, in a measure, overthrows 
idolatry. 

TEST QUESTIONS. 



Who sent to consult the false proph- 
et? Who met the messengers? What 
became of the soldiers sent to arrest? 
Elijah? 

Who is anointed to succeed Elijah? 
How does Elijah ascend to heaven? 
Who receives his mantle ? What povrer 
does it bring? 

II. 

Where did Elisha purify vrater? 

What happened to the boys at 
Bethel? 

For whom was water miraculously 
procured? 



What was done for the poor widow? 

Whose son was restored to life? 

What was done with the poison 
pottage? 

Where was the food multiplied? 

What was done for Naaman, the 
Syrian ? 

Where was iron made to swim? 

How and where did the prophet cap- 
ture an army? 

What city suffered from a famine? 
How was food obtained? 

What two new kings were anointed? 

By whom were the idolators de- 
stroyed? 

When did Elisha die? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God takes his faithful servants to rest when their ap- 
pointed work is done. 

2. When one servant is removed from labor to reward, 
another is raised up to take his place ; so that God's work 
goes on. 



?2 THE OLD TESTA JfFXT. 

XXYIII. 

THE END OF THE KINGDOM, 

Second Kings.— XI.-XXV. 



ANALYSIS 

I. The Kingdom of Israel. — After a reign of about 
tvv^enty-eight years, Jehu dies, and is buried in Samaria, and 
is succeeded by his son 

1. Jehoahaz : He rules sixteen years, during which time his 
kmgdom is in subjection to Hazael, king of Damascus. He is 
succeeded by his son 

2. Jehoash: Also called Joash;he reigns sixteen years, and 
partially throws off the yoke of subjection to the king of 
Damascus. During his reign Elisha the prophet dies. Jehoash 
is succeeded by his son 

3. Jeroboam II. : He is the most successful of the kings of 
Israel; he drives out the Syrian invaders and captures 
Damascus, and much territory captured from Israel during 
the reign of his predecessors is regained. 

4. Zachariah : The son of Jeroboam 11., after a period of 
anarchy, succeeds to the throne, and reigns six months, when 
he is slain by 

5. Shallum : He, in turn, becomes king, rules one month, 
and is slain and succeeded by 

6. Menahem : He rules ten years, and does much evil. 
During his reign the king of Assyria invades Israel, but 
retires on presentation of a gift of 1000 taleuts of silver. 

7. PekaMah : Tlie son of Menahem succeeds to the throne, 
and after two years is slain and succeeded by 

8. Pekali : He occupies the throne in all nearly thirty years; 
during a part of the time there is anarchy and confusion. 
In connection with the king of Damascus he wages war 
against Juiah ; later he is attacked by Tiglath-pileser, a part 
of his dominion is taken away, and he becomes a vassal of 
Assyria. Fiaally he is slain and succeeded ly 



THE HISTORICAL BOOKS. 73 

9. Hoshea : He is the last king of Israel. After a reign of 
about ten years, the land is invaded, the kingdom broken up, 
and the people carried captive to Assyria, never to return. 

II. The Kingdom of Judah.— Jehoshaphat, after a pros- 
perous and righteous reign over Judah of twenty-five years, 
is succeeded by his son 

1. Jehoram : His wife, Athaliah, daughter of Ahab, leads 
him into idolatry, and he dies after a wicked reign of fifteen 
years, and is succeeded by his son 

2. Ahaziah : He is a descendant of Ahab ; is visiting in 
Jezreel at the time of the slaughter by Jehu, king of Israel, 
and is slain with the rest of the family. 

3. Athaliah : The mother of the king seizes the throne on 
the death of her son; she puts to death all the children of 
the late king, except little Joash, who has been hid in the 
temple. 

4. Joash : He becomes king at the age of seven years. The 
affairs of the kingdom are conducted by Jehoiada, the high 
priest, during the king's childhood. For twenty-three years, 
during the life of the high priest, his reign is just and pros- 
perous ; but after that he falls into sin, and is finally slain, 
and is succeeded by his son 

5. Amaziah : His reign of thirty years is an admixture of 
good and evil. He is finally slain, and is succeeded by his son 

6. Uzziah : He rules fifty-two years, and in the main his 
reign is righteous and the kingdom prosperous. At last he 
attempts to burn incense, and is smitten with leprosy. He is 
succeeded by 

7. Jotham : He reigns thirty-five years, doing right in many 
things, but failing in others, and is succeeded by his son 

8. Ahaz : His reign of sixteen years is weak and disastrous. 
He is succeeded by his son 

9. HezekiaL: He reigns twenty-nine years, and is one of the 
greatest and best of Judah's kings. He repairs the Temple; 
purifies the worship; destroys the serpent of brass that has 
become an object of worship, and is delivered from the 
Assyrians by an angel, who in a single night smites 185,000 
men. He dies and is succeeded by his son 

10. Manasseh : He rules fifty-five years and is one of the 
w^orst of Judah's kings. He is succeeded by his son 



HE OLD TESTA^TEXT. 



11. Amon : His reign is wicked and short, lasting but two 
years, when he is slain and is succeeded by his son 

12. Josiah : He is placed on the throne at the age of eight 
years, and rules thirty-nine years. His reign is a righteous 
one. He early seeks the Lord ; repairs the Temple ; reveres 
the Law of the Lord, and endeavors to remove every trace 
of idolatry. He is killed in battle, and succeeded by his son 

13. Jehoahaz : He rules a few months, when he is taken a 
prisoner to Egypt, and is succeeded by his brother 

14. Jehoiakim : He reigns ten years, and is succeeded by his 
son 

15. Jehoiachin : After a reign of two years he is taken pris- 
oner by the army of Xebuchadnezzar and carried to Babylon. 
He is succeeded by 

16. Zedekiah: During his reign Jerusalem is destroyed, the 
Temple burned, and the people carried away captive to 
Babylon, and the kingdom of Judah comes to an end. 

TEST QUESTIONS. 



HoTV long did Jehu rule? Who was 
his successor? What happened dur- 
ing the reign of Jehoahaz? Who suc- 
ceeded him? What prophet died dur- 
ing his reign? Mention the succeed- 
ing kings of Israeh and tell what re- 
markable events happened during 
the reign of each. Wlao was the last? 
Where were the people taken cap- 
tive? 

II. 

How long did Jehoshaphat reign? 



Mention his successors down to the 
days of Joash. Tell what happened 
during the reign of each. Tell the 
particulars of Joash's reign. Mention 
his successors down to Josiah, and 
tell the particulars of each reign. 
What did Josiah do when young? 
Give the particulars of his reign. 
Name his successors down to the cap- 
tivity. Give the particulars of each 
reign. By what nation was Judah 
carl-ied captive ? Where were the 
people taken? What was the cause 
of the captivity? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. Righteousness exalteth a nation ; but sin is a reproach 
to any people.— P7'ol'. IJ/. : 34. 

2. When the righteous are in authority, the people rejoice ; 
but when the wicked beareth rule, the people mourn. — 
Prov. 29 : 2. 



THE HISTORICAL BOOKS. 75^ 

XXIX. 
HISTORICAL REVIEW. 

First and Second Chronicles. 



PRELIMINARY. 

The Two Books.— The two Books of Chronicles are alike 
in their character. They take their names from the charac- 
ter of their 

1. Contents: They contain a historical record, principally 
of the kingdoms of Israel and Judah, in which is repeated 
much that is found in the Books of Samuel and the Books 
of the Kings. 

2. The Author : Both Jewish tradition and the most emi- 
nent Christian writers ascribe their compilation to Ezra, wha 
obtained his materials from the previous Historical Books, 
and from various annals of the Monarchy. 

3. Their Purpose : They were compiled after the Captivity,. 
and for the especial use of the returned captives. Their aim 
was to aid the leaders in 

1. Apportioning the land among the various families enti- 
tied to it, under the Mosaic law, and in 

2. Determining the descent of the officiating priests and 
Levites. A further object was to 

3. Revive the spirit of patriotism in the people, and a 
confidence in the favor of God. For this purpose nothing 
could be more eifectual than a continuous history of the na- 
tion from the beginning. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. Gen^ealogical Tables. — I. Chronicles I.-IX. contain 
genealogical tables, recording the unbroken line of the chosen 
people of God for nearly 3500 years. These chapters contain 
also the settlements of the various Tribes in the land, with 
a list of the cities of the Priests and the Levites; also the 
disturbance by the Babylonish Captivity, and their partial 
restoration on their return. 



76 



THE OLD TESTAMENT. 



II. The Eeign" of Saul.— I. Chronicles X. gives a brief 
outline of the latter part of the reign of Saul ; an account 
of his last battle with the Philistines ; of his death and that 
of his sons, and of the turning over of the kingdom to 
David. 

III. The Eeign of David.— I. Chronicles XI.-XXIV. con- 
tain a review of the history of David, giving the leading 
incidents of his reign ; genealogical tables of the sons of 
Aaron, and their division for the priestly work, with an ac- 
count of the inauguration of Solomon, David's successor. 

IV. The Eeign" of Solomon.— II. Chronicles I.-IX. give 
a review of the history of the reign of Solomon; the build- 
ing of the Temple ; the dedication of the Temple ; the build- 
ing of his own house ; the visit of the Queen of Sheba, 
with accounts of his wealth, wisdom and greatness. 

y. The Two Kingdoms.— II. Chronicles X.-XXXVI. con- 
tain a review of the divisions of the Monarchy, after the 
death of Solomon, into the Two Kingdoms of Judah and 
Israel, and the history of their chief transactions until the 
Captivity. 

TEST QUESTIONS. 



Preliminary. 

What is the natu-re of the contents 
of the two Books of Chronicles? Who 
was their compiler? W^hat was their 
purpose? 

I. 

What genealogical tables are men" 
tioned? How long a time do they cover? 
II. 

What account of Saul is given? 
With whom was his last battle? Vvho 
was his successor? 

III. 

What genealogical tables are given 



in connection with the reign of David? 
Who was David's successor? 

IV. 

Name some of the principal inci 
dents in the reign of Solomon. What 
did he build? Who came to visit him? 
For what was he distinguished? 



When did the kingdom divide? Into 
what two sections? How long, or un- 
til what time is the history of each 
continued? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. The family record and history of God's chosen people 
are precious to him, and are carefully written down in the 
Book of Kemembrance. 

2. God causes a record of his dealings with his people to 
be preserved, for tlie comfort, encouragement and warning of 
those who are to follow after. 



THE HISTORICAL BOOKS. 77 

XXX. 
THE RETURN FROM CAPTIVITY. 

Book of Ezra. 



PRELIMINARY. 

The Book of Ezra consists of two portions, with a con- 
siderable interval between them. The First gives the Return 
of the Captives in the time of Cyrus, B. C. 536, and 
the rebuilding of the Temple. The Second part relates 
the second immigration of exiles, in the reign of Artax- 
erxes, B. C. 457, with Ezra himself, and the reformation 
of the people. The whole period covered by the history 
is seventy-nine years. 

The Author was Ezra himself, though portions bear the 
marks of other hands. He was the grandson of Seraiah, the 
high priest slain at the time Jerusalem was captured. He 
was probably born in Babylon, and was a Priest and Scribe,, 
or " Teacher of the Law." 

ANALYSIS. 

I.- The Decree of Cyrl^s.— Cyrus, the founder of the 
Persian Empire, finding the children of Judah in Captivity 
in his dominions when he comes to the throne, and perhaps 
having his attention directed to the prophecies (Isa. 44 : 26-28, 
and 45 : 1-4 ; Jer. 25 : 12, and 29: 10), in which he is named as 
their deliverer, issues a decree calling for 

1. Volunteers to go to Jerusalem and Rebuild the Temple, 
also calling oh those who cannot go to assist by 

2. Contributions of silver and gold, and other things. Besides 
this, Cyrus himself makes 

3. A Free-Will Offering of the sacred vessels of the Temple, 
that had been carried away at the time of the Captivity, as 
well as a large amount of gold and silver. 

II. The First Immigration.— As the result of the Decree 
a large number of Jews (by which name the children of Judah 
are henceforth known) return to their own land. 

1. The dumber: There are 42,360 Jews, with 7,337 servants," 



78 THE OLD TESTAMEXT. 

including a band of 200 singers to aid in the worship and cheer 
the march. The total is about 50,000. 

2. What They Take : They have 435 camels, 736 horses, and 
6.965 beasts of burden. Cyrus sends the treasures taken from 
the Temple at the time of its destruction, numbering 5.400 
vessels of gold and silver, with gifts of gold and silver be- 
sides. 

3. Their Leader : Zerubbabel, the prince of Judah, of the 
royal line of David. 

4. Their Journey: It is a long and tiresome one, occupying 
more than four months. 

5. Their First Work : On their arrival they proceed to their 
several cities, then- first duty being to settle do^sTi in homes 
of their own. 

6. Their Contrihutions : They make a great offering of 
property for the work of restoring the Temple, 8275,000 in 
gold and 8135.000 in silver. 

7. The Worship Estabhshed : In September they go to Jeru- 
salem and restore the old altar of burnt-olferings in the 
Temple court, and establish the daily sacrifices, the festivals, 
and other offerings. 

HI. Rebl'ildixg of the Temple. — Soon after the re- 
establishment of worship, preparations begin for rebuilding 
the Temple. 

1. Materials Gathered : They send to Lebanon for cedars, and 
to quarries for stone, which are brought by sea to Joppa. 

2. The Foundation Laid : In the second year after their 
arrival, the foundation is laid with impressive ceremonies. 
Some of the old men, who saw the first Temple, weep be- 
cause they see this will not be as grand as the first ; but the 
great majority rejoice at the thought that they are to have 
a temple and a nation once more. 

IV. The Temple Co3ipletep.— WTiile the work of re- 
building the Temple is going on, there arises a strong oppo- 
sition from other dwellers in Palestine, as the land is now 
called, and the work is suspended for several years, till Darins 
comes to the throne. In the meantime, the people build com- 
fortable dwellings for themselves in Jerusalem. After four- 
teen years Haggai and Zaebariah stir up the people; the 
■decree of Cyrus is found and enforced, and in four years 



THE HISTORICAL BOOKS. 



79 



more the Temple is completed and dedicated, B- C. 515, 
twenty years after the beginning. 

V. The Second Immigration.— In the second year of 
Artaxerxes, Ezra himself arrives at Jerusalem, accompanied 
by about 500 Chief Men and two hundred Priests and Levites, 
bringing large sums of gold and silver, gifts from the royal 
treasury in Persia. He reconstructs the religious and social 
state of the Jews in accordance with the Law of Moses. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



Preliminary. 

Of how many portions does the 
Book of Ezra consist? What does tne 
first give? The second? Who was 
the author? Who was he? Where 
born? What was he? 
I. 

Who issued a decree? What proph- 
ets had spoken of him? - For what did 
he call? What did he make? 

II. 

How many volunteered to return? 
What did they take? Who was their 
leader? How long a time did their 
journey consume? What was their 
first work? What did they contribute? 



What did they establish? 

III. 

For what did they prepare? Where 
did they get material? When did 
they lay the foundation? Who wept? 
Why? Who rejoiced? 

IV. 

What stopped the work for a time? 
What did the people do in the mean- 
time? When was the work resumed? 
Through whose influence? 
V. 

Who led the second company? How 
many accompanied him? What 
special class? What did he take with 
him? What great work did he do? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God remembers his people, even in the midst of the 
afflictions he brings upon them, and when punishment has 
done its reformatory work he restores them to his favor. 

2. The first concern of every nation and community should 
be the erection of altars and temples for the proper worship 
of God. 



80 THE OLD TESTAMEXT. 

XXXI. 

THE RETURNED CAPTIVES. 

Book of Xeheml\h. 



PRELIMINARY. 

The Book of Xehe^hah was formerly united with the 
Book of Ezra. It carries on the history from about twelve 
years after the last of the events narrated by Ezra until a 
period thirty-six years later. 

The Narrative gives a graphic and interesting account of 
the state of Jerusalem and the returned captives in the 
writer's times, and, incidentally, of the nature of the Per- 
sian government and the condition of its remote provinces. 

The Author was Xehemiah, though portions of the work are 
either extracts from various chronicles and registers, or sup- 
plementary narratives and reflections, some perhaps by Ezra, 
and others by later writers. Xehemiah was an officer of 
influence in the court of King Artaxerxes at Susa, or Shu- 
shan, the capital of Persia. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. The PiEPORT FROM JuDAH. — As Xehemiah is busy 
with his duties in the palace, messengers arrive from Judah, 
among them Hanani, Xehemiah's brother. They report 

1. A Sad State of Affairs : The returned captives are in a 
sad state ; they are subjected to heavy taxes, and often 
robbed, and the walls of their beloved city Jerusalem are 
still broken down. 

2. The Effect : Xehemiah is overcome by the sad tidings, 
for though in high honor himself, and although he has never 
been in Jerusalem, he loves it as the land of his fathers, 
and when he hears of its distress he sits down and weeps. 

II. XEHE^nAH's PiiATEPw — lu his distress Xehemiah goes 
to God for help. 

1. Fasting: He fasts as a preparation for the struggle to 
follow, and to show his deep sorrow for sin. 



TEE HISTORICAL BOOKS. 81 



2. Adoration : He acknowledges the Lord as the God of 
Heaven, who keeps his covenants and shows mercy. 

3. Confession : He recognizes the causes that have led to 
the troubles of his brethren, and confesses their sins. 

4. Pleading: He pleads the promises of God to forgive 
those who repent. 

6. Petition : He asks God to influence the mind of the 
king, that he may be willing to grant the favor he is about 
to ask of him. 

6. Perseverance : It is three months before he receives the 
beginning of the answer to his prayer, but it comes at last. 

HI. Nehemiah's Missioisr. — Nehemiah's sad appearance 
attracts the notice of the king ; he asks the cause ; Kehe- 
miah explains and makes 

1. His Request: (1) To be sent to Judah as governor, with 
authority to rebuild the walls of Jerusalem ; (2) Instruc- 
tions to deliver to the governors of the provinces through 
which he must go, for safe passage; (3) An order on 
Asaph, keeper of the king's forest, for timber. The request 
is granted, and Kehemiah sets out on 

2. His journey : He is attended by soldiers of the king as 
an escort ; he presents his letters to Sanballat and Tobiah, 
governors, and they are grieved because the king has sent a 
man to look after the welfare of the Israelites. 

3. His Arrival : In due time he reaches Jerusalem, and 
makes a preliminary survey of the ruined walls by night. 

4. His Great "Work: >lehemiah stirs up the people, and 
they proceed to rebuild the walls, notwithstanding the rage 
and opposition of Sanballat, Tobiah and other enemies, work- 
ing sometimes with a trowel in one hand and a sword in 
the other; and in fifty-two days the work was completed. 

ly. A Great Eevival.— When the w^alls are completed, 
the people assemble at Jerusalem to keep the Feast of Tab- 
ernacles. They gather together, and from morning until noon 
listen to 

1. The Reading of the Law: Ezra, the priest and scribe, 
stands upon a platform and reads from the sacred roll, and 
assistants repeat and explain it to the people. 

2. Revering the Law: When Ezra opens the Book of the 
6 



82 IHi: OLD TZSTAJTZXT. 

Law. the people arise : when he closes his prayer the people 
respond, "^^ Amen;** when he reads they reverently listen, and 
when he commands they obey. 

3. The Covenant Eenevred : The people, through the Levites, 
make confession of their sins, and enter into a solemn cov- 
enant to obey God. and observe and do all his commandments. 

4. The Walls Dedicated : The rebuilt walls are dedicated by 
solemn services, and various 

5. Ahuses Corrected : The Temple is repaired, the chambers 
cleansed, the laws of the Sabbath enforced, and social society 
purified. 

TEST QUESTIONS. 

PfiSiXKcrAET . I ITL 

With what wasthe Book of Xehemi- What request did he make of the 
ah formerly united? Whar is the char- king? How wa^ if received? Who ac- 
acter of its contents "? Who was the i companied him? How was he received 
Author? by the governors? What does he do 

I. . I on tiis arrival? What was his great 

What report came from Judah? [ w"ort? 
What effect did it have on INehemiah? ^^ • 

Why was he sad? What do the people do? Where as- 

semble to keep what feast? Who read 

■Lt- the law? How was it received? What 

What did he first do? What did he * did the people covenant to do? How 

confess? What did he plead? What were the walls dedicated? What 

petition did he offer? j abases were corrected? 

SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. The an:swer3 to our prayers often come through our- 
selves, sent by God to do the work. 

2. When we earnestly set about the work of God, Le 
raises up helpers often in imexpected ways. 

o. The results of Bible study are always good, leading to 
faith, repentance, obedience, and works of love and mercy. 



Tim HISTORICAL BOOKS. 83 

XXXII. 
THE STORY OF ESTHER. 
Book of Esther. 



The Book of Esther is so called because the chief inci-. 
dents narrated cluster about Esther, the queen of the king 
of Persia. 

1. Contents : It relates a remarkable episode in the history 
of those Israelites who remained in the lands of the Cap- 
tivity, and tells how they were saved from utter annihilation. 

2. The Time: It belongs in the 58 years interval between 
the sixth and seventh chapters of Ezra. It was after the 
dedication of the second Temple, B. C. 516, and before Ezra 
and jS'ehemiah went to Judah, B. C. 458. 

3. The Author: The Book was most probably written by 
Mordecai, but may have been revised by Ezra. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. The Captive People. — For more than a century the 
children of Judah (now called Jews) have been in captivity, 
and are scattered over the countries of Babylon, Persia and 
other lands. Fifty thousand at least have returned to Jeru- 
salem and rebuilt the Temple, but large numbers still remain 
in The Lands of the Captivity. They have founded homes and 
are engaged in business, and, judging by the large amounts 
contributed for the rebuilding of the Temple, are quite pros- 
perous. God's Purpose in preserving these people is that they 
may be His Missionaries, to spread the knowledge of him over 
the world, and thus prepare The Way for Christ. The central 
fire is kept burning at Jerusalem, but its rays shine over 
the world. 

II. The Persian Emperor. — Ahasuerus, known also as 
Xerxes, is the emperor of Persia. In the third year of his 
reign he makes 

1. A Great Feast: To it he invites the princes and gov- 
ernors of all the provinces of his empire. The feast lasts 



84 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

180 days, and is concluded by a special feast with broader 
invitations to all in the palace. This occupies seven days^ 
and ends in 

2. A Drunken Revel : Excited by wine, the emperor orders- 
his queen, Yashti, to appear in the midst of the revelers, 
that tliey may see and admire her beauty. She refuses tO' 
obey him and is cast off. 

III. QuEEX Esther.— She is a Jewish maiden. Her an- 
cestors were among the captives carried from Jerusalem. She is. 

1. An Orphan : She has been cared for by her cousin Mor- 
decai, who holds an office in the household of Ahasuerus, 
the king, or emperor. Yashti having been put away, the- 
monarch desires to select 

2. A New Wife : All the fairest maidens in the realm ar& 
brought before him to select from, and he makes 

3. Choice of Esther: She takes up her abode in the palace^ 
and for a time becomes the favorite wife of the great ruler. 

lY. The Wicked Plot. — Haman, the chief minister of 
the king, is offended because Mordecai will not bow down, 
before him, or do him reverence, and he forms 

1. A Plot to Destroy all the Jews : He persuades the king 
that they are a dangerous element in his kingdom, and ob- 
tains a decree ordering them all, men, women and children, 
on a certain day some months in the future, to be slain, and. 
their property seized. It is 

2. An Irrevocable Decree : It is a law in Persia that an 
order once given cannot be recalled, even by the king, how- 
ever much he may desire to do so. 

V. A Glorious Deliverance. — Esther, at the urgent 
request of Mordecai, unbidden and therefore at the risk of 
her life, after preparation by fasting and prayer, appears 

1. In the Presence of the King: By her beauty, grace and 
sadness she wins his favor, and he promises to grant her 
request, whatever it may be, before he hears it. She makes 

2. A Plea for her Life : She tells the king what he did not 
before know, that she is one of the doomed race, and asks 
that some measure be taken, if possible, to save her life, and 
that of her people. 

3. The Angry King : He is indignant at the plot ; he orders 



TKE HISTORICAL BOOKS. 



85 



Haman, who made it, to be slain, and makes Mordecai chief 
minister of his kingdom. By order of the king, on the day 
set in the cruel order for their extermination, the Jews in all 
parts of the dominion are prepared, and fall upon their ene- 
mies and slay a vast number. 

4. The Deliverance Commemorated : An order is given by Mor- 
decai, in the name of the king, to all the Jews to celebrate 
the 14th and 15th of the month Adur (about March 1st) as 
the Fast of Purim, the day of their great deliverance from 
destruction. This fast the Jews still observe. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



Preliminary. 

Why is this Book so called? What 
does it chiefly contain? Where does 
it belong in point of time? 



How long had the children of Judah 
heen in captivity? How many had 
returned? What was God's purpose 
in preserving them? 

II. 

Who was the emperor at the time? 
What did he make? How long did it 
continue? How end? What did he 
order? What was the result? 



III. 



Who becamS queen ? Who was she? 
Why was she selected? Where did she 
take up her abode? 

IV. 

Who was the chief minister? What 
offended him? What plot did he form? 
What order secure? What was the 
nature of Persian laws? 

V. 

What did Esther do? At whose re- 
quest? What won the king's favor? 
What was the first result? What was 
done to Haman? Who became minis- 
ter? How was the order set aside? 
What fast was instituted? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. Go^ often puts people into high positions to give them 
an opportunity to do some great work for him. 

2. If we fail to do the work to which we have been appor- 
tioned, God will have it done by other hands, but we shall 
not share in the rewards. 

3. The wicked often fall into the pits they have dug and 
and are caught in the snares they have laid for others. 



THE OLD TESTAMENT. 



THE HISTORICAL BOOKS. 



GENERAL SUMMARY. 

The Title. 

The Historical Books, is the general name of the second de- 
partment of the Old Testament, embracing all the books 
from Joshua to Esther inclusive. 

The Authors. 

The Authors were chosen leaders, raised up by the Lord for 
special purposes, and prophets, inspired to teach the people 
and forecast the future. 

The Scope. 
The Time covered by the records of these books is about 
1054 years, from B. C. 1451 to B. C. 397. 

The Contents. 

The Books contain an account of the more important events 
in the history of God's people, from the crossing of the Jor- 
dan into Canaan, until the close of the Old Testament 
record, carrying them through the four great periods of their 
national history, as, 1. An Oligarchy ; 2. A Republican Con- 
federacy ; 3. A Monarchy ; 4. A Dependency, tributary to- 
other nations. 

Line of Descent. 

The Line of Descent through which the Messiah was to 
come continued from Aminadab, the 27th link (see page 
27), is as follows: 28. Naason; 29. iSalmon; 30. Booz; 31. 
Obed ; 32. Jesse ; 33. David ; 34. Solomon (according to Mat- 
thew): 36. Roboam ; 36. Abia; 37. Asa; 38. Josaphat; 39." 
Joram; 40. Ozias; 41. Joatham; 42. Achaz ; 43. Ezekias ; 
44. Mauasses ; 45. Amon ; 46. Josias ; 47. Jehonias ; 48. Sala- 
thiel; 49. Zorobabel ; 50. Abiud; 51. Eliakim; 52. Azor; 53. 
Sadoc ; 54. Achim ; 55. Eliud ; 56. Eleazor ; 57. Matthan ; 58^ 
Jacob ; 59. Joseph ; 60. Christ. 



THE POETICAL BOOKS. 87 



III. THE POETICAL BOOKS. 



XXXIII. 
THE POETICAL BOOKS. 



GENERAL OUTLINE. 

The Poetical Books were written at various times, some 
being of earlier and others of later date than the Historical 
Books. They are classed together, partly because they are in 
Hebrew Verse, but mainly because they formed The Devotional 
Books of the Jewish Church. They consist of the following : 

1. The Book of Job : A great Dramatic Poem detailing the 
trial of Job in the fires of affliction to prove his integrity, 
and his final vindication. 

2. The Book of Psalms : Pre-eminently the Devotional Book 
of both the Jewish and the Christian Churches. Its compo- 
sition extends over 1,000 years of the national life of the 
Chosen People, from Moses to Malachi, and its prophetic 
scope takes in all time. 

3. The Book of Proverbs: A Manual of Practical Kules of 
Life, or a Book of Daily Lessons for all ages and states of 
men and women. It was largely the work of Solomon, though 
there have been contributions to it from other sources. 

4. Ecclesiastes : The Words or Discourses of Solomon, deliv- 
ered near the close of his life, in which he gives his experi- 
ence in his vain attempts to find happiness in the things of 
this world. 

5. The Song of Solomon : A Drama, presenting in highly fig- 
urative language the love of Christ for his Church and the 
union existing between them. 

Summary: Job — A Drama representing God's hand in afflic- 
tions; Psalms — A Manual of Daily Devotions; Proverbs — A 
Hand-book of Daily Lessons; Ecclesiastes — The Lessons of a 
Life devoted to a search for Happiness ; /Song— The Voice of 
Love and Longing. 



THE OLD TESTAMENT. 



XXXIY. 
THE BOOK OF JOB. 



PRELIMINARY. 

The Contents.— The Book of Job consists of Five Parts: 
1. The Introduction ; 2. The Discussion ; 3. The Speech of 
Elihu ; 4. The Address of the Lord ; 5. The Conclusion. 
As a Whole, the Book discusses the Problems — " Can Goodness 
Exist Irrespective of Reward ? " and, " Is Suffering a Result 
of Sin ? " 

The Character. — Three distinct theories have been main- 
tained, at various times, concerning the work; some believing 
it to be strictly historical ; others a religious fiction ; others a 
composition based upon facts. The latter view is now most 
generally received by commentators. 

Age and Country.— Job is most generally believed to 
have lived at a period perhaps about midway between Abra- 
ham and Moses, in the country of Idumea. The Author is 
unknown. The question as to The Time of its composition 
cannot be determined. Some critics place It in the time of 
Moses ; others in the days of the Judges ; others in the times 
of Solomon; and still others after the Captivity. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. The Introduction.— The Introduction (Chap. 1, 2) sup- 
plies all the facts on which the argument of the Book is based. 

1. The Hero : Job, a chieftain, in the land of Uz, of immense 
wealth and high rank, is a man of perfect integrity, and 
blameless in all the relations of life. 

2. The Motive : Satan suggests that Job's motive for serving 
God is selfishness, and if his blessings were taken away that 
Job would curse God. 

3. The Test : God gives Satan permission to make the trial 
by three assaults— (1) He destroys Job's property; (2) He de- 
stroys his children; (3) He afflicts him with boils. 

4. The Result: Job's wife breaks down under the trial, 
but the patriarch himself maintains his integrity. 



THE POETICAL BOOKS. 89 

II. The Discussion. — In the midst of his afflictions Dis- 
cussions are held between Job and his 

1. Three Friends: Eliphaz, Bi^dad and Zophar, representing 
the wisdom and experience of the age, on God's providence 
in the government of tlie v^^orld. 

2. Tlie Mourning : By appointment they meet to mourn with 
Job. At a distance they greet him with demonstrations of 
grief; coming nearer tliey are overpowered by the sight of 
his wretcliedness, and sit with him seven days and seven 
nights without uttering a word. This awful silence draws 
out Job's anguish and he curses the day he was born. 

3. Tiie First Discussion (Chap. 3-14) : Job's friends reprove 
him, and claim that his afflictions have come upon him as a 
punishment for his sins. Job denies the doctrine that pun- 
ishment follows surely on guilt ; he maintains his integrity, 
but doubts not the justice of God. 

4. Second Discussion (Chap. 15-21) : Eliphaz charges Job with 
the worst of crimes to call for such sore punishment ; Bildad 
concludes that he must be utterly without God, and Zophar 
threatens him with still worse evils, if he does not repent. 
In answer, Job acknowledges the hand of God in his affliction, 
but rejects the charge of ungodliness, and claims that he has 
not forsaken his Maker or ceased to pray. 

6. Third Discussion (Chap. 22-31): Eliphaz claims that the 
position in which Job was placed before his affliction pre- 
sented temptations to certain crimes, and the punishments 
that had come upon him just such as might have been expected 
to follow their committal. Bildad adds a few solemn words 
on God's greatness and man's nothingness, while Zophar is 
put to silence. Job describes the destruction that must ulti- 
mately fall upon the hypocrite; gives a grand description 
of Wisdom, and concludes with a full vindication of his char- 
acter from all the charges made by his opponents. 

III. The Speech of Elihu.— Elihu, a young man, de- 
scended from a collateral branch of the family of Abraham, 
who has listened in indignant silence to the arguments of 
his elders, and impelled by an inward inspiration, addresses 
himself to both parties (Chap. 32-37). He shows that the three 
accusers have failed to convict Job or vindicate God's justice, 



90 



THE OLD TESTAMENT. 



while Job has assumed his entire innocence and arraigned 
that justice, lie shows that God speaks to man by chastise- 
ment ; that he is not unmindful of his creatures, even in the 
midst of their affliction, and that his goodness and greatness 
are both shown in creation. As he closes his speech a violent 
storm comes on. 

IV. The Address of the Lord.— God speaks to Job out 
of the midst of the cloud (Chap. 38-42 : 6). In language of 
incomparable grandeur he reproves and silences the murmurs 
of Job. His absolute power is declared and illustrated by a 
marvellously beautiful and comprehensive survey of the glory 
of creation, and his all-embracing Providence by reference 
to the phenomena of the animal kingdom. 

V. The Congluston. — Job submits himself to God (Chap. 
42), offers sacrifice for his three friends, and prays to God 
for their forgiveness, God being displeased with them for the 
charges they have made against his servant Job. The Lord 
blesses Job and makes his latter days more prosperous than 
the former. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



PREIilMINABT. 

Of how many parts does the Book of 
Joo consist? Name them in order. 

What three theories have been 
maintained as to the character of the 
Book? 

In what age and country did Job 
probably live? What is said of the 
author, and time of writing? 

I. 

Who was Job? What was his char- 
acter? What did Satan suggest? What 
affliction was he perm.itted to bring? 
For what purpose? 

ir. 

Who came to see Job? What did 



they do for seven days? How many 
discussions did they hold? What was 
the substance of each? 

in. 

What new disputant came forward? 
What did he say of the three accusers 
of Job ? For what did he reprove Job? 

IV. 

How did the Lord speak to Job?' 
How was his power illustrated? 

V. 

What did Job do? For what did he 
pray ? How did the Lord show^ his ap- 
proval in the end? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. Satan is always ready to impute improper motives to 
God's servants. 

2. God tries his servants in the fires of affliction that their 
virtues may shine the brighter, and their characters be 
purified. 



THE POETICAL BOOKS. 91 

8. Those who patiently endure the chastisements of the 
Lord, and are improved by them, receive great blessings in 
the end. 



xxxy. 
THE BOOK OF PSALMS. 



GENERAL OUTLINE. 

I. The Title. — The general name Psalms, meaning "Songs 
of Praise," is applied to this Book, although some of the 
compositions are purely historical sketches ; others prayers \ 
others confession; and still others instructions in doctrine. 

II. The Divisions.— There are 150 Psalms in all, which, 
after the model of the Pentateuch, are divided into Five 
Books, formed at different periods of time, for specific pur- 
poses, and each having distinguishing characteristics. 

III. The Authors. —The authorship of many of th& 
Psalms is designated by the headings. Among the authors. 
are Moses, David, Asaph, Solomon, the Sons of Korah, Hez- 
ekiah, Josiah, Zerubbabel, Ezra and Nehemiah. 

IV. The Headings.— There are only fifty psalms without 
some title or heading ; these are mainly in the fifth division, 
the compositions of Ezra and Kehemiah, who arranged the 
Book in its present form, and so omitted their own names. 

y. Inscriptions and Instructions.— Many of the com- 
positions of David, especially those designed for use in the 
w^orship, have Dedications, or Inscriptions, ''To the Chief Mu- 
sician." This may mean that the music was written by the 
chief musician, to whom David dedicated the Psalm. There 
are also numerous musical directions. The following is sup- 
posed to be the meaning of the most important: 

1. Nehiloth (Ps. 5) : " Wind Instruments ; " marks the na- 
ture of the accompaniment. 

2. Neginoth (Ps. 6) : '' Stringed Instrument ; " marks th& 
nature of the accompaniment. 



92 TRE OLD TESTAMENT. 

3. Sbeminitli (Ps. 6): "Upon the Eighth, or Octave;" is a 
"base solo. 

4. Shiggaion (Ps. 7) : "Wandering, or Erratic;"' refers to a 
gentle, running accompaniment. 

5. Gittith (Ps. 8) : "EromGath;" is either a tune or the 
instrument on which the accompaniment is to be played, 
brought from Gath ; so probably jubilant. 

6. Muth-labban (Ps. 9) : "A Dirge ; " probably some well 
known tune ; or to be sung by male-trebles, or boys. 

7. Higgaion (Ps. 9: 16) : " Meditation;" either marks a pause, 
the commencement of a recitative, or the change to a minor 
key. 

8. Michtam (Ps. 16) : " Engraven in Gold ; " seems to mark 
its popularity, or its value as an outpouring of thankfulness. 

9. Aijeleth Shachar (Ps. 22) : " The Hind of the Morning; " 
may refer either to some tune, or to the use of this Psalm 
at the morning sacrifice. 

10. Maschil (Ps. 32) : "An Instruction;" seems to refer 
to the subject matter, or to its beiug a "Recitative." 

11. Shoshannim (Ps. 45) : " Lilies, or Six Strings ; " may 
either be the name of a sweet tune, or the accompanying 
instrument with six strings. 

12. Alamoth (Ps. 46) : " Virgins ; " that is for " treble 
voices." 

13. Mahalath (Ps. 53) : " Lute;" either the accompaniment 
or a lively tune. 

14. Jonath-elem-rechokim (Ps. 56) : " Mute Dove among Strang- 
ers;" either a tune, so called — a dirge — or referring to the 
subject matter, David in Exile. 

15. Al-taschith (Ps. 57-59) : "Destroy not;" referring to the 
subject matter. 

16. Degrees (Ps. 120): "Steps;" the pilgrims' song of 
those returning from captivity : or to be sung on the steps of 
the inner temple court. 

17. Selah (in many of the Psalms) : " Eternally;" according 
to some, " forte ; " according to others, " piano ; " also re- 
garded by some as a rhythmical note, "the key-note," or 
*' Da Capo;" or "a blast of trumpets." 



THE POETICAL BOOKS. 



93 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



What general name is given to this 
Book? What does the word mean? 
What is the character of some of the 
compositions ? 

II. 

How many Psalms are there in all? 
How have they been divided? Why so 
divided? What has each division? 

III. 
How is the authorship of many of 



the Psalms designated? Mention the 
authors whose names are given. 

IV. 

What do most of the Psalms have? 
How many have no headings? Where 
are these mainly found? Why have 
they none? 

Y. 
What have many of the composi- 
tions of David? What may this mean? 
What is said of musical directions? 
Give their meaning. 



SEED THOUGHT. 

God inspired his chosen servants to sing of his marvelous 
works, and his acts of love and mercy, in lofty streams that 
have sounded down the ages for the instruction, warning and 
encouragement of all succeeding generations. 



THE BOOK OF PSALMS. 



ANALYSIS. 

I. The Five Books.— The Psalms are divided into Five 
Books, or Parts. 

1. First Book (1-41) : By the superscriptions, entirely Davidic, 
with no trace of any but David's authorship; the compila- 
tion and arrangement was also undoubtedly David's work. 

2. Second Book (42-72) : Levitic, and compiled for the Temple 
worship, in the time of Hezekiah. It contains several Psalms 
of David, not found in the First Book. To these the collector, 
after appending the single Psalm of Solomon, has affixed the 
notice, "The Prayers of David the son of Jesse are ended." 

3. Third Book (73-89) : Compiled also for the Temple service, 
in the days of Josiah. The Psalms in this Book, and also 
those in the two following, marked by David's name, are sup- 



•94 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

po?ed to have been by members of David's family, after 
David's deatli, and not by the Royal Psalmist himself. 

4. Fourth Book (90-106) : Compiled during the Captivity, 
contains the remainder of the Psalms np to that period. 

5. Fifth Book (107-150) : A miscellaneous collection, some 
being Davidic ; some Levitic ; others Penitential, and one 
Mosaic. Psalm 119 is divided into sections of eight verses 
each. In the Hebrew every verse of each section begins 
w^ith the letter of the alphabet inscribed over it, intended to 
help the memory in reciting. It was composed by Ezra, to 
be sung on the homeward march of the captives. 

II. Ax Oratorio.— The Psalter, or Book of Psalms, may 
be compared to an Oratorio. 

1. De3lin8 of Man afbr the Fall : Commencing with a Pro- 
logue., or Overture (Psalms 1, 2), followed by the insurrection 
of Absalom; and concluding with that of Adonijah (Psalm 
41), quoted by Jesus as typical of the conspiracy of Judas 
against him. The Prologue is ushered in with a Beatitude, 
and the Final Chorus closes with a Doxology and double 
Amen. 

2. Revival of the Ohurch : Pre-flgured by David's rising 
jfrom the bed of sickness, on which he was languishing 
(Psalm 41), and reviving the monarchy in the person of Sol- 
omon, whom he proclaims in his stead — a Prophet and King — 
building a new temple, etc. The scheme is the same as be- 
fore, a Prologue, ushered in by a Beatitude (Psalm 41, closing 
the one and introducing the other), followed by two Psalms 
of sorrow on David's flight from Absalom, and ending with 
a Beatitude and double Amen. 

3. A Plaintive Recitative: The Church is in danger, owing 
to the degeneracy of Solomon's son ; and the land is pillaged 
by the King of Egypt — again typical of the apostasy from 
-Christ in times of peace and prosperity. It concludes (Psalm 
89) with the peaceful reassurance of God, in an angelic 
soprano, " Once have I sworn by my holiness, that I will not 
lie unto David," followed by a Doxology and Chorus. 

4. The Antiphon to the Recitative : (1) A Prologue— The 
Prayer of Moses; (2) A Thaiiksgiving — In hopeful confidence 
of victory, a double deliverance from Egypt and Babylon; 
^(3) A Doxology. 



THE POETICAL BOOKS. 



95 



5. Finale of Triumphal Thanksgiving : ( 1 ) Prologue — the 
Helpless wandering of fallen man ; (2) Ike Return to the 
;Sanctuary of God (fifteen songs of degrees); (3) Bestoration, 
unfolded in the Dedication Hymn, Song of Ezra, Alternate 
Thanksgiving (Psalm 136) and Mourning (Psalm 137); (4) Ex- 
tension of the Church to the Gentiles; (5) Concluding Chorus, 
comprising five Invitatory Psalms to the whole Universe to 
join in one mighty Chorus of Praise, rising forever to the 
throne of God. 

III. CLAssiFiCATioisr.— According to subjects the Psalms 
may be divided into four classes. 

1. Instructive : On the perfections of God's Law ; on the 
blessings of piety ; on the vanity of human life, and on the 
duty to rulers. 

2. Historical : Keciting chiefly God's dealings with Israel 
,and the nations Avith which they came in contact. 

3. Devotional : Psalms of Penitence ; of Ptcsignation ; of 
Contrition ; of Intercession ; of Praise, and of Thanksgiving. 

4. Prophetical : Chiefly of the Messiah, and the glories of his 
coming kingdom. 

TEST QUESTIONS. 



Into how many Books are the 
Psalms divided? What composes the 
first? Whose productions are they? 

The second? For what were they 
compiled? What Psalms does it con- 
tain? 

For what was the third arranged? 
What Psalms are found in it? 

What Psalms are found in the 
fourth Book? When were they com- 
piled? 



What compose the fifth? Mention 
the various classes. What is peculiar 
about the 119th? 

II. 

To what may the Book of Psalms 
also be compared? Mention the vari- 
ous parts of the Oratorio. 

III. • 

How m.ay the Psalms be classified 
according to subjects? What does 
each subdivision embrace? 



SEED THOUGHT. 

God inspired his chosen servants of old to speak words 
adapted to his children in all ages, and under all circum- 
stances, and caused those words to be preserved through all 
the mutations and changes of the centuries. 



96 THE OLD TFSTAMEXT. 

XXXVII. 
THE BOOK OF PROVERBS. 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The Title. — A Proverb is a short, pointed saying, em- 
bodying some moral precept or admitted truth. This Book 
is so called because it is mainly made up of such maxims. 

II. The Authorship. — It is conceded by nearly all the 
critics that the principal portion of the Book is the work 
of Solomon, to which additions have been made by subsequent 
writers and compilers. 

III. The Date. — The date of the final arrangement in the 
form in which it has come down to us is uncertain. Certain 
additions to the original work were made in the Days of 
Hszskiali, and others at a later period. 

lY. The Divisions. — The Book of Proverbs is divided 
into Four Sections or parts : 1. The Yalue of Wisdom (chaps, 
i-ix) ; 2. The Proverbs of Solomon (chap, x-xxiv); 3. 
The Collected Proverbs (chaps, xxiv-xxix); 4. The Ap- 
pendix (chaps. XXX, xxxi). 

ANALYSIS. 

I. The Yalue of Wisdo3i.— This first section contains a 
connected didactic poem, in which Wisdom, personified as a 
beautiful woman, and which represents the Lord Jesus 
Christ, is presented. The poem consists of three parts. 

1. The Introduction: In which the title is given to the 
Book — " The Proverbs of Solomon'" — and its aim stated — 
"To give instruction to the unlearned.'' 

2. The Benefits of Wisdom : She begins in the fear of the 
Lord ; she warns those who spurn her ; promises deliverance 
from evil, and gives length of days, with riches and honor, 
to an who follow her. 

3. An Exhortation: To Youth to heed her voice, as she 
calls to him, and to walk in the ways of truth and right- 
eousness which she points out. 

II. The PnoTERBs of Solo^iox. — The second section of 

the Book of Proverbs (x-xxiv) consists also of three parts. 

1. Single Proverbs (x : 1-xxii : 16) : A collection of single 



THE POETICAL BOOKS. 97 

Proverbs and detached sentences, containing moral teaching 
and maxims for daily living. 

2. A Didactic Poem (xxii : 17-xxiv : 22) : Containing various 
precepts of righteousness and prudence, in which the sen- 
tences are more connected than in the first part. 

3. Wise Sayings (xxiv : 23-34) : A collection of unconnected 
maxims, which serve as an appendix to the preceding. 

III. The Collected Proverbs. — The third section of 
the Book of Proverbs (xxv-xxix), according to the super- 
scription, is a collection of Solomon's proverbs, copied and' 
arranged in the times of Hezekiah by men connected with- 
the king's court. These proverbs abound in contrasts, catch- 
words and similes, and among them are to be found some 
of the most beautiful expressions in all the Bible. 

IV. The Appendix. — The fourth section of the Book of 
Proverbs (xxx, xxxi) consists of two parts. 

1. The Proverbs of Agur (chap, xxx) : A collection of partly 
proverbial and partly enigmatical sayings, containing the 
instructions of Agur to his pupils, Ithiel and Ucal, teach- 
ing the true wisdom and its practice in life. 

2. The Words of King Lemuel (xxxi) : Subdivided into two 
parts, the first (verses 1-9,) containing wise maxims con- 
cerning chastity and temperance, and the second (verses 10- 
81), the praise and properties of a good wife, in the form of 
an alphabetical acrostic. Who Lemuel was is unknown. He 
may have been only a symbolical character. 



TEST QUESTIONS 

General Vi3w. 

I. What is a proverb? Why is the 
name given to the Book? Are its con- 
tents made up vi^holly of Proverbs? 

II. Who is conceded to have been 
the author of the main portions of 
the Book? What was added later? 

III. What is said of the time in 
which the Book was arranged in the 
form in which it has come to us? In 
whose times were some of the addi- 
tions made? By whom? 

IV. Into how many sections is the 
Book divided? Name them, and give 
the chapters embraced in each divis- 
ion. 

Analysis 

I. What does the first section con- 

7 



tain? How is Wisdom personified? 
Whom does she represent? How is the 
section subdivided? What do we find 
in the introduction? What benefits of 
wisdom are mentioned? What ex- 
hortation is given? 

II. What does the second section 
contain? How subdivided? What is. 
found ia the first part? The second?' 
Third? 

III. What does the third section 
contain? By whom were they copied? 
When? 

IV. What does the fourth section 
contain ? Ho w is it subdivided ? Wh at is 
found in the proverbs of Agur? What 
is the second subdivision? Whatis. 
known of Lemuel ? 



THE OLD TESTAMENT. 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God"s servants, when inspired by him, uttered great 
truths in few words. 

2. The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom, and 
the knowledge of the holy is understanding. 

3. Wisdom's ways are ways of pleasantness, and all her 
paths are peace. 



XXXYIII. 
ECCLESIASTES. 



GENERAL VIEW 

I. The Title.— This Book takes its name from a Hebrew 
word which signifies, The Preacher, or one who speaks publicly 
in an assembly, and for this reason some suppose it to have 
been first delivered on a public occasion. 

II. Its Character.— The Book is the confession of a man 
of wide experience, looking back upon his past life, and 
looking out upon the disorders and calamities which surround 
him. He has sinned in giving way to selfishness and sensual- 
ity, and has paid the penalty of that sin in satiety and weari- 
ness of life; but he has been under divine instruction, and 
has learned the lesson that God meant to teach. 

HI. The Authorship.- It is attributed to Solomon, in 
the opening verse, and is generally believed to have been 
his production, near the close of his life. Some critics, how- 
ever, maintain that its language and forms of expression 
point to a period after the Captivity as the time of its com- 
position, and that Solomon was merely seized upon as the 
hero of the poem, or narration, on account of his superior 
wisdom and extensive experience. 

ly. The SCHE3IE.— Ecclesiastes, in addition to mach mis- 
cellaneous matter hard to classify, unfolds the following Plan : 
1. The Proposition ; 2. The Demonstration ; 3. The Result ; 
4. The Exhortation ; 5. The Conclusion. 



THE POETICAL BOOKS. 99 

ANALYSIS. 

I. The Propositioi^.— The Introduction announces The 
Proposition. In substance, it is as follows: True happiness is 
not to he found in the things of this world. A secondary propo- 
sition, or truth laid down, is : Man with all his high faculties, 
considered without reference to God and immortality, has 
less value and power than unconscious nature ; for, while it 
abides, he is quickly removed. ^Natural objects depart and*^ 
return in endless circuit ; but man's life comes to an end, 
and he is no more. 

II. The Demonstration.— The leading Proposition is 
proved by an appeal to actual experience in the life of Solo- 
mon, the one best fitted to test the question. In his search 
for happiness he tries 

1. Wisdom : He is the wisest of men, and in understanding 
surpasses all the ancients. 

2. Pleasure : He gives himself to wine and mirth ; he builds 
great works, and plants gardens and orchards, makes pools 
and reservoirs, and devotes himself to amusements. 

3. Wealth : He amasses great riches ; he accumulates vast 
stores of gold and silver, and builds him fine houses and 
palaces. 

4. Honor and Power : He rules over a great kingdom ; he 
has many servants ; commands a mighty army, and receives 
honor from surrounding nations. 

6. Literature: He writes books, speaks proverbs, sings 
songs, delivers great speeches, and makes researches into the 
mysteries of nature. 

III. The Kestjlt.— The result of the search for happiness 
in the various sources is as follows : 

1. Wisdom — Vexation of spirit, grief and sorrow ; 2. Pleasure — 
Vanity and vexation of spirit, and no profit under the sun; 
3. Wealth— Hard to acquire, gives no real pleasure, and soon 
vanishes ; 4. Honor and Power — Vain and unsatisfying in their 
nature; 6. Literature— Only a weariness to the flesh. 

IV. The Exhortation.— The Preacher exhorts the young 
to Remember their Creator in the days of their youth, and 
serve him instead of wasting their time and strength in the 
vain search for happiness among the supposed sources of 



100 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

worldly pleasure, and warning them that for all transgressions 
and lost opportunities God will bring them into judgment 
at last. 

V. The Conclusion.— In view of all that has been said 
touching the unsatisfying nature of so-called worldly pleasure, 
demonstrated by the experience of the one best qualified to 
draw it out and iudge of it, and in view also of the coming 
judgment, the final Conclusion is that man's Whole Duty is to 
Fear God and keep his comraand.ments. This alone is necessary 
to secure peace and happiness in this world, and in the world 
to come, everlasting life. 

TEST QUESTIONS. 



General Vikw. 

I. From what does this Book take 
its title? How is it thought by some 
that it was first delivered? 

II. What is the general character 
of the Book? Under whose instruc- 
tion has the author been? What is 
the result? 

III. Who is the author, according 



Analysis, 

I. What Proposition is laid down? 
What secondary truth is stated? 

II. How is the leading Proposition 
proved? Name the sources whence 
Solomon sought happiness. 

III. What is the result of his 
search? What did he find in Wisdom? 



to the opening verse? When writteul ^^f^^H^^l,^^^^^^^ Honor and Pow 
What do some critics maintain? ' ^'' " 



What evidence do they claim in sup- 
port of their views? 

IV. What Scheme, or Plan, does 
the Book unfold? What is said of 
other miscellaneous matter? 



er? Literature? 

IV. What exhortion does the 
Preacher deliver? What warning 
does he give? 

V. What is the Final Conclusion? 
What will such a course secure? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. The experiences of the wise are recorded for our instruc- 
tion. 

2. To fear God and keep his commandments is the whole 
duty of his children. 

.^. We shall be called to account, in the day of judgment, 
for the manner in which our lives in this world are spent. 



THE POETICAL BOOKS. 101 

XXXIX. 
THE SONG OF SOLOMON. 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The Title.— This Book, called in our English Bible, The 
Song of Solomon, is also known by the name of Canticles, which 
signifies, '' iSongs." In the Hebrew it is called The Song of 
Songs, meaning, '' The Best of Them All." 

II. The Authokship.— By the Hebrew title it is ascribed 
to Solomon, and so in all versions and by the majority of 
writers, both Jewish and Christian. Some critics, however, 
assign it to The Age of Hezekiah. 

III. The Form. — In form the Poem seems to be A Drama, 
evolving a simple Love Story, but without any very clearly 
defined Plot. 

IV. The Meaning. — The schools ' of interpretation are 
three in number. 

1. The Literal : Begarding the Song as a Marriage Ode, 
composed by Solomon at his nuptials with Pharaoh's Daugh- 
ter, or with the Israelitish woman, the Shulamite. 

2. The Typical : Considering the Poem a Marriage Ode, as 
in the Literal school, but holding that the language is figu- 
rative of the love existing between Christ and his Church. 

3. The Allegorical : In this school there are four classes 
of interpreters. (1) Those who claim that the Beloved is 
God, and the Loved One the Nation of Israel, the whole 
being an allegorical history of Israel from the Exodus to 
the Coming of Christ ; (2) Those who maintain that the 
Poem is an allegorical prophecy, the Beloved being Christ, 
and the Bride the Church ; (3) Those who hold that the 
Poem is not the composition of Solomon, but of a much 
later author, and that it is not a Marriage Ode, but the 
symbolical expression of a deep longing for the reunion of 
the kingdoms of Judah and Israel ; (4) Those who contend 
that the Poem was written about the middle of the 10th 
century, B. C, by some one in the JSTorthern Kingdom, and 
conceived in a spirit of hostility to the luxurious court of 



102 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

Judah. Solomon, the type of a sensual monarch, has carried 
off to his harem a Northern shepherd maiden, who in the 
Poem appears surrounded by the ladies of the court. The 
King fails to overcome the maiden's ardent attachment to 
her shepherd lover in the North country, and wholly 
abashed, ceases to press his suit. Finally, time and chaste 
love triumph in the union of the peasant lovers. 

y. The Drama. — In the Drama there are treble and 
base solos, dialogues, duets and choruses. 

1. The Persons. — There are two principal characters : Shel- 
omoh, a male, the base soloist, and Shulamith, a female, the 
treble soloist, besides a chorus of Maidens. In the Hebrew 

these are distinguished by masculine and feminine pronouns- 
and adjectives. 

2. The Analysis, — The Plot is not clearly defined nor the 
various parts fully distinguished. The following is perhaps 
as correct a classification as can now be made : 

Treble Solo, i : 2-6. Dialogue— Shulamith and Shelomoh, of 
about a verse each,- alternately, i : 7-17 ; ii : 1-5. Duet — 
Treble and Base, ii : 6-7. Treble Solo, ii : 8-13. Base Solo, 
ii : 14, 15. Treble Solo, ii : 16, 17 ; iii : 1-4. Duet— Base and 
Treble, iii : 5. Chorus, iii : 6-11. Treble Solo, in praise 
of her lover, iv : 1-7. Base Solo, in response, iv : 8-16 ; 
v:l. Treble Solo, v:2-7. Duet— Treble and Base, v:8. 
Chorus, V : 9. Treble Solo, v : 10-16. Chorus, vi : 1. Treble 
Solo, vi : 2, 3. Base Solo, vi : 4-12. Chorus, vi : 13. Base 
Solo, vii:l-9. Treble Solo, vii : 10-13 ; viii:l-4. Duet— 
Treble and Base, viii : 4. Chorus, viii : 5. Treble Solo, 
viii:6, 7. Chorus, viii: 9. Treble Solo, viii: 10-14. Accord- 
ing to this scheme a concluding chorus is lacking, and some 
suppose the whole of the last chapter may have been de- 
signed to be sung as such. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 

I. What titles are applied to this 
Book? What is it called in the He- 
brew? What does that name signify? 



n. To whose authorship is it gen- 
erally attributed? To what age and 
source do others assign it? 

HI. "What is the form of the Poem? 
What is the theme? What is not clearly 
defined? 



IV. How ra.any schools of interpre- 
tion are there?' Name them. What 
does the Literal school regard it? 
What the Typical? How many classes 
in the Allegorical school? Give the 
views of each. 

V. What parts are to be found in 
the Drama? Give the names of the 
two principal persons. Give the Anal- 
ysis. 



THE PROPHETICAL BOOKS. 103 



IV. THE PROPHETICAL BOOKS. 



XL. 
THE PROPHETICAL BOOKS. 



GENERAL OUTLINE. 

I. The Prophets. — The ordinary Hebrew word for prophet 
means " to bubble forth," like a fountain. Hence, a prophet 
is one who " announces," or " pours forth," the declarations 
of God. As used in the Bible, Prophecy comprises three 
things : 

1. Prediction : The foretelling of events. 

2. Teaohing : In precept and song, by dictation of the Holy 
Spirit. 

3. Interpreting: Understanding and explaining the mysteri- 
ous sense of Scripture, by the illumination of the Spirit of 
GoJ. 

II. The Prophetic Order. — God originally communicated 
with his chosen people through the Sacerdotal order ; but 
during the period of the Judges the Priesthood became so 
corrupt that a new medium seemed to become necessary, and 
The Order of Prophets was instituted. Samuel was the first of 
the regular order. He founded Schools of the Prophets, where 
pious young men were taught in The Law and other branches 
of learning. These schools seemed to have been maintained 
until the Old Testament Kevelations were complete. The 
inspired prophets, through whom God revealed his will, were 
usually, though not always, drawn from these schools. 

III. The Books.— The term, " Prophetical Books," is ap- 
plied to the Fourth Department of the Old Testament, be- 
cause the chief contents of the various books composing it 
are prophecies, though much history and many exquisite gems 
of poetry may also be found therein. The Books of this 
Department are seventeen in number, and in the English 
Bible are arranged in the following order : Isaiah, Jeremiah, 



a04 THE OLD TESTAMEXT. 

Xamentations, Ezekiel, Daniel, Hosea, Joel, Amos, Obadiah, 
Jonah, Micah, Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephaniah, Haggai, Zecha- 
Tiah and Malachi. 

lY. Classification. — The Prophets are usually divided 
into two classes. 

1. The Major Prophets : Isaiah, Jeremiah, Ezekiel and Daniel. 
;So called on account of their importance and the fulness of 
■their records. 

2, The Minor Prophets: Hosea, Joel, Amos, Obadiah, Jonah, 
IVIicah, Xahum, Habakkuk, Zephaniah, Haggai, Zechariah and 
Malachi. 

Y. Groups. — The Prophets may also be arranged into 
-three groups, in point of time. 

1. Before the Captivity: Hosea, Amos, Joel and Jonah— all 
of the Northern Kingdom, or Israel; Isaiah, Jeremiah, Oba- 
diah, Micah, Xahum, Habakkuk and Zephaniah — all of the 
Southern Kingdom, or Judah. 

2. During the Captivity : Ezekiel and Daniel ; the former on 
the banks of the Chebar, in the land of Chaldea, and the 
latter, in the city of Babylon, 

3. After the Return : Haggai, Zechariah and Malachi— all of 
Judea. 

YI. Use of Prophecy. — Prophecy, that is the foretelling 
of events, is at the time of its deliverance, and until fulfilled, 
a part of Revelation, and after its fulfillment an evidence of it. 
Peter describes it (2 Peter 1 : 19) as "a light shining in a dark 
place ; " as but a feeble ray compared with the Gospel history. 
After fulfillment it becomes " a more sure word of prophecy ; " 
it is no longer merely a feeble light to guide, but a firm ground 
ot confidence. 

YII. Subjects of Prophecy.— The Subjects of Prophecy 
<ire various. Prominent among them are predictions con- 
cerning 

1. The Chosen People : Their prosperity and adversity ; vic- 
tories and defeats ; their captivity and restoration. 

2. Other Nations : As Eg^^pt, Edom, Syria, Babylonia and 
the Mnevites, revealing their history and predicting their 
overthrow. 

3. The Coming of the Messiah : Giving many particulars con- 



THE PBOPHETICAL BOOKS. 



105 



•cerning his parentage, birth, teachings, mighty works, death, 
burial and resurrection, and the future triumphs of his king- 
dom. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



I. What does the word ''prophet" 
mean? What three things does the 
word comprise? 

II, How did God originally com- 
municate with his people? Why was 
a new medium necessary? Who was 
the first of the regular order of 
prophets? What did he found? 

m. What name is applied to the 
Fourth Department of the Old Testa- 
ment? Why? What else do the Books 
contain ? How many Prophetical 
Books? Name them in order. 



IV. Into how many classes are the 
Prophets divided? What are they? 
Name the Books under each head. 

V. Into what Groups may they be 
arranged ? Name them. Mention 
those belonging to each. 

VI. What uses of prophecy are 
specified? What is prophecy before 
its fulfillment? What does it become 
afterwards? 

VII. What are some of the more 
important subjects of prophecy? 



SEED THOUGHT. 

The prophecy came not in old time by the will of man ; but 
holy men of old spake as they were moved by the Holy Spirit. 



XLI. 
THE BOOK OF ISAIAH. 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The Prophecies.— The Book of Isaiah contains sixty- 
six chapters, and is the most voluminous of all the Prophe- 
cies. 

1. The Contents: The first verse is the heading of the, whole 
Book, which consists of a series of visions and miscellaneous 
predictions, the fulfillment of some of which was almost imme- 
diate, while others looked far away into the future. 

2. The Divisions: The Book may be divided into Two 
Prophetical Parts, with an Intervening Historical Portion. 
The First Part refers principally to the Jewish Nation and 
its enemies; the Historical Section mainly to the times of 
Hezekiah, and the Second Part to the whole period between 



105 TRE OLD TESTAMENT. 

the Captivity and the close of the Christian Dispensation, the 
return from Babylon being used to prefigure the Advent of the 
Messiah and the Redemption of his People. 

II. The Prophet.— Isaiah, the son of Amos { not the 
prophet by that name), was of the Royal Family of Judah. 

1. The Time: He prophesied in Jerusalem during the days 
of Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz and Hezekiah, kings of Judah (B. C. 
808-726). 

2. His Death: He is said to have been "sawn asunder" in 
the trunk of a tree, by order of Manasseh, at the age of about 
ninety years. 

3. His Title: His prophecies regarding the Messiah's birth, 
passion, glory, rejection by the Jews, and acceptance by the 
Gentiles, are so full and exact as to have earned for him the 
title, " The Gospel Prophet." 

ANALYSIS. 

.1. Part One. — The First Prophetical Portion contains 
thirty-five chapters, and may be sub-divided into sixteen Sec- 
tions. 

Section I. (1) : The first Section is introductory to the whole 
Book. In it the prophet rebukes Judah for her wickedness; 
exhorts to repentance ; threatens judgments, and promises 
forgiveness. 

Section 11. (2-4) : He announces the kingdom of the Messiah, 
and foretells the fate of transgressors. 

Section III. (5) : He pronounces condemnation on Israel and 
Judah, under the emblem of a cherished vineyard that yields 
only evil fruit. 

Section IV. (6) : He records his vision of the glory of the 
Lord, and foretells a mingling of judgment and mercy. 

Section V. (7) : He promises a child as a sign from the Lord, 
whose birth would soon be followed by the desolation of the 
land of the two hostile kings. 

Section VI. (8) : He denounces judgments on Israel and 
Judah. 

Section VII. (9) : He foretells the birth and the divine nature 
of the Messiah. 

Section VIII. (10) : He describes the advancement and defeat 
of the Assyrians. 



THE PROPHETICAL BOOKS. 107 

Section IX. (11, 12) : He portrays the great blessings of the 
Messiah's kingdom. 

Section X. (13-23) : He reveals a series of burdens to be 
borne by Babylon, Philistia, Moab, Damascus, Ethiopia, Egypt, 
Arabia, Israel, Jerusalem, Tyre and other nations and cities. 

Section XI. (24-26) : He announces judgments and sorrow 
on account of sin, followed by the blessings and joy of sal- 
vation. 

Section XII. (27) : He represents the punishment of Assyria 
and Egypt, under the emblems of the leviathan and dragon. 

Section XIII. (28-31) : He proclaims judgments on Israel and 
Jerusalem, mingled with mercies. 

Section XIV. (32) : He promises the Messiah, under various 
emblems. 

Section XV. (33, 34) : He foretells judgments on the nations, 
mingled with mercy, to the people of God. 

Section XVI, (35) : He closes the first part with a glorious 
prediction of the Messiah. 

II. The Historical Portion.— Chapters 36-39 are occu- 
pied with an account of the invasion of Judah by Sennacherib, 
king of Assyria; the prophecy against him; the fearful 
slaughter of the Assyrian host by the angel of the Lord; 
Hezekiah's sickness, the lengthening of his life, and his song 
of thanksgiving ; the visit of the messengers of the king of 
Babylon to Hezekiah, and closing with a prediction of the 
Captivity of Judah, and the carrying away of the treasures 
of Jerusalem. 

III. Part Two.— The Second Prophetical Portion consists 
of twenty-seven chapters, and comprises prophecies concern- 
ing the whole work of Redemption from the rebuilding of 
Jerusalem to the New Creation. It may be sub-divided inta 
three sections of nine chapters each. 

Section I. (40-48) : The prophet speaks of both Cyrus and 
the Messiah as promised deliverers, with the former as first 
to come, emphatically naming and describing him, nearly 200 
years before his birth. 

Section II. (49-57) : Tie speaks of the coming of the Messiah 
alone, and tells of his sufferings, death and consequent glory 



108 " TRE OLD TESTAMENT. 

■«■■ 

Section III. (58-66) : He describes the glory of the Messiah ; 
the calling of the Gentiles, and the blessed state of the New 
Jerusalem. 

TEST QUESTIONS. 

G-ENERAi. \iEW. I first; portion contain? Into how many 

I. How many chapters does the ' Sections is it sub-divided? Give the 
Book of Isaiah contain? What is the ; substance of each Section, 
general nature of the contents? How 
may the Book be divided? What does 
each department contain? 



II. How many chapters in the His- 
torical Portion? What history does it 
II. Who was Isaiah? Of what ^ f^H^^^in? With what prophecy dots 



Tribe? When did he prophesy? How 
did he come to his death? By whose 
order? At what age? By what title 
is he known? 

Analysis. 

I. How meny chapters does the 



it close? 

III. How many chapters in the 
second Prophetical Part? Into how 
mauy sections divided ? Give the 
substance of each Section. With what 
does it close? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God makes known to his inspired servants the things 
that are to be afterwards. 

2. His words spoken by the prophets are sure and stead- 
fast, and will all be fulfilled to the very letter. 

3. The last glorious coming of the Messiah is yet in the 
future, and God's children may look forward to it with 
glorious anticipations. 



THE PROPHETICAL BOOKS. 109 

XLII. 

THE BOOK OF JEREMIAH. 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The Prophecy.— The Book of Jeremiah contains fifty- 
two chapters, and in volume and importance takes rank next 
to the Prophecies of Isaiah. 

1, Its Character: The Book consists largely of predictions 
of evil to Judah and Jerusalem, on account of the sins of the 
people ; foretelling the Captivity and consequent suffering, 
but promising the Eeturn at the end of seventy years. 

2. The Divisions : The Book, though not arranged in chrono- 
logical order, may be divided into Three Parts, with some 
degree of correctness, by the aid of time-marks which some 
of the chapters supply, the first preceded by an Introduction 
to the whole Book. 

II. The Prophet. — Jeremiah was the son of Hilkiah, a 
priest of Anathoth, a place about three miles from Jerusalem. 

1. The Time : He began to prophesy in the thirteenth year 
of Josiah's reign (B. C. 640-609), when a mere child, about 
seventy years after Isaiah's death, and continued to do so all 
through the troubled times of the Babylonian invasion. 

2. His Persecutions : As he predicted so much evil, he was 
regarded as " a bird of evil omen " by the rulers, and was 
subjected to the greatest persecutions. He was thrown into 
prison and finally carried to Egypt, where he died. He is said 
to have hidden the Ark of the Covenant, before the destruc- 
tion of the Temple, so securely that it has never yet been 
found. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. The Introduction. — The Introduction (chapter I.) 
contains the title of the Book ; the period during which its 
prophecies were spoken; Jeremiah's call to the prophetical 
ofiice; emblems indicating to him that the judgments to be 



no THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

denounced, coming from the North, would be executed quickly 
and would be severe, and the exhortation to him tobe diligent 
and faithful, conJBdent of the protection of God. 

II. Part One. — This Division comprises the prophecies 
delivered daring the eighteen years of Josiah's Reign. In sub- 
stance they are as follows : 

1. Israel Reproved : Israel is reproved for having forsaken 
the Lord, and exhorted to return. ^ 

2. Judah Exhorted : Judah is charged with being more guilty 
than Israel, and exhorted to repent. 

3. False Prophets Denounced : Judah and Jerusalem are urged 
to avert the Babylonian invasion by immediate repentance, 
and warned not to believe the flattering words of the false 
prophets, or trust to the sacredness of the Temple as a 
defence. 

L "Warnings Given : The, destruction of Jerusalem and other 
cities of Judah is declared, and Jeremiah is overwhelmed 
in view of the sorrow he is compelled to foretell. 

III. Part Two. — This Division contains the prophecies 
delivered during the eleven years' Reign of Jehoiakim. The 
following is a summary : 

1. Symbols of Destruction : The destruction and desolation of 
the land is foretold under the emblems of a decayed girdle 
and bursting wine bottles. 

2. A Famine Predicted: A grievous famine is predicted, fol- 
lowed by the prophet's prayer for the forgiveness of the sins 
of the people. 

3. Too Late : He is assured by the Lord that they have 
become so corrupt that prayer cannot avail. 

4. Persecution : He exhorts the people to repentance, but 

they conspire to take his life, and he appeals to God for pro- 
tection. 

5. Destruction Foretold : He breaks a potter's vessel in the 
presence of the princes and priests, as a symbol of the de- 
struction of Jerusalem. 

6. Arrested: He is arrested and declared worthy of death 
for having proclaimed the Word of the Lord against Jerusaleni. 

7. The Rechabites : He contrasts the obedience of the Ee- 
chabites to their father with the disobedience of the people 
of God. 



THE PBOPHETICAL BOOKS. 



Ill 



8. The Prophecies Burned : The prophecies of Jeremiah against 
Jerusalem are burned by the king, and are rewritten. 

9. Victories : He foretells the victories of Nebuchadnezzar 
over various nations. 

IV. Part Three, — This Division contains the prophecies 
delivered during the eleven years of Zedekiah's Reign. They 
may be summed up as follows : 

1. Conquests: The prophet feretells the conquest of Persia 
by the Chaldeans, with promise of its final deliverance. 

2. The Captivity : He foretells the Captivity of Judah, and 
the destruction of Zedekiah and his kingdom, under the em- 
blem of good and bad figs. 

3. The Duration: He warns the people of Judah that their 
captivity will not be brief, but promises deliverance at the 
end of seventy years. 

4. The Return : He foretells their return, conversion to the 
Messiah, and subsequent happiness. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



General View. 

I. How many chapters does this 
Book contain? What is the character 
of the Book? What are.its divisions? 

II. Who was Jeremiah? When did 
he begin to prophesy? How long after 
Isaiah's death? How long did he con- 
tinue? How was he regarded? How 
was he treated? Where did he die? 

Analysis. 

I. What does the Introduction con- 



tain? Where were these prophecies 
delivered? 

II. What does Part One comprise? 
Mention the subjects of prophecy 
enumerated. 

III. What does Part Two contain? 
Mention the suDjects enumerated. 

IV. What does Part Three comprise? 
Mention the subjects of prophecy enu- 
merated. 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God warns his people of impending danger and gives 
them an opportunity to avert it. 

2. God chastises his people for their own good, in love and 
mercy. 

3. God makes use, oftentimes, of the surrounding nations 
in the disciplining of his chosen people. 

4. When the hand of affliction has accomplished its right- 
teous purpose, it is removed. 



112 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

% 

XLIII. 
LAMENTATIONS. 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The Book. — Lamentations consists of five chapters, 
each of which is a separate poem, or ode, complete in itself, 
and having a distinct subject, but brought, at the same time, 
under a plan which includes them all, and makes one Great 
Poem. 

1. Its Character: It is, as its name indicates, a Pathetic 
Poem, expressing the author's grief for the destruction of 
Jerusalem and the Temple ; the miseries of slavery and 
famine, and inculcating the benefit of chastisement. 

2. Its Structure : The Poem, in the Hebrew, is in the form 
of an Acrostic, each stanza .beginning with a fresh letter 
of the alphabet, probably to assist the memory. Chapters 1, 
2 and 4, consist of twenty-two verses each (the number of 
the Hebrew letters), in alphabetical order. Chapter 5 con- 
tains the same number of verses, but not in alphabetical 
order, while chapter 3 has three verses to each letter of the 
alphabet, which is repeated at the beginning of each of the 
three verses. 

II. The Atjthor. — There is no direct external e\adence 
of the authorship, but the internal evidence connects it in 
style and subject-matter so closely with the Book of Jeremiah 
as to leave no doubt but that they are the productions of the 
same author. The Date of writing was after the Destruction of 
Jerusalem, and The Place said to have been A Cave in the hills 
adjoining. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. The First Ode. — The first Ode is a lamentation over 
the solitariness of Jerusalem, after the people have been 
carried away and it despoiled of its beauty. The prophet 
mourns over the change in its civil state and religious privi- 
leges ; confesses the sins of its people as the cause of its calami- 
ties, and acknowledges the justice of the Lord. 



THE PROPHETICAL BOOKS. 



ns 



II. The Secoistd Ode.— In the second Ode the destruction 
of the city is lamented; the sufferings of little children h^- 
wailed ; the strong and weak slain in the streets mourned for ™ 
the false prophets condemned for misleading the people^ 
and the Lord again invoked as alone able to save. 

III. The Third Ode. — In the two preceding Odes the 
prophet has spoken of the misery and destruction of Jeru- 
salem ; in this he speaks chiefly, though not exclusively, of 
his own. Here, as in his prophecies, we find a gospel for: 
the weary and heavy laden. 

ly. The Fourth Ode.— The fourth Ode contains further 
lamentations over the desolation of the land, especially aa 
contrasted with its former prosperity and glory. The sons 
of Zion, once regarded as fine gold, are now compared to 
earthen vessels ; mothers once tender and self-denying, are 
now selfish and cruel ; persons once living in luxury and 
clpthed in scarlet, are now desolate and defiled. The pro- 
tracted misery of Jerusalem is regarded as more bitter than 
the sudden destruction of Sodom ; and all this is conf essedu 
to be the result of its own transgressions, of the sins of its- 
prophets, and the iniquities of its priests. 

y. The r#iFTH Ode.— The fifth Ode is a final appeal to the^^ 
Lord as alone able to deliver, and willing to forgive. The 
calamities of the nation are again recited ; the sins that caused 
them penitently confessed, and God, as eternal and almighty.^, 
entreated to turn his people back to himself and to renew" 
the blessings they had formerly enjoyed. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



General View. 

I. How many chapters in Lamen- 
tations? What does each contain? 
What is the character of the Great 
Poem? What does it express? What 
is peculiar about its structure? How 
do the various chapters begin? 

II. Who was the author? Is there 
any external proof of this? What is 
the internal evidence? When was the 
Poem written? Where? 

Analysis. 
I. How many Odes in the Great 
Poem? What lamentations does the 
first contain? 

8 



II. What are subjects of lamenta- 
tions in the second Ode? Who are- 
condemned? What is the Lord in- 
voked to do? 

III. What are the chief contents ofc' 
the third Ode? What do we furthei:;- 
find in this? 

IV. What is to be found in lYrs" 
fourth Ode? What things are con,- 
trasted? With what city is Jerusalem^ 
compared? 

V. What do we find in the MM? 
Ode? What are again recited ? What, 
is the Lord invoked to do? 



114 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. Afflictions come npon nations as punishments for their 
transgressions. 

2. It grieves the heart of the_ true servant of God to see 
the desolation of Zion. 

3. The Lord is able to deliver his people from affliction, 
and willing to forgive their trespasses when they appeal to 
Mm in true penitence. 



XLIY. 
THE BOOK OF EZEKIEL 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I, The Prophecies.— The Book of Ezekiel contains forty- 
«ight chapters, and ranks next in order after Isaiah and Jere- 
miah, in volume and importance, as well as in place in the 
English Bible. 

1. Contents : The Book contains many visions, parables and 
proverbs. The language and illustrations employed show the 
:author to have been more familiar with city than with rural 
lifa 

2. Tlie Divisions: The Book is divided into Three Parts. 
The first contains predictions made Before the Conquest of 
Jerusalem, descriptive of that event; the second, denuncia- 
tions of the Seven Nations, delivered During the Invasion of 
Judah, and the third, prophecies made After the Destruction 
ot Jerusalem, foretelling the Eeturn of the people from 
Oaptivity, and their final glory in a renovated land and a 
l^ew Jerusalem. 

3. Its Peculiarities: The Book is allegorical; apparently 
obscure in many of its expressions ; abounds in striking figures 
and similes, and therefore, is more difficult to understand than 
-most other portions of the Prophetical Books. 

II. The Author.— Ezekiel, the son of Buzi, was a priest, 



THE PROPHETICAL BOOKS. 115 

and among the captives of Judah carried away by Nebuchad- 
nezzar, before the destruction of Jerusalem. 

1. His Residence : He was a member of a community of 
exiles who settled on the banks of the Kiver Chebar, a stream 
of Chaldea, 200 miles north of the city of Babylon. 

2. The Time : He began to ' prophesy in the fifth year of 
Jehoiachin's captivity (B. C. 599), and died about twenty-two 
years later. - »^ 
■ 3. iHis Contemporaries: He was for a time contemporary 
with Jeremiah and Daniel ; with the former it is said he 
exchanged writings, and with the latter he was, no doubt, 
personally acquainted, as both were among the captives. He 
is said to have been murdered in Babylon and buried in the 
tomb of Shem. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. Before the Conquest.— Part One (1-24), composed be- 
fore the Conquest of Jerusalem, contains prophecies against 
the people of Israel, and may be sub-divided into sixteen 
sections. 

1. The Siege of Jerusalem (1-4) : Represented by a picture ; 
the prolonged transgression of the people, by the prophet's 
continued reclining on his side, and the hardships they shall 
suffer by eating coarse bread. 

2. Famine, War and Dispersion (5) : Signified by hair and 
beard cut off, weighed, scattered and burned. 

3. Idolatry (6) : Judgments against it, with the promise that 
a remnant shall be saved. 

4. Captivity (7) : Inevitable and severe, represented under 
the emblem of a chain. 

5. Transgressions (8-11) : Represented by the image of Jeal- 
ousy, and consequent judgments, typified by the scattering 
of fire, and the departure of the Shekinah. 

6. Captivity of Zedekiah (12) : Represented by the removal 
of household goods, and bread eaten with trembling. 

7. False Teachers (13, 14) ; Lying prophets reproved and 
threatened, and idolatrous elders condemned. 

8. Jerusalem Rejected (15) : Represented by the burning of 
an unfruitful vine. 



116 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

9. God's Love (16) : Against which Israel has sinned, com- 
pared to the kind care shown to an outcast child. 

10. Judgments on Israel (17) : Denounced under the emblem 
of two great eagles, one representing Nebuchadnezzar, and 
the other Pharaoh. 

11. Personal Judgments (18) : Denounced on every transgressor 
for his own sins. 

12. Captivity of the Kings of Judah (19): Kepresented by 
lions, pursued and captured ; and of the people of Judah, by 
a vine scorched, torn up and planted in the wilderness.* 

13. God's Mercies (20 : 1-44) : Shown by his dealings ; final 
forgiveness is promised the penitent. 

14. Jerusalem's Destruction ( 20 : 45-21 : 32 ) : Shown by a 
consumed forest, and a sword cutting down the people. 

15. Various Sins (22, 23) : Recited, and their punishment 
declared to be sure. 

16. Destruction of Jerusalem (24) : Again proclaimed, under 
the symbol of a boiling pot. 

II. During the Invasion.— Part Two (25-32) contains 
prophecies against surrounding nations, delivered after the 
beginning of the Invasion of Judah by ISTebuchadnezzar, and 
before news of the final fall of Jerusalem reached the prophet. 
They may be sub-divided in three sections, and summarized 
as follows : 

1. Prophecies against the Ammonites, Moabites, Edom- 
ites and Philistines (25). 

2. Against Tyre (represented in its beauty, wealth and 
renown, as the anointed cherub on the mount of God), with 
a promise of returning prosperity to Israel (26-28). 

3. The destruction of Egypt foretold and illustrated by a 
recital of Assyria's glory and fall, under the emblem of a 
cedar of Lebanon cut down (29-32). 

III. After the Destruction.— Part Three (33-48) con- 
tains prophecies delivered after the fall of Jerusalem and 
Captivity of Judah, full of precious promises. They may be 
sub- divided into six sections. 

1. A Watchman (33) : The prophet is compared to a watch- 
man and exhorted to be faithful ; he is informed of the actual 
fall of Jerusalem, and pictures the desolation of the land. 



THE PBOPHETIGAL BOOKS. 



117 



2. Unfaithful Shepherds (34) : The rulers are condemned as 
unfaithful shepherds, and a restoration promised under the 
guidance of " The Good Shepherd." 

3. Edom (35) : Judgments against Edom are again de- 
nounced. 

4. Restoration (36, 37) : Promises of a return from Captivity- 
are again announced under the emblems of fruitful mountains, 
sprinkled water, a new heart, dry bones raised to life, and 
two sticks united together. 

6. Gog and Magog (38, 39) : Their destruction foretold, fol- 
lowed by blessings to Israel. 

6. Future Glory (40-48) : Vision of the Temple, the return- 
ing glory of the Lord, the division of the land, the liealing 
waters from the sanctuary, the portions of the Tribes and 
the city with twelve gates whose name shall be, " The Lord 
is There." 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



General Yikw. 

I. How many chapters in this Book? 
What rank does it take? What is the 
character of its contents? How may 
it be divided? What are its pecnliar- 
ities? Why so difficult to understand? 

II. Who was Ezekiel? Where did 
he settle? How long did be prophe- 
sy? Who were his contemporaries? 
How did he die? Where was he 
buried ? 



Analysis. 



I, What prophecies are to be found 
in Part One? Into how many sections 
may they be sub-divided? Mention 
the subject of each section. 

ir. What prophecies are found in 
Part Two? Into how many sections 
sub-divided? Mention the subject of 
each. 

III. What prophecies are to be 
found in Part Three? Into how many 
sections sub-divided? Mention the 
subject of each. 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God gives fair warning before sending destruction upon 
the wicked. 

2. Nations that oppress God's people and rejoice in their 
calamities shall be overthrown. 

8. Great and precious blessings are held in reservation for 
the people of God in '' The Good Time Coming." 



118 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

XLV. 
THE BOOK OF DANIEL. 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The Book.— The Book of Daniel, the fourth and last 
in order of the Major Prophets, consists of twelve chapters, 
being the briefest of the great prophecies, but the most in- 
teresting of them all. 

1. Its Character: It is one of a series of apocalyptic writ- 
ings, which culminated in the Book of Revelation, its coun- 
terpart in the [New Testament. 

2. Its Divisions: The Book consists of Two Distinct Divi- 
sions. The first is Historical^ giving a general view of the 
progressive history of the powers of the world, and of the 
principles of the divine government, as seen in events 
in the life of the author. The second is Prophetical, and 
traces, in minuter detail, the fortunes of the people of God, 
as typical of the fortunes of the Church in all ages. 

II. The Author.— Daniel was of the Royal Family of 
Judah. When a mere youth he was placed in the palace 
of the King of Babylon to be trained for the public ser- 
vice. He w^as an amiable youth of marked ability, possess- 
ing the prophetic gift, and rose to a position of great 
honor and usefulness. 

The Time: He was taken captive to Babylon in the third 
year of the reign of Jehoiakim, (B. C. 609-599), in the time 
of Nebuchadnezzar. He lived through the reign of that 
great monarch, and also that of Belshazzar and Darius, and 
until the second year of Cyrus, his life spanning the entire 
period of the Captivity. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. Historical. The Historical Portion of the Book (1-6) 
consists of an account of a series of remarkable events, 
with which Daniel and other Captives of Judah w^ere con- 
nected. They may be summarized as follows : 

1. Daniel's Captivity: He is taken to Babylon, and with 



THE PROPHETICAL BOOKS. 11^ 

other young men placed in the king's palace and educated 
in all tns learning of the Chaldeans. 

2. The King's First Vision: Nebuchadnezzar, in a dream, 
sees a great image, the head of which is gold; the breast 
and arms silver; the body and thighs brass; the legs iron, 
and the feet part iron and part clay. A little stone cut 
out of the mountain without hands smites the image on 
the feet, and it is crushed to dust and scattered by the 
winds, while the little stone becomes a great mountain and 
fills the earth. 

3. The Interpretation: Daniel recalls the vision — which he 
had forgotten— to the mind of the king, and tells its mean- 
ing. It represents the great empires that are to succeed 
each other. The gold, the Babylonian ; the silver, the Per- 
sian ; the brass, the Grecian ; the iron and clay, the Ro- 
man, and the stone, the Christian. 

4. Daniel's Promotion: The king makes him valuable pres- 
ents, shows him great honor, and makes him governor of 
the province of Babylon. 

5. The Golden Image : The king sets up a golden image 
on the plains of Dura, and at its dedication orders all his. 
subjects to fall dovv^n and worship it. 

6. The Fiery Furnace: Shadrach, Meshach and Abednego,. 
three of the Hebrew Captives educated with Daniel, refuse^., 
and by the king-s order are cast into a fiery furnace. 

7. The Deliverance : The Angel of the Lord comes down 
into the midst of the fire and saves the brave heroes from 
destruction, and they are promoted by the king and the 
name of God honored. 

8. The Second Vision: The king sees a vision of a great 
tree cut down by an angel. In the confused imagery of 
the dream, the stump becomes a man, and for seven years, 
pastures- among the cattle. 

9. The Interpretation: Daniel explains the tree, the stump 
and the man, all to be the king himself. Soon afterwards 
the king becomes insane; imagines himself an ox, and 
goes with the cattle seven years, after which his reason i&. 
restored. 

lOo Belshazzar's Feast: The new king makes a great feast^. 



■aCSO THE OLD TESTAMEXT. 

to a thousand of Ms lords, which ends in a drunken revel, 

11. The Writing on the Wall: The king sees a mysterious 
liand writing on the wall, as he sits at the feast. 

12. The Interpretation: Daniel reads the writing and tells 
its meaning, which is that the king has been weighed and 
found wanting, and that his kingdom shall be given to the 
-Medes and Persians. 

:13. Daniel's Exaltation: He becomes the chief ruler under 
Darius, the new king, who captured Babylon the night of 
•the revel. 

14. In the Lion's Den : The other princes become envious, 
'and lay a plan to destroy Daniel by having him cast into the 
■ den of lions, for praying to God. 

15. Deliverance: An Angel is sent to deliver Daniel, and 
-he is further promoted. 

II. Prophetical.— The Prophetical Portion (7-12) includes 
iT'isions and interpretations, and may be sub-divided as follows : 

L The Four Sea Monsters: In a vision Daniel beholds them 
^coming up out of the sea, and the angel explains them as 
iour kingdoms ( the same as seen by ISTebuchadnezzar in his 
Yision) rising out of tumults and wars. (1) A Lion with 
eagle's wings, an emblem of Babj'lon; (2) A Bear with three 
ribs between its teeth, denoting the Medes and Persians 
-conquering Babylon, Lydia and Egypt; (3) A Leopard with 
four wings and four heads, representing the kingdom of 
Greece, under Alexander, famous for the swiftness with which 
it conquered, and divided after his death into four parts; 
(4) A Nameless Beast, but great, terrible and strong, repre- 
senting the Koman kingdom, devouring the whole earth and 
breaking it to pieces, but finally to be judged and destroyed, 
rand followed by the Kingdom of the Most High that shall 
stand forever. 

2, The Ram and Goat : In a vision he sees a ram attacked by 
a goat rushing from the west, without touching the ground, 
representing the kingdom of the Medes and Persians, over- 
thrown by Alexander, coming from Macedonia with great 
swiftness. When the goat is strong its horn is broken, and 
in its place come up four horns pointing towards the four 
.winds— a representation of Alexander, who, at the height of 



THE PROPHETICAL BOOKS. 



121 



his power, dies suddenly and his kingdom is divided into 
four parts. 

3. The Coming of thp Messiah : The Angel Gabriel reveals to 
Daniel the meaning of certain visions pertaining to the re- 
building of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah and the 
time of the end. In Seven Weeks (forty-nine years) the city 
will be rebuilt; in Sixty-two Weeks (434 years) Christ will 
begin his ministry, and in the middle of One Week (three and 
one half years) he will be cut off. During the third period, 
both before his death and after it, he will establish his cove- 
nant with many, and afterwards desolation will come on the 
city and Temple. 

4. The Final End: The Angel of the Covenant appears to 
Daniel in a vision, *and, beginning at the point of time 
where the prophet then stands, numbers the kings of Persia 
who are afterwards to arise. He announces the expedition 
of Xerxes against Greece, and gives a condensed summary 
■of human history onward to the second coming of the Lord 
in Judgment, and the final consummation of all things. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



General View. 

I. How many chapters in this Book? 
What is the character of the Book? 
How divided? 

II. Who was Daniel? Where was 
he taken? Where educated? For 
what was he noted? Wiien was he 
taken captive? Through what reigns 
did he prophesy? 

Analysis. 

I. What does the first part of the 
Book contain? How was Daniel first 
introduced to the special notice of 
the king? Give the king's first vision 



and explain it. Give the incidents 
connected with the setting up of the 
go.'den image. What was the king's 
second vision? Give the interpreta- 
tion. Give the particulars of Bel- 
shazzar's feast, and the result. Give 
the incidents connected with the 
lions' den. 

II. What does the second part con- 
tain? vVhat vision did Daniel see by 
the sea? Give the interpretation. 
What was represented by the ram 
and goat? What was revealed to 
Daniel concerning the coming of the 
Messiah and the final end? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God prospers those who put their trust in him, and 
keep his holy commandments. 

2. God gives wisdom to those who seek it aright, and guides 
by his counsel to honor and glory. 

S. Th3 kingdoms of this world shall all yet become the 
Kingdom of our Lord and Savior, and he shall be Lord of 
lords and King of kings. 



122 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

XLYI. 
THE MINOR PROPHETS. I. 



GENERAL SUMMARY. 

Preliminary. — The Books of the Minor Prophets, so 
called on account of their comparative brevity, are twelve in 
number: Hosea, Joel, Amos, Obadiah, Jonah, Micah, JSTahum, 
Habakkuk, Zephaniah, Haggai, Zechariah and Malachi. They 
are respectively the productions, in chief, of the prophets 
whose names they bear. Their historical records extend 
over a period of about 400 years, while their prophecies 
reach to the end of time. 

I. HoSEA. 

I. General Yiew.— Hosea, a prophet of Israel, prophesied 
for a period of sixty years during the reigns of the last six 
kings (B. C. 782-721). He began to prophesy before Isaiah, 
in Judah, with whom he was contemporary for a time. In 
his day the land is full of wickedness ; the kings are profli- 
gate; the priests corrupt, and God is forgotten by the peo- 
ple. For all this God's judgments are threatened. The 
prophet takes his illustrations from rural and domestic 
pursuits, such as the snaring of birds, sowing, reaping and 
threshing, and the baking of bread. He gives us some in- 
sight into the modes of life in his time : The women are 
decked with ear-rings and' jewels; the feasts and Sabbaths 
are " days of mirth ; " thsy sacrifice on mountain tops, burn 
incense on hills, "under oaks, poplars and elms," while 
*' troops of robbers wait for a man." 

II. Analysis.— The Book contains fourteen chapters, and 
may be divided into five sections, as follows : 

Section I. (i-iii) : The unfaithfulness of Israel is figuratively 
represented ; yet a remnant, it is promised, shall be saved, 
and they are exhorted to forsake idolatry. Promises follow 
concerning their conversion to faith in the Messiah, and 
the gracious purpose of the Lord toward them is figuratively 
set forth. 



THE PROPHETICAL BOOKS. 123 

Section II. (iv-vi : 3) : The prophet condemns the blood- 
shed and idolatry of Israel, and warns Judah against pur- 
suing a similar course. He threatens judgments upon priests, 
princes and people, yet holds out promises of pardon, ex- 
pressed emblematically by the morning, the rain and the 
resurrection, with remote reference to the resurrection of 
Christ on the third day (vi : 2). 

Section III. (vi:4-viii): He utters God's complaint concern- 
ing the obstinate idolatry and other sins of the people, and 
predicts their captivity by Assyria. 

Section IV. ( ix-xiii : 8 ) : The captivity and dispersion of 
Israel are again foretold. The people are reproved for their 
idolatry, yet are assured that they shall not be utterly de- 
stroyed. A return to their own land is promised, even while 
threatenings are renewed. 

Section V. (xiii : 9-xiv) : After denunciations of divine judg- 
ments mingled with promises of deliverance from captivity, 
the prophet exhorts Israel to repentance, furnishes them 
with a model prayer adapted to their situation, and foretells 
their abandonment of idolatry, with their subsequent restora- 
tion and conversion. 

II. Joel. 

I. General Yiew.— Joel was of the Tribe of Eeuben, 
and lived not later than the time of Uzziah (B. C. 805). He 
was the first prophet of Judah, and in his Book we find only 
a general outline of the whole terrible scene which was to 
be depicted more and more by subsequent prophets. 

II. Analysis. — The Book contains three chapters, and 
may be divided into four sections, as follows : 

Section I. (i : 1-20) : An announcement of devastation in- 
flicted on the land by hosts of locusts and worms, emblematic 
of invasions by great armies led by Assyrian and Babylonian 
kings; or, with still wider range, by the. Assyrians and Chal- 
deans, the Medes and Persians, Alexander and the Komans. 

Section II. (ii : 1-27) : A call on the people for repentance, 
to be manifested by fastings, solemn assemblies and mourn- 
ing, accompanied with an assurance that their transgressions 
shall be forgiven and prosperity restored. 



124 THE OLD TESTAJIENT. 

Section HI. (ii : 28-32) : A prediction of Messianic blessings 
that shall characterize the last days. The fulfillment of this 
began on the day of Pentecost (Acts 2 : 16) by the outpouring 
of the Spirit ; it was followed, a few years later, by the de- 
struction of Jerusalem, and is still advancing in the triumphs 
of the Gospel among the nations of the earth. 

Section IV. (iii : 1-21): A prediction of judgments on the ad- 
versaries of God"s people, among whom Tyre, Sidon and 
other nations on the coast of Palestine, with Egypt and 
Edom are mentioned, and a promise is made of final and 
perpetual blessings on Judah and Jerusalem. 

III. Amos. 

I. Gexeeal Yiew. — Amos was a shepherd and dresser of 
sycamore trees in Judah, until called to the prophetic office. 
In his time the kingdom of Israel was at its height of pros- 
perity under Jeroboam II. (B. C. 823-7S2), and wickedness 
filled the land. He preaches against the surrounding nations, 
rebukes both Israel and Judah for their sins, denounces the 
judgments of God. and in the end gives visions of the bless- 
edness of the kingdom of the Messiah. He is contemporary? 
for a part of his life, with Hosea and Joel. 

II. Analysis. — The Book contains nine chapters, which 
may be divided into three sections, and summarized as fol- 
lows : 

1, Judgments Against Neighboring Nations { i : 1-15 ; ii : 1-3 ) : 
^1) AS'?/?'ia— fulfilled more than half a century afterward (2 Kings 
16 : 9) ; (2) P/a'tisfza— fulfilled a century afterward (2 Kings 
18 : 8) ; (3) Tyre — the fulfillment of which was commenced by 
]N"ebuchadnezzar, and continued at intervals until compara- 
tively modern times; (4) ^c7om— the fulfillment of which, in 
a great measure delayed until the Mohammedan invasion, 
was soon after that complete ; (5) Amraon — the destruction 
of whose great city. Eabbah, is especially foretold ; (6) Moah — 
of which the palace's of Kirioth are specified as doomed to 
be destroyed. 

2. Judgments Against Judah and Israel (ii : 4-ix : 10) : (1) Judah 
(ii : 4, 5)— fulfilled .first by Xebuchadnezzar about 200 years 
after the prediction, and, finally, by the Eomans, Dearly 700 
years later; (2) Isrml ( ii : 6-ix : 10 ) — reproved, judgments 



TRE PROPHETICAL BOOKS. 



125 



against them denounced, remonstrances five times repeated, 
lamentations over their approaching ruin, exhortations five 
times repeated to seek the Lord, their captivity declared, and 
assurances given that judgments shall have an end. 

3. The Messiah's Coming (ix : xi-15) : His advent depicted and 
the final restoration of his people foretold. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



Pbeliminabt. 

Why are these Books so called? 
How many are they? Name themi in 
regular order. 



Who was Hosea ? When did he 
prophesy? With whom was he eon- 
temporary? From what are his illus- 
trations drawn? How many chapters 
does the Book contain? How divided? 
Give the substance of each sec- 
tion. 



II. 



Who was Joel? When did he proph- 
esy? Where? How many chapters 
does the Book contain? How divided? 
Give the substance of each section. 
III. 

Who was Amos ? When did he 
prophesy? Where? Who were his 
contemporaries? How many chapters 
does the Book contain? How divided? 
Give the substance of each section. 
With what does the prophecy con- 
clude? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

lo God Inspires his chosen servants to describe events 
far in the future, for the warning and encouragement of 
his people. 

2. God raises up nations and rulers to accomplish his 
purposes, and then removes them out of the way. 

3. Behind the darkest cloud of God's providence the Sun 
of Mercy still shines, and his promises ever accompany his 
judgments. 



126 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

XLYII. 
THE MINOR PROPHETS. 11, 



GENERAL SUMMARY. 

IV. Obadiah. 

I. Ge:n'epvAl View.— Obadiah prophesied, it has been con- 

jectui'ed, before the destruction of Jerusalem (B. C. 586). He 
was a prophet of Judah, contemporary with Jeremiah. His 
prophecies make the shortest book of the Old Testament, 
and are mainly given to denunciations of Edom. The Book 
has always been a favorite with the Jews. 

n. AxAL,Ysis. — The Book of Obadiah consists of but a 
single chapter of twenty-one verses. It may be summarized 
as follows : 

1. Fancied Security (1-3) : The Edomites fancy themselves 
secure in the fastnesses of their rocks. 

2. Edom's Destruction (4-16) : The spoiler shall utterly destroy 
them for their pride and for the wrong done by them to 
Israel. 

3. Israel's Blessings (17-21) : The chastisements inflicted on 
Israel for their sins shall be but temporary, and after 
their return from Captivity, they shall possess Edom and 
Philistia, and at length rejoice in the glories of the Mes- 
siah. 

V. Jonah. 

I. General Yiew. — Jonah, the author and subject of 
the Book called by his name, was born at Gath-heper, in 
Zebulun. He is the same prophet who was sent to Jero- 
boam II. (2 Kings 14 : 25), in answer to the bitter cry of 
affliction that arose from Israel. He lived and wrote about 
B. C. 823, and his writings are, therefore, the earliest of 
the Prophetic Books that have come down to us. It has 
been conjectured that Jonah was the son of the widow of 
Zarepta (1 Kings 17 : 24), and also a pupil of Elisha. His 
reputed tomb is still shown at 2sebi-Yunus, near Mosul. 



THE PROPHETIOAL BOOKS. 127 

II. Analysis.— The Book, though written by a Prophet, 
and classified, among the Prophetical Books, is chiefly his- 
torial. Its four chapters may be summarized as follows: 

1. Jonah's Adventure : (1) God commands him to go to the 
great city of JS^ineveh, and proclaim its destruction, in 
forty days, on account of its wickedness ; (2) Jonah takes 
ship at Joppa and sails for Tarshish to avoid the duty ; (3) 
A great storm arises, Jonah confesses his sin to the sail- 
ors, is thrown overboard and swallowed by a sea-monster. 

2. Jonah's Deliverance: (1) After three days Jonah is 
thrown up again on the shore alive ; (2) He records the 
prayers he had offered daring his imprisonment, thanks 
God for the mercy shown him, and promises future obedi- 
ence to the divine commands. 

Jonah's Preaching: (1) God renews the command to go to 
Nineveh; (2) Jonah goes and preaches faithfully; (3) The 
city repents; (4) God spares them for a time the fate that 
had been threatened. 

Jonah's Complaint: (1) He complains to God because his 
mercy in sparing the city seemed to compromise his reputa- 
tion as a prophet ; (2) God teaches him by means of a 
gourd which he causes to spring up in a single night, and 

wither the next morning, that mercy is better than judg- 
ment. 

VI. MiCAH. 

I. Genekal View.— Micah was a prophet of Judah, and 
prophesied during the reigns of Jotham, Ahaz and Heze- 
kiah (B. C. 757-697). He was contemporary with Hosea and 
Amos during part of their ministry in Israel, and with 
Isaiah in Judah, who survived him. The burden of his 
prophecies is the judgments of God on Israel and Judah 
for their sins ; the coming of the Messiah, and the bless- 
ings of his kingdom. 

II. Analysis. — The Book contains seven chapters which 

may bd divided into three sections and summarized as fol- 
lows: 

Section I. (1,2): 1. Forewarnings of impending judgment. 
2. Its cause — the unfaithfulness of prophets ; 3. Threat- 
ened punishment — the scourge of an Assyrian invasion; 4. 
Promise of. restoration. 



128 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

Section II. (3-5): 1. The rulers reproved; 2. The false 
prophets rebuked ; 3. Punishment in the desolation of 
Mount Sion ; 4. Eestoration of Zion, its Temple, and of the 
people with a gathering in of all nations under the Mes- 
siah. 

Section HI. (6, 7) : 1. A dialogue between the Lord and his 
people, in which the reasonableness of his requirements is 
set forth ; 2. A* triumphal song of joy. 

TEST QUESTIONS. 

rv. I How may it be dh'ided? Give Jonah's 

-.-rr, ^-L ^- , „ Tx-, ^.^ ■, I adventures. How was he delivered? 

Who was Obadiah? When did he { ^^tiat did he offer to God? What was 

prophesy? Who was his contempora- . the burden of his preaching? How 

ry prophet? How many chapters m , ^^g his preaching received? How 



the Book? How many verses? How 
is it analyzed? Give the summary. 

V. 

Who was Jonah ? Where born ? 



was God's mercy shown? 

VI. 

Who was Micah? When did he live? 
With what prophets contemporary ? 



When did he live? Whose pupil was i How many chapters in the Book? 
he? Where is his tomb shown? How ' How is it analyzed? Give the sub- 
many chapters does the Book contain? i stance of the various sections. 

SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God repeats his warnings, giving all an opportunity to 
repent before destruction comes upon them. 

2. TVe cannot run away from duty, or escape responsi- 
bility by attempting to get out of the Lord's presence. 

3. The Lord is merciful and gracious, and ready to for- 
give those who turn from their evil ways. 

4. God's service is reasonable, and he will abundantly 
reward all who are obedient and faithful. 



THE PROPHETICAL BOOKS. 129 

XL VIII. 

THE MINOR PROPHETS. III. 



GENERAL SUMMARY. 

VII. Nahum. 

I. General View.— Galium was a native of Elkosli, whose? 
site is unknown, but it was probably a little village of Gali- 
lee. He is thought to have prophesied after the Captivity of 
the Ten Tribes, and before the final invasion of Senacherib, 
whom Ilezekiah had bribed with the treasures of the Temple. 
Though he tells of the death of Senacherib and the overthrow 
of the Assyrians, yet his Book is chiefly a Sequel to that of 
Jonah ; the latter having warned Nineveh of impending punish- 
ment, which God remitted on its fepentance. Nahum now 
repeats the denunciations and predicts its sudden and com- 
plete destruction, the people having sunk back again into their 
old sins. 

II. Analysis.— The Book is divided into three chapters, 
the contents of which may be summarized as follows : 

Chapter I. (1) A sublime description of the majesty, justice,, 
power and goodness of God in his government over men; 
(2) A denunciation of the violence of the wicked against his 
people, as transgressions against himself ; (3) A declaration 
of his purpose to speedily break the yoke of the oppressors; 
(4) An exhibition of the messenger of glad tidings going 
forth to summon Israel back to the Temple and their homes. 

Chapter U. (1) A prophecy of the destruction of Nineveh,, 
announcing the invaders' bold approach ; (2) A description. 
of the shields of his warriors, their splendid attire, their 
chariots flashing like lightning through the streets ; (3) The 
opening of the river gates, the undermining of the palacesu, 
the flight of the inhabitants and the reduction of the city to 
an empty desert. 

Chapter III. (1) An arraignment of* Nineveh as a city of 
blood and abominable crime ; (2) A call upon its people to 
read their doom in the fate of No-Amon, known also as, 



130 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

Thebes. Modern explorations about the site of ancient Kin- 
eveli fully confirm the faithful fulfillment of the predictions 
of Nahum. 

VIII. Habakkuk. 

I. General, View. — Habakkuk was a contemporary of 
Jeremiah, and prophesied during the first halt of the reign 
of Jehoiakim (B. C. 609), when the invasion of JjiJ'ebuchadnez- 
zar was imminent. The prophet did not accompany the cap- 
tives, but remained to lament the iniquities of his country 
among its ruins. For grandeur and sublimity of conception, 
vigor and fervor of expression, gorgeousness of imagery and 
melody of language, this prophetic composition occupies the 
front rank among the productions of sacred literature. 

II. Analysis. — The Book contains three chapters, which 
may be summarized as follows : 

GKapter I. (1) The prophet's complaint of the iniquity of 
the Land ; [2) He is shown the fearful veugeance of the 
Chaldeans ; (3) He complains that vengeance should be exe- 
cuted on Israel by those far worse. 

Chapter 11. (1) The prophet waits for an answer, and is 
shown that he must wait in faith ; (2) God assures him that 
the Chaldeans shall be punished for their iniquities ; (3) God 
promises at the right time to deliver his people, and till the 
earth with a knowledge of his glory. 

Chapter HI. (1) The prophet prays God to give increased 
energy to his promised work of mercy through the ages ; 
(2) He ascribes praises for his interposition in behalf of his 
people in Egypt, at the Bed Sea, and in the promised land; 
he expresses confidence in God, that in times of utmost want 
and peril he will give a triumphant deliverance. 

An Oratorio : The superscription, " To the chief singer on 
my stringed instruments,"" shows that the production was 
used as an oratorio, in which the prophet himself took part, 
and was incorporated into the temple service. 

• IX. Zephaniah. 

I. General View. — Zephaniah prophesied during the 
reign of Josiah, in Judah (B. C. 640-609). There is much 



THE PROPHETICAL BOOKS. 131 

similarity of expression between this Book and that of Jer- 
emiah. 

Analysis.— The Book is divided into three chapters, the 
contents of which may be summarized as follows : 

Chapter I. The judgment on Judah and its causes— idola- 
try, neglect of the Lord, luxury, deceit, violence and inso- 
lence. 

Chapter II. A call to repentance, with a promise of resto-^^ 
ration and a return to peace. 

Chapter III. A reproof of Jerusalem for its vices, followed 
by a promise of the restoration of its people and the de- 
struction of their enemies. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



VII. 



Who was Nahum? When did he 
prophesy? What does the Book chiefly 
contain? How many chapters has it? 
Give a summary of the first chapter. 
Of the second. Of the third. 

VIII. 

Who was Habakkuk? When did he 
prophesy? Was he among the cap- 



tives? For what is his prophecy noted? 
How many chapters does the Book 
contain? Give a summary of each. 
What does the superscription show? 
How was the production used? 
IX. 

Who was Zephaniah ? When did he 
prophesy? How mauy chapters does 
the Book contain? Give a summary 
of each. 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God repeats, by the mouths of his servants, his warn- 
ings, over and over, that all may be without excuse. 

2. In these latter times the long-buried ruins of the past 
rise up as witnesses of the truth of the words of the 
prophets. 

3. Every threatening in God's word will surely be execu- 
ted, and every promise faithfully performed. 



133 THE OLD TESTAMENT. 

XLIX. 
THE MINOR PROPHETS. IV. 



GENERAL SUMMARY. 

X. Haggai. 

I. General View.— Haggai was perhaps born in Babylon, 
and accompanied Zerubbabel to Jerusalem, and was one of 
those who laid the foundation of the new Temple. The work 
of rebuilding was suspended fourteen years on account of 
the opposition of the Samaritans, and Haggai was inspired 
by God to arouse the people to a support of their leaders 
in completing the building. 

II. Analysis.— The Book consists of two chapters, the 
contents of which may be summarized as follows : 

Chapter I. (1) The prophet reproves the people for neglect- 
ing the building of the Temple ; (2) He incites them to the 
work; (3) He promises them the Lord's blessing. 

Chapter II. (1) He promises the people tl;at the second 
Temple shall be more glorious than the first, because tlio 
Lord himself, in the latter day, shall en'.er it; (2) In the 
type of things clean and unclean lie shows that their sin3 
hinder the work; (3) He repeats God's promise of )jelp to 
Zerubbabel. 

XI. Zechariah. 

I. General. View.— Zechariah was barn in Babylon ; was 
of the Tribe of Levi, and was among those who returned out 
of captivity with Zerubbabel. He was contemporary with 
Haggai, and like that prophet, labored to encourage the people 
to press to completion the Avork of rebuilding the Temple. 
The Book is full of allusions to the advent of the Messiah 
and foreshadows the history of the Jewish people, and also 
of the Church of Christ. 

II. Analysis.— The Book contains fourteen chapters, the 
contents of which may be divided into three sections, as fol- 
lows: 



THE PROPHETICAL BOOKS. 133 

Section I. (i-viii) : Mainly a series of visions, relating to 
the building of the Temple, the glory of the city, the removal 
of all abominations* out of the land, and winding up with a 
prediction that Jerusalem will become, as it were, a center 
of religious worship to all the world. 

Section II. (ix-xi) : Threats of ruin to Damascus, Phenicia 
and other cities of the Philistines ; a prediction of the great- 
ness of Jerusalem and the union of Israel and Judah, and a 
prophecy that Assyria and Egypt shall be humbled. 

Section III. (xii-xiv) : A prediction of dark days for Judah ; 
after sore trial it shall come out thoroughly purified, and 
then the Lord will appear in glory upon Mount Olivet, fight 
victoriously against the host of heathendom, compel all who 
are not destroyed by his wrath to worship him, and a millen- 
nium of holiness will then begin. 

XII. Malachi. 

I. General View.— Malachi was the last of the Old 
Testament prophets. He was contemporary with Kehemiah, 
prophesying from about B. C. 436-397. According to tradition 
he was born in Zebulun, after the Captivity. In his times 
the new Temple was built and its services fully re-estab- 
lished. He reproves the profanity of the priests, foretells the 
sudden coming of the Messiah, threatens Israel for their sins 
and closes with a prediction of the harbinger of the Sun of 
Righteousness. 

II. Analysis.— The Book contains four chapters, and may 
be divided into three sections, as follows : 

Secion I. (i-ii : 9) : A representation of the Lord as the 
loving Father and Ruler of his people. 

Secion n. (ii : 10-16) : A representation of the Lord as the 
supreme God and Father of all. 

Secion III. (ii : 17-iv) : A representation of the Lord as the 
righteous and final Judge of all. 

Thus prophecy closes with the announcement of the Mes- 
siah's coming, to be heralded by a messenger in the spirit 
and power of Elijah. It was this promise that cheered the 
hearts through the long years of oppression and trials through 
which they passed before the time of the advent, nearly 400 
years later. 



134 



THE OLD TESTAMENT. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



X. 

Haggai 



Where was Haggai born ? With 
■whom did he go to Jerusalem? What 
did he help to do? How mauy chap- 
ters in the Book? Give a summary of 
the contents of each chapter. 
XI. 

Where was Zechariah born ? Of 
what Tribe was he ? With what 
prophet was he contemporary? What 



did he help to do? How many chap- 
ters in the Book? Into how many 
sections divided? Give a summary of 
each. 

xn. 

Who was Malachi? Where born? 
With wbom contemporary 7 How 
many chapters in the Book? Into 
how many sections divided? Give a 
summary of each. 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. The people of God should not permit his glorious work 
to stop on account of the opposition of enemies. 

2. The enemies of God's people shall finally be subdued, 
and the Lord shall be King over all the earth. 

3. The Lord shall judge his people in righteousness, pun- 
ishing the wicked and rewarding all his faithful servants. 



J 



OLD TESTAMENT HISTORY. 135 



SUPPLEMENTARY. 



I. 
OLD TESTAMENT HISTORY. 



GENERAL SUMMARY. 

I. The Creation. 

1. God created the heavens and the earth, and all things 
contained in them, in six days ; last of all fashioning, ♦in 
his own image, one man and one woman. 

2. He places this first pair in a garden of delights, call- 
ed Eden, and gives them dominion over the other works of 
his hand. 

3. He commands them to be fruitful, and replenish the 
earth ; diligent, and cultivate and subdue it, and tells them 
not to eat of a certain tree. 

II. The Fall. 

4. Satan comes to Eden, and tempts the woman. Eve, to 
disobey God; she tempts the man, Adam, and they both 
fall. 

5. Adam and Eve are expelled from Eden; the ground 
is cursed for their sake, and the sentence of death passed 
on all their descendants. 

6. Two sons are born, Cain and Abel ; the first becomes 
a murderer, slaying his brother, who is the first human 
being to taste of death. 

7. Another son, Seth, is born, to take the place of Abel, 
and a faint promise of a Deliverer given. 

8. The human family rapidly multiplies, wickedness in- 
creases, and soon the land is full of iniquity. 



136 S UP PL EMENTAB T. 

III. The Flood. 

9. But one righteous family, that of Noah, is found in 
all the earth, and God resolves to destroy the earth by a 
flood of water. 

10. He commands oSToah to build an Ark for the saving 
of his family, and two each of all unclean animals and 
fowls, and seven each of all clean. 

11. At the time appointed, Noah and his wife and his 
three sons, Shem, Ham, and Japheth, and their wives — 
eight persons in all— with the animals and fowls designat- 
ed, enter the Ark. 

12. The flood is brought, and all flesh except that in the 
Ark is destroyed, and the earth purified. 

13. The Ark rests on Mount Ararat; Noah and his 
family step upon the new earth, and from them it is again 
xe-peopled. 

IV". Father Abraham. 

14. The human race has again become very corrupt, and 
God selects Abraham to be the father of a peculiar people, 
or nation. 

15. He calls him from Ur, of Chaldea, to Haran, and 
gives him the promise that through his seed the Messiah 
shall come. 

16. Five years later Abraham is bidden to go into the 
land of Canaan. 

17. At Shechem God meets him and makes a covenant 
with him, promising to give the land in which he is to 
his posterity, as an inheritance. 

18. Pursuing his journey, he stops at Bethel, where God 
renews the covenant. 

19. He goes southward till he reaches Egypt, whence he 
is bidden to return, and he retraces his steps to Canaan. 

20. At Bethel the promise is again renewed, after which 
he pitches his tent in the plains of Mamre, where Ishmael 
is born, circumcision instituted, Isaac promised and the 
destruction of Sodom revealed. 

21. He removes to Beer-Sheba, where Isaac is born, and 
lives all his life, and where Abraham and Isaac both die. 



OLD TESTAMENT HISTORY. 137 

Y. The Chosen Family. 

22. Jacob, one of Isaac's sons, goes to Haran, and mar- 
ries two wives, and after twenty years returns with his 
family, herds and flocks and settles at Shechem, but after- 
wards removes to Beer-Sheba. 

23. Jacob, w^hose name has been changed to Israel, with 
his twelve sons and all their families, are driven by famine 
to Egypt. 

24. They become a great nation, are enslaved and remain 
in bondage 215 years. 

yi. In the Wilderness. 

25. Moses is raised up to be the deliverer of Israel, and 
he leads them to Sinai, where God gives them a code of 
laws, and orders the construction of the Tabernacle. 

26. For forty years they wander in the wilderness, dur- 
ing which time, as a nation, they are being trained for the 
duties and responsibilities that are to rest upon them. 

VII. Possessing the Land. 

27. In due time, under the lead of Joshua, Israel enters 
€anaan, crossing the Jordan at Jericho. 

28. They conquer the land, partially subduing the native 
inhabitants, and the territory is apportioned among the 
Tribes. 

yill. Under the Judges. 

29. For more than 300 years the land is ruled Jby Judges ; 
the government is weak ; society unsettled, and there is a 
religious apostasy. 

30. The birth of Samuel, the last of the Judges, and 
first of the prophets, marks the beginning of better times. 

IX. The Monarchy 

31. Samuel establishes schools for the instruction of teach- 
ers of, the Law, institutes various reforms, and by the Lord's 
command inaugurates the Monarchy; first anointing Saul, 
and afterwards David to be king. 

32. Under David the kingdom becomes great and strong, 
and Israel obtains full possession of the land promised, 
from the River of Egypt to the Euphrates. 



138 S UPP LEMEXTAB Y. 

33. During the reign of Solomon, the great Temple is 
bnilt in Jerusalem, and the fame of Israel and its king be- 
comes world-wide. 

X. The Divided Kingdom. 

34. A civil rupture divides the kingdom in twain. Ten 
Tribes revolt and set up a separate kingdom, under Jero- 
boam, which is known as the Kingdom of Israel. 

^b. Two Tribes, Judah and Benjamin, remain loyal to 
Eehoboam, Solomon's son, and constitute the Kingdom of 
Judah. 

XI. The Captivity. 

36. The two kingdoms exist side by side for more than 
250 years, when the Kingdom of Israel comes to an end, 
and a great portion of the people are carried captive into 
Assyria. 

37. The land of Israel is colonized with a mixed, idola- 
trous race, who, intermarrying with the Israelites remaining 
in the land, produce the Samaritans. 

38. The Kingdom of Judah continues for about 135 years 
longer, when Jerusalem is destroyed, the Temple burned, 
and the people carried captive to Babylon. 

XII. The Return. 

39. After seventy years a portion of the people of Judah 
return to their own land, and rebuild Jerusalem and the 
Temple. • 

40. The regular worship is restored, and the people look 
hopefully forward to the restoration of their nation, and the 
birth of the promised Messiah. 



THE INTERVENING PERIOD. 139 

II. 

THE INTERVENING PERIOD 

BETWEEN 

The Old Testament and the New. 



HISTORICAL SUMMARY. 

Preliminary.— Old Testament History closes with an ac- 
count of the Completion of the "Wall of Jerusalem under Nehe- 
miah (B. C. 429) ; Old Testament Prophecies with Malachi's 
prediction of The Coming of a Messenger as the herald of the 
Messiah (B. C. 397), and New Testament History opens with 
The Annunciation of the Birth of that Messenger (Luke 1 : 5-17), 
in the person of John the Baptist (B. C. 5). For a history of 
the Intervening Period (424 years) we are indebted mainly to 
the Books of the Maccabees and the writings of Josephus. 

I. Reformation of Ezra and JSTehemiah.— Ezra and 
Nehemiah left a settled form of government in Palestine (as. 
the Holy Land had come to be called), the centre of which 
was Jerusalem. Here was established a council of elders and 
priests called The Great Synagogue, of which the High Priest 
was the head. They interpreted the Law and enforced its 
observance. This body lasted about 150 years, and left many 
precepts and traditions that were handed down to the time 
of Christ. To them and their traditions Jesus refers in no 
very complimentary terms in the Sermon on the Mount and 
other discourses. After the Grecian conquest the Chief Council 
took the name of The Sanhedrim and was composed of seventy- 
two members, made up of priests, elders and scribes, of which 
the High Priest was the head. These two Reformers also 
set up Synagogues in Country Towns, as places of worship 
on the Sabbath, and as schools of instruction during the 
week. Attached to each was A Body of Rulers who were both 
civil magistrates and church elders. During all this time 
Palestine was Subject to Persia, and formed only part of a 
province under the Satrap of Syria. 



140 SUPPLEMENTART. 



II. Alexander's Conquests —According to Jewish tra- 
dition, Alexander the Great visited Jerusalem B. C. 332, to 
punish the Jews for refusal to transfer their allegiance to 
him after the siege of Tyre. As he approached the city he 
was met by a company of priests, in their apparel, at the 
head of which was the High Priest, Jaddua, in his priestly 
robes of hyacinth and gold, and the priestly procession followed 
by a company of citizens in white. Alexander, moved by the 
novel spectacle, did reverence to the High Priest and kissed 
the sacred inscription on his mitre, alleging that in a dream 
he had seen that same venerable form, who had promised him 
success in his Eastern campaigns. Alexander's conquests 
caused many Jews to settle in foreign lands, Alexandria in 
Egypt becoming a stronghold. 

III. Capture of Jerusalem. — Ptolemy Lagus, one of 
the four generals between whom Alexander's dominion was 
divided, and whose portion was Egypt (B. C. 320), invaded 
Judea, capturing Jerusalem. This led to a further settlement 
of Jews at Alexandria, who were shown many favors. They 
carried their Scriptures and their religion with them, which 
were there mingled with Greek philosophy. 

IV. The Septuagint Version.— At Alexandria was made 
(B. C. 285) the first translation of the Hebrew Scriptures (Old 
Testament) into Greek, by seventy-two Jews, which was 
known as The Septuagint. As the Greek language was then 
spoken almost everywhere, a knowledge of the Holy Scrip- 
tures was greatly extended, and the way prepared for the 
universal spread of Christianity. 

V. Desecration of the Temple. — Under Antichus 
Epiphanes (B. C. 170) the use of the Mosaic ritual in worship 
at Jerusalem was forbidden; the statue of Jupiter erected 
on the altar of burnt-ofEerings in the Temple Court ; all books 
of Scripture burnt, and the worship of God prohibited. 

VI. The Maccabees. — The persecutions of Antichus led 
to a revolt, and many faithful priests suffered martyrdom. A 
band, under MattatMas, threw down the heathen altars that 
had been erected, fled to the mountains and raised the stand- 
ard of Liberty, on which were inscribed M. K. B. L, the 
initials of their Hebrew war-cry, Mi-Kamoka Baelim Ihovah, 
*' Who is like unto thee, O Lord, among the gods V " (Exodus 



THE IJ^TEBVENINO PERIOD. 141 

15: 11.) rrom this incription the insurgents got the name of 
Maccabees. 

VII. PuTiiFYiNG THE Temple.— The Maccabees were vic- 
torious in their struggles ; they recovered Jerusalem, purified 
the Temple and restored the worship, holding for eight days 
(December B. C. 165) The Feast of Dedication, which continued 
to be annually observed until our Lord's time (John 10 : 22). 

YIII. Under the Eomans.— The Maccabean family con- 
tinued for more than 125 years to hold the main sway over 
the people, who retained their local customs, but were obliged 
to make terms with The Romans who had come into power, 
and under whose protection they retained considerable free- 
dom. Although the Israelites were scattered over many coun- 
tries, Jerusalem was still their religious and political centre, 
and in its Temple alone were sacrifices offered, and to it 
flowed the poll-tax of half a shekel from Jews all over the 
world. For the maintenance of order and general political 
government, a Roman official, supported by military organi- 
zation, presided over all Syria. 

IX. Under Herod. — Herod the Great was appointed 
governor of Galilee when only fifteen years old, and five or 
six years later tetrarch of Judea ; the next year he was forced 
to abandon Judea, by an invasion of Parthians, and fled to 
Eome. A few years later (B. C. 37), by the help of Rome, he 
Took Jerusalem, and completely established his authority through- 
out his dominions. He greatly enlarged, or Rebuilt the Temple, 
on a more gorgeous scale, but at the same time he corrupted 
the priesthood, murdered the nobles and oppressed the people. 
He was the Herod who ordered the Murder of the Infants at 
Bethlehem (Matt. 2 : 16-18). 



142 



S UPPLEMENTAR Y. 



III. 



OLD TESTAMENT MIRACLES. 



THB DEED. 

1. Aaron's Rod Turned into a ) 

Serpent. ) 

2. The Ten Plagues: 

(1) Water Made Blood. 

(2) Fxogs. 

(3) Lice. 

(4) Flies. 

(5) Murrain. 

(6) Boils and Blains. 

(7) Thunder and Hail. 

(8) Locusts. 

(9) Darkness. 

(10) rirst-born Slain. 

3. Healing of the Waters. 

4. Feeding with Manna. 

5. Water from the Rock. 

6. Death of Nadab and Abihu. 

7. Destruction by Fire. 

8. Miriam Smitten with Leprosy. 

9. Death of Korah. 

10. Budding of Aaron's Rod. 

11. Water from the Rook. 

12. The Brazen Serpent. 

13. Stoppage of the Jordan. t 
li. Fall of Jericho. 

15. Staying of the Sun and Moon. 

16. The Fall of Dagon. 

17. Death of TJzzah. 

18. Withering of Jeroboam's Hand 

19. Destruction of the Altar. 

20. Staying of the Oil and Meal. 

21. Raising of the Widow's Son. 

22. The Burning of the Sacrifice. 

23. Burning of the Soldiers. 

24. Dividing of Jordan. 

25. Dividing of Jordan. 
36. Curing of the Waters. 



THE PLACE. 


THE RECORD. 


Egypt. 


Exod. 7; 10-12. 


Egypt. 


Exod. 7: 19-25. 


Egypt. 


Exod. 8: 5-11. 


Egypt. 


Exod. 8: 16-18. 


Egypt. 


Exod. 8: 20-34. 


Egypt. 


Exod. 9: 3-6. 


Egypt. 


Exod. 9: 8-n. 


Egypt. 


Exod. 9 : 22-26. • 


Egypt. 


Exod. 10 : 12-19. 


Egypt. 


Exod. 10 : 21-23. 


Egypt. 


Exod. 12: 29, 30. 


Marah. 


Exod. 15:23-25. 


The Wilderness. 


, Exod. 16 : 14-35. 


Rephidim. 


Exod. 17: 5-7. 


Sinai. 


Lev. 10:1,3. 


Taberah. 


Num. 11: 1-3. 


Hazeroth. 


Num.13: 1-16. 


Ezion-gaber. 


Num. 16: 31-35. 


Kadesh. 


Num.17: 8. 


Meribah. 


Num. 20: 7-11. 


Zalmonah. 


Num.21: 8, 9. 


Zaretan. 


Josh. 3 : 14-17. 


Jericho. 


Josh. 6: 6-25. 


Gibeon. 


Josh. 10 : 12-14. 


Ashdod. 


1 Sam. 5 : 3-6. 


Perez-uzzah, 


2 Sam. 6: 7. 


i. Bethel. 


1 Kings 13 : 4. 


Bethel. 


1 Kings 13 : 5. 


Zarephath. 


1 Kings 17: 14-16. 


Zarephath. 


1 Kings 17 : 17-24. 


Mt. Carmel. 


1 Kings 18 : 30-38. 


Near Samaria. 


2 Kings 1 : 10-12. 


Near Jericho. 


2 Kings 3:7, 8. 


Near Jericho. 


3 Kings 2 : 14. 


Jerioho. 


3 Kings 3 : 31, 33. 



OLD TESTAMENT PABABLES. 



143 



THE DEED. 

27. Destruction of Mocking ) 

Children. ) 

28. Supplying- Water. 

29. Multiplyingthe Widow's Oil. 

30. Raising the Shunammite's Son. 

31. Healing the Deadly Pottage. 

32. Multiplying the Loaves. 

33. Curing of Naaman. 

34. Making an Ax Swim. 

35. Smiting the Syrian Army. 

36. Raising of the Dead. 

37. Smiting of Uzziah with Leprosy. 

38. Destruction of Sennacherib' 

Army. 

39. Return of the Sun Dial. 

40. Deliverance from the Fiery 

Furnace. 

41. Deliverance from the Lion's 

Den. 

42. Deliverance of Jonah. 



)'S) 



THE PLACE. 

Bethel. 

Edom. 

Unknown. 

Shunem. 

Gilgal. 

Gilgal. 

At Jordan. 

In Jordan. 

Dothan. 

Elisha's Tomb. 

Jerusalem. 

Jerusalem. 

Jerusalem. 

Babylon. 

Babylon. 



THE EECOED. 

2 Kings 3 : 34. 

2 Kings 3 : 16-30. 
2 Kings 4 : 2-7. 
2 Kings 4 : 33-37. 
2 Kings 4 : 38-41. 
2 Kings 4 : 43-44. 
2 Kings 5: 10-14. 
2 Kings 6 : 5-7. 
2 Kings 6 : 18-30. 
2 Kings 13 : 21. 
2 Chron. 36 : 16-21. 

2 Kings 19 : 35. 

2 Kings 20 : 9-11. 

Dan. 3 : 19-37. 

Dan. 6 : 16-33. 



Mediterranean Jonah 3 : 1-10. 
Sea. 



IV. 



OLD TESTAMENT PARABLES. 





PABABLB. 


BT WHOM. 


TO WHOM. 


WHBRB RECORDED. 


1. 


The Trees Choosing | 
a King. J 


Jotham. 


Shechemites. 


Judges 9: 7-15. 


2. 


The Ewe Lamb. 


Nathan. 


David. 


3 Sam. 13: 1-4. 


3. 


The Avengers of ) 
Blood. S 


A Widow. 


David. 


3Sam. 14:1-1L 


4. 


Escaped Captives. 


A Prophet. 


Ahab. 


1 Kings 30: 35-40. 


5. 


The Lying Spirits. 


Micaiah. 


Ahab. 


1 Kings 33 : 19-33. 


6. 


Thistle and Cedar 


Jehoash. 


Amaziah. 


3 Kings 14 : 9. 


7. 


Vineyard and Grapes. 


Isaiah. 


Judah. 


Isaiah 5 : 1-7. 


8. 


Eagles and Vines. 


Ezekiel. 


Israel. 


Ezek. 17 : 3-10. 


9. 


Lions' Whelps. 


Ezekiel. 


Israel. 


Ezek. 19 : 2-9. 


10. 


The Boiling Pot. 


Ezekiel. 


Israel. 


Ezek. 24 : 3-5. 



144 S UP PL EMENTAR Y. 

V. 
PROPHECIES OF CHRIST. 



I. His Progenitors. 

1. The Seed of the "Woman : And I will put enmity between 
thee and the woman, and between thy seed and her seed; 
it shall bruise thy head and thou shalt bruise his heel. — 
Qen. 3 : 15. 

2. The Seed of Abraham: In blessing I will bless thee, and 
in multiplying I will multiply thy seed as the stars of the 
heaven, and as the sand which is upon the sea shore ; and 
thy seed shall possess the gates of his enemies ; and in thy 
seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed.— Ge?i. 22 : 
17,18 , 

3. The Seed of Isaac: I will make thy seed to multiply 
as the stars of heaven, and will give unto thy seed all 
these countries ; and in thy seed shall all the nations of 
the earth be blessed.— G^en. 26 : 4. 

4. The Seed of Jacob: Thy seed shall be as the dust of 
the earth, and thou shalt spread «.o. ^^.I to +^^'^ west, and 
to the east, and to the nortii, a:id to tlie gc-'.'Ji ; nud in 
thee and in thy seed shall all the families of the earih be 
blessed.— Gen. 28 : 14. 

5. The Tribe of Judah: The sceptre shall not depart from 
Judah, nor a law-giver from between his feet, iwjiii Shiloh 
come; and unto him shall the gathering of the people be. 
—Qen. 49 : 10. 

6. The Family of Jesse: And there s^ali come forth a Rod 
out of the stem of Jesse, and a Branch shall grow out of 
his roots. — Isaiah 11 : 1. 

7. The Seed of David : I have made a covenant with my 
chosen, I have sworn unto David my servant, thy seed will 
I establish forever, and build up thy throne to all genera- 
tions.— PsaZm 89 : 3, 4. 

II. His Nativity. 

1. His Mother: Behold, a virgin shall conceive, and bear a 
son, and shall call his name Immanuel.— isaia/i 7 : 14. 



PROPHECIES OF CHRIST. 145 

2. His Birth-place : But thou, Bethlehem Ephratah, though 
thou be little among the thousands of Judah, yet out of 
thee shall he come forth unto me that is to be ruler in Israel ; 
whose goings forth have been from of old, from everlasting. 
— Micah 5:2. 

3. The Time : In the days of the Roman kings— In the days 
of these kings shall the God of heaven set up a kingdom 
which shall never be destroyed. — Dan. 2:44. While the sec- 
ond Temple was still standing— The desire of all nations 
shall come, and I will fill this house with glory, saith the 
Lord of hosts. — Hag. 2 : 7. And the Lord whom ye seek shall 
suddenly come to his Temple, even the Messenger of the 
Covenant whom ye delight in ; behold, he shall come, saith 
the Lord of hosts.— Mai. 3 : 1. 

III. His Childhood. 

1. Adoration by the Magi : The kings of Tarshish and of 
the Isles shall bring presents ; the kings of Sheba and Seba 
shall offer gifts.— Psalm 72 : 10. And the Gentiles shall come 
to thy light, and kings to the brightness of, thy rising. All 
they from Sheba shall come; they shall bring gold and in- 
cense ; and they shall shew forth the praises of the Lord. 
—Isaiah 60 : 3, 6. 

2. The Attempt to Murder Him: A voice was heard in Ea-^ 
mah, lamentation, and bitter weeping; Kachel weeping for 
her children refused to be comforted for her children, be- 
cause they were not. — Jer. 31 : 15. 

IV. His Ministry. 

1. His Harbinger ; The voice of him that crieth in the 
wilderness. Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make straight 
in the desert a highway for our God.— Isaiah 40 : 3. Behold, 
I will send my messenger, and he shall prepare the way 
before me. — Mai. 3:1. 

2. Hia Teachings: The people that walked in darkness have 
seen a great light ; they that dwell in the land of the 
shadow of death, upon them hath the light shined. — Isaiah 
9:2. 

3. His Miracles: Then the eyes of the blind shall be open- 
ed, and the ears of the deaf shall be unstopped. Then shall 

10 



146 S UP PL EMENTAB Y. 

the lame man leap as an hart, and the tongue of the dumb 
sing.— -Isaiah 35 : 5, 6. 

4. Purification of the Temple : For the zeal of thine house 
hath eaten me up; and the reproaches of them that re- 
proached thee are fallen upon m.e.— Psalm 69 : 9. 

5. Entrance into Jerusalem: Kejoice greatly, O daughter of 

Zion ; shout, O daughter of Jerusalem : behold, thy King 

Cometh unto thee : he is just and having salvation ; lowly, 

:and riding upoH an ass, and upon a colt the foal of an ass. 

—Zech. 9 : 9. 

y. His Character. 

1. His Humility: He shall grow up before him as a tender 
plant, and as a root out of a dry ground ; he hath no form 
nor comeliness ; and when we shall see him, there is no beau- 
ty that we should desire him. — Isaiah 53 : 2. 

2. His Sadness : He is despised and rejected of men ; a 
man of sorrows, and acquainted w^ith grief; and we hid as 
it were our faces " from him ; he w^as despised, and we es- 
teemed him not. — Isaiah 53 : 3. 

3. His Gentleness : He shall not cry, nor lift up, nor cause 
his voice to be heard in the street. A bruised reed shall he 
jiot break, and the smoking flax shall he not quench; he 
.TShall bring forth judgment unto truth.— Isaiah 42 : 2, 3. 

4. His Divinity: For unto us a Child is born, unto us a 
Son is given; and the government shall be upon his shoul- 
der ; and his name shall be called Wonderful, Counsellor, 
The Mighty God, The Everlasting Father, The Prince of 
Peace.— isaia/i 9 : 6. 

YI. His Offices. 

1. A Teacher: And mahy people shall go and say, Come 
-ye, and let us go up to the mountain of the Lord, to the 
house of the God of Jacob; and he will teach us of his ways, 
.and we will walk in his paths ; for out of Zion sliall go forth 
.the Law, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem. — Isa. 2:3. 

2. A Preacher : The spirit of the Lord God is upon me ; 
because the Lord hath anointed me to preach good tidings 
:unto the meek; he hath sent me to bind up the broken- 
iiearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives and the opening 
of the prison to them that are bound.— Jsa. 61 : 1. 



' PROPHECIES OF CHRIST. 147 

3. A Prophet: The Lord thy God will raise up unto thee 
a Prophet from the midst of thee, of thy brethren, like unto 
me : unto him ye shall hearken.— Dei^t 18 : 15. 

4. A Priest : The Lord hath sworn, and will not repent, 
Thou art a Priest forever after the order of Melchizedek. — 
Fsalm 110 : 4. 

6. A Judge : And he shall judge the world in righteousness, 
he shall minister judgment to the people in uprightness. — ? 
Psalm 9 : 8. 

6. A King : I have set my King upon my holy hill of 
Zion. — Psalm 2:6. Thy kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, 
and thy dominion endureth throughout all generations. — 
Psalm 145 : 13. 

VII. His Sufferings. 

1. His Betrayal for Thirty Pieces of Silver : And I said unto 
them, If ye think good, give me my price ; and if not, for- 
bear; so they weighed for my price thirty pieces of silver. — 
Zech. 11 : 12. 

2. His Betrayal by a Friend : Yea, mine own familiar friend, 
in whom 1 trusted, which did eat of my bread, hath lifted 
up his heel against me. — Psalm 41 : 9. 

3. The Purchase of the Potter's Field : And the Lord said 
unto me, Cast it unto the potter: a goodly price that I was 
prised at of them. And I took the thirty pieces of silver, and 
cast them to the potter in the house of the Lord.— Zec/i. 11 : 13. 

4. His Desertion by the Disciples: Smite°the Shepherd, and the 
sheep shall be scattered : and I will turn mine hand upon the 
little ones. — Zecli. 13 : 7. 

6. Scourged and Spit Upon : I gave my back to the smiters, 
and my cheeks to them that plucked off the hair : I hid not 
my face from shame and spitting. — Isa. 50 : 6. 

6. Patience In Suffering: He was oppressed, and he was 
afflicted, yet he opened not his mouth: he is brought as a 
lamb to the slaughter, and as a sheep before her shearers is 
dumb, so he openeth not his mouth.— isa. 53 : 7. 

YIII. His Death. 

1. Numbered with Transgressors: He was numbered with the 
transgressors ; and he bear the sins of many, and made inter- 
cession for the transgressors.— Jsa. 53 : 12. 



148 S UPPLEMENTAR Y. 



2. Division of His Garments : They parted my garments among 
them, and cast lots upon my vesture. — Psalm 22 : 18. 

3. His Crucifixion : For dogs have compassed me : the assem- 
bly of the wicked have inclosed me : they pierced my hands 
and my feet— Psalm 22 : 16. 

4. Cruel Mocking : I became also a reproach unto them : 
when they looked unon me they shaked their heads. — Psalm 
109 : 25. 

5. Food and Drink : They gave me also gall for my meat : 
and in my thirst they gave me vinegar to drink. — Psalm 69 : 21. 

6. His Bones not to be Broken : He keepeth all his bones : not 
one of them is broken. — Psalm 34 : 20. 

7. His Grave with the Rich : And he made his grave with 
the wicked, and with the rich in his death ; because he had 
done no violence, neither was any deceit in his mouth. — Isa. 
53 : 9. 

IX. His Glorification. 

1. His Resurrection : After two days he will revive us, and 
in the third day he will raise us up.— JHbsea 6 : 2. 

2. His Ascension : Thou hast ascended on high, thou hast 
led captivity captive : thou hast received gifts for men ; yea, 
for the rebellious also, that the Lord God might dwell among 
them.— PsaZm 68: 18. 

3. His Reception in Heaven : Lift up your heads, O ye gates ; 
and be ye lift up, ye everlasting doors : and the King of glory 
shall come in. — Psalm 24 : 7. 

4. His Exaltation : The Lord said unto my lord. Sit thou at 
my right hand, until I make thine enemies thy footstool. — 
Psalm 110 : 1. 

5. His Everlasting Kingdom : I saw in the night visions, and, 
behold, one like the Son of man came with the clouds of 
heaven, and came to the Ancient of Days, and they brought 
him near before him. And there was given him dominion, and 
glory, and a kingdom, that all people, nations, and languages, 
should serve him : his dominion is an everlasting dominion, 
which shall not pass away, and his kingdom that which shall 
not be destroyed.— DameZ 7 : 18, 14. 



I 



NAMES, TITLES AND OFFICES OF CHRIST. 149 

VI. 
NAMES, TITLES AND OFFICES OF CHRIST. 



I. The Old Testament. 

1. Shiloh: The sceptre shall not depart from Judah, nor 
a lawgiver from between his feet, until Shiloh come; and 
unto him shall the gathering of the people be.— Gren. 49 : 10. 

2. Redeemer: I know that my Redeemer liveth, and that 
he shall stand in the latter day upon the earth. — Job 19 : 25. 
And the Redeemer shall come to Zion, and unto them that 
turn from transgression in Jacob.— Jsa. 59 : 20. 

3. Immanuel : Behold, a virgin shall conceive, and bear a 
son, and shall call his name Immanuel.— /sa. 7 : 14. 

4. Wonderful: And his name shall be called Wonderful.— 
Isa. 9 : 6. 

5. Counsellor : And his name shall be called Counsellor. — 
Isa. 9 : 6. 

6. The Mighty God: And his name shall be called the 
Mighty God.— Jsa. 9:6. 

7. The Everlasting Father : And his name shall be called the 
Everlasting Father.— Isa. 9 : 6. 

8. The Prince of Peace: And his name shall be called the 
Prince of Peace. — Isa. 9 : 6. 

9. David : But they shall serve the Lord their God, and 
David their king, whom I will raise up unto them.— Jer. 30 : 9. 

10. Savior : I the Lord am thy Saviour. — Isa. 60 : 16. 

11. The Mighty One of Jacoh : I the Lord am thy Saviour, and 
Redeemer, the Mighty One of Jacob.— Isa. 60 : 16. 

12. The Lord our Righteousness : In his days . Judah shall be 
saved, and Israel shall dwell safely; and this is the name 
whereby he shall be called, the Lord our Righteousness. — 
Jer. 23 : 6. 

13. Son of Man : Behold, one like the Son of Man came with 
the clouds of heaven — Ban. 7: 13. 

14. The Messiah : And after threescore and two weeks 
,shall Messiah be cut off.— Da?i. 9 : 26. 



150 S JJFP LEMENTAR Y. 

15. The Most Holy : To bring in everlasting righteousness, 
and to seal up the vision and prophecy, and to anoint the 
Most Holy.— Da7i. 9 : 24. 

16. Ruler in Israel : Out of thee he shall come forth unto 
me that is to be Euler in Israel.— ilf*caA 5 : 2. 

17. Desire of all Nations : And the Desire of all Nations shall 
come ; and I will fill this house wth glory, saith the Lord of 
hosts.— iZag. 2 : 7. 



II. The New Testament. 

1. Jesus : And thou shalt call his name Jesus, for he shall 
save his people from their sins. — Matt. 1 : 21. 

2. Governor : Out of thee shall come a Governor that shall 
rule my people Israel. — Ma't. 2 : 6. 

3. Nazarene : And he came and dwelt in a city called Naza- 
reth : that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the 
prophets^ He shall be called a JSTazarene. — Matt. 2 : 23. 

4. The Lord : Prepare ye the way of the Lord,- make his 
paths straight.— iHfaii. 3:3. 

5. Beloved Son: And lo a voice from heaven, saying, This 
is my Beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased. — Matt. 8 : 17. 

6. Son of Man : Jesus said unto them, The foxes have holes, 
and the birds of the air have nests ; but the Son of Man hath 
not where to lay his head. — Matt. 8 : 20. 

7. Son of God : What have we to do with thee, Jesus, thou 
Son of God ?—Matt. 8 : 29. 

8. Son of David : Two blind men followed him, crying, and 
saying, Thou son of David, have mercy on us. — Matt. 9 : 27. 

9. The Christ : And Simon Peter answered and said, Thou 
art the Christ, the Son of the Living God. — Matt. 16 : 16. 

10. Son of the Highest: He shall be great, and shall be 
called the Son of the Highest.— jLwA^e 1 : 32. 

11. Horn of Salvation : And hath raised up a Horn of Sal- 
vation for us in the house of his servant David. — Luke 1 : 69. 

12. Saviour : For unto you is born this day, in the city of 
David, a Saviour, which is Christ the Lord.— Luke 2 : 11. 

13. The Word: And the Word was made flesh and dwelt 
among us.— John 1 : 14. 



NAMES, OFFICES AND TITLES OF CHRIST. 151 

14. King of Israel : Thou art the Son of God, thou art the 
King of Israel. — John 1 : 49. 

15. I AM: Verily, verily, I say unto you, Before Abraham. 
was, I AJsl.—John 8 : 58. 

16. Prince of Life : The Prince of Life, whom God hath 
raised from the dead ; whereof we are witnesses. — Acts 3 : 15. 

17. Holy Child : Tor of a truth against thy Holy Child Jesus, 
whom thou hast anointed, both Herod, and Pontius Pilate, 
with the Gentiles, and the people of Israel, were gathered 
together. — Acts 4 : 27. 

18. Lord of All : The word which God sent unto the children 
of Israel, preaching peace by Jesus Christ, the Lord of All. — 
Acts 10:36. 

19. Deliverer: There shall come out of Sion the Deliverer, 
and shall turn away ungodliness from Jacob. — Bom. 11 : i^6. 

20. Lord of Glory : Had they known it they would not have 
crucified the Lord of Glory. — 1 Cor. 2:8. . 

21. Our Passover : Christ our Passover is sacrificed for us.— 
1 Cor. 5:7. 

22. Last Adam : The first man Adam was made a living 
soul ; the last Adam was made a quickening Spirit. — 1 Cor. 
15 : 45. 

23. Imago of God : In whom the god of this world hath 
blinded the minds of them which believe not, lest the light 
of the glorious gospel of Christ, who is the Image of God, 
should shine unto them. — 2 Cor. 4:4. 

24. Mediator : There is one God and one Mediator between 
God and men, the man Christ Jesus.— 1 Tim. 2 : 5. 

25. Potentate : The blessed and only Potentate, the King of 
kings, and Lord of lords. — 1 Tim. 6 : 15. 

26. Captain : For it became him, for whom are all things, 
and by whom are all things, in bringing many sons unto 
glory, to make the Captain of their salvation perfect through 
sufferings.— iZe6. 2 : 10. 

27. Author of Eternal Salvation : And being made perfect, he 
became the Author of Eternal Salvation unto all them that 
obey him..— Heb. 5:9. 

28. Author and Finisher : Looking unto Jesus the Author- 
and Finisher of our faith. — Heh. 12 : 2. 

29. Great High Priest : We have a Great High Priest that 



152 SUPPLEMENTARY. 



lias passed into the heavens, Jesus the Son of God. — Heb. 4 : 14. 

30. Shepherd and Bishop : For ye were as sheep going astray ; 
but are now returned unto the Shepherd and Bishop of your 
souls.~l TeUr 2 : 25. 

31. Advocate : If any man sin, we have an Advocate with 
the Father, Jesus Christ the Eighteous.—l Jo/i>i 2 : i. 

32. Alpha and Omega : I am Alpha and Omega, the begin- 
ning and the ending, saith the Lord. — llev. 1 : 8. 

33. The Amen, the Witness, the Beginning : These things saith 
the Amen, the Faithful and True Witness, the Beginning of 
the creation of God.— i^ev. 3 : 14. 

. 34. King of Kings and Lord of Lords : And he hath on his 
vesture and on his thigh a name written, King of Kings, and 
Xord of Lords.— jRev. 19: 16. 



Nil, 
SYMBOLS OF CHRIST. 



I. The Old Testament. 

1. A Star and a Sceptre : I shall see him, but not now : I 
shall behold him, but not nigh : there shall come a Star out 
of Jacob, and a Sceptre shall rise out of Israel, and shall 
smite the corners of Moab, and destroy all the children of 

: Sheth.— JVMm6ers 24 : 17. 

2. A Shepherd : The Lord is my Shepherd; I shall not want. 
He maketh me to lie down in green pastures: he leadeth me 
beside the still waters. — Psalm 23 : 1,2. 

3. A Rock : (1) As a Skelter— Fiom the end of the earth 
will I cry unto thee, when my heart is overwhelmed : lead 
me to the Rock that is higher than I. — Psalm 61 : 2. (2) As 
a Befuge—HQ only is my Eock and my Salvation ; he is my 
defence. — Psalm 62 : 2. (3) A Protection — And a man shall be 
as an hiding place from the wind, and a covert from the 
tempest; as the shadows of a great Eock in a weary land.— 
Jsaiah 32:2. 



SYMBOLS OF CHRIST. 153 

4. A Stone: (1) As a Corner — The Stone which the builders 
refused is become the head stone of the Corner.— PsaZm 118|: 
22. (2) As a Foundation— Bohaldi^ I lay in Zion for a Foun- 
dation a Stone, a tried Stone, a precious Corner Stone, a 
sure Foundation. — Isaiah 28 : 16. 

6. A Rose and a Lilv : I am the Rose of Sharon, and the 
Lily of the Valleys.— ^OT^g of Solomon 2 : 1. 

6. A Refreshing Rain : He shall come down like rain upon 
the mown grass : as showers that water the earth. — Psalm 
72:6. 

7. A Lamb : He is brought as a Lamb to the slaughter, 
and as a sheep before her shearers is dumb, so he openeth 
not his mouth. — Isaiah 53 : 7. 

8. A Healer : He healeth the broken in heart, and bindeth 
up their wounds. — Psalm 147 : 3. 

9- A Branch : Behold, the man whose name is the Branch: 
and he shall grow up out of his place, and he shall build 
the Temple of the Lord.— Zec/i. 6 : 12. 

10. A Fountain : In that day there shall be a Fountain 
opened to the house of David and the inhabitants of Jeru- 
salem for sin and uncleanness.— Zec/i. 13 : 1. 

11. A Refiner and Purifier : He shall sit as a Refiner and 
Purifier of silver ; and he shall purify the sons of Levi, and 
purge them as gold and silver, that they may offer unto the 
Lord an offering in righteousness. — Mai. 3 : 3. 

12. Sun of Righteousness : Unto you that fear my name shall 
the Sun of Righteousness arise with healing in his wings. — 
Mai. 4 : 2. 

n. The New Testament. 

1. Dayspring: The Dayspring from on high hath visited 
us, to give light to them that sit in darkness and in the 
shadow of death, to guide our feet into the way of peace. — 
Luke 1 : 78, 79. 

2. The True Light: That was the True Light which light- 
eth every man that cometh into the world. — John 1 : 9. 

3. The Light of the World : I am the Light of the World ; 
he that followeth me shall not walk in darkness, but shall 
have the Light of Life. — John 8 : 12. 



154 S UP PL EMU N'T AE Y. 

4. Lamb of God : The next day John seeth Jesus coming 
unto him, and saith, Behold, the Lamb of God, which tak- 
eth away the sins of the world. — John 1 : 29. 

6. The Bread of God : The Bread of God is he which cometh 
down from heaven and giveth life unto^ the world. — Johyi 6 : 
33. 

6. The Bread of Life : I am the Bread of Life ; he that 
cometh to me shall never hunger ; and he that believeth on 
me shall never thirst. — John 6 : 35. 

7. The Good Shepherd : I am the Good Shepherd ; the Good 
Shepherd giveth his life for the sheep.— /o/i7i 10 : 11. 

8. The True Vine : I am the True Vine, and my Father is the 
Husbandman. — John 15 : 1. 

9. The Way, Truth and Life : I am the Way, the Truth and the 
Life.— Jb/i?i 14 : 6. 

10. The Corner-Stone : And are built upon the foundation of the 
apostles and prophets, Jesus Christ himself being the Chief 
Corner-stone.— J5;p7i. 2 : 20. 

11. A Living Stone : To whom coming, as unto a Living Stone, 
disallowed indeed of men, but chosen of God and precious. — 1 
Peter 2:4. 

12. Lion of the Tribe of Juda : The Lion of the Tribe of Juda 
hath prevailed to open the book. — Bev. 5:5. 

13. The Root of David : The Koot of David hath prevailed to 
loose the seven seals thereof. — Bev. 5 : 5. 

14. The Lamb Slain : Worthy is the Lamb that was slain to re- 
ceive power, and riches, and wisdom, and strength, and honor, 
and glory, and blessing. — Bev. 5 : 12. 

15. The Morning Star: I am the Root and the Offspring of 
David, and the bright and Morning Star.— JSev. 22 : 16. 



MISCELLANEOUS SYMBOLS. 



155 



VIII. 

MISCELLANEOUS SYMBOLS. 



I. Animals and Reptiles. 



SYMBOI*. 

1. Ass. 

S. Beasts. 

3. Bear. - 

4. Bull. 

5. Dragon. 

6. Dog. 

7. Frog. 

8. Goat. 

9. Horse. 

10. Laml). 

11. Lion. 

12. Leopard. 

13. Earn. 

14. Swine. 

15. Sheep. 

16. Serpent. 



1. Doves. 
3. Eagle. 
3. Vulture. 



1. Ant. 

2. Bee. 

3. Locust. 



1. Sea. 

3. Mountain. 

3. Valley. 

4. Sun. 

5. Moon. 

6. Star. 

7. Rainbow. 



MEANING. 

Burden-Bearer. 
Worldly Powers. 
Ferocious Enemy. 
Furiousness. 
Egyptian Power. 
False Teacher. 
Impudent Foe. 
Macedonian Power. 
Agent of "War. 
Innocence. 
Boldness. 
Deceitful Foe. 
Media and Persia. 
Impurity and Gluttony. 
Quiet Submission. 
The Devil. 



PASSAOBv 

Gen. 49 : 14. 
Dan. 7 : 17. 
Hos. 13 : 8. 
Isa. 51 : 30. 
Ezek.^9: 3. 
Phil, 8:3. 
Rev. 16: 13. 
Dan. 8 : 31. 
Prov. 31: 31. 
Isaiah 53 : 7. 
Prov. 38 : 1. 
Jer. 5 : 6. 
Dan. 8 : 30. 
Matt. 7 : 6. 
Isaiah 53 : 7.^ 
Rev. 12: 9. 



IL Fowls of the Air. 



Harmlessness. 
Strength in Flight. 
Uncleanness. 



in. Insects. 



Industry. 

Assyria. 

Destruction. 



Matt. 10: 16. 
Isaiah 40 : 31. 
Matt. 34 : 38. 



Prov. 6 : 6-8. 
Isaiah 7 : 18. 
Isaiah 33 ; 4, 



IV. Objects in Nature. 



The People. 

Place of Safety. 

Humiliation. 

Brightness. 

Beauty and Grace. 

Immortality. 

Promise. 



Dan. 7 : 3. 
Psalm 11 : 1. 
Isaiah 33 : 1. 
Rev. 12:1. 
Cant. 6-10. 
Dan. 13 : 3. 
Gen. 9 : 13. 



156 



S UPPLEMENTAR Y. 



SYMBOL. 

1. Water. 

2. Winds. 

3. Waves. 

4. Fire. 

5. Light. 



1. Gold. 

2. Silver. 

3. Brass. 

4. Iron. 

5. Clay. 

6. Salt. 

7. Brimstone. 



V. Elements. 

MEANING-. PASSAGE. 

Salvation. John 4 : 14. 

Commotion. Dan. 7:2. 

KesUessness. James 1 : 6. 

God's Wrath. 2 Thess. 1 : 7 

God's Presence. Kev. 21 : 23. 

VI. Minerals. 

Babylonian Kingdom. Dan. 2 : 38. 

Medo-Persian Kingdom. Dan. 2 : 39. 

Grecian Kingdom. Dan. 2 : 39. 

Roman Kingdom. Dan. 2 : 40. 

Brittleness. Dan. 2 : 42. 

People of God. Matt. 5 : 13. 

Torture. Rev. 20 : 10. 



1. 
2. 
3. 

4. 

6. 



Almond. 
Palm. 

Olive: 

Tame and Wild. 

WiUow. 

Vine. 

Grapes. 

(a) Wild. 

{b ) Pipe. 



VII. Trees. 

Old Age. 
Triumph. 

[ Jew and Gentile. 

Vitality. 
The Israelites. 
People. 

Wicked People. 
Ready for Punishment. 



(c) Gleaned. Carried Captive. 



1. Bow. 

2. Balance. 

3. Cup. 

4. Crown.. 

5. Chariot. 

6. Horn. 

7. Incense. 

8. Sword. 



Eccl. 12:5. 
Rev. 7 : 9. 

Rom. 11:17-25. 

Isaiah 44: 4. 
Psa. 80 : 8. 
Isaiah 5 : 2. 
Isaiah 5 : 4. 
Rev. 14 : 18. 
Isaiah 17 : 6. 



VIII. Things. 

Power. 
Fair Dealing. 

Luxury, Iniquity and Suffering, j g g! ^^l 

Reward. 

Strength and Protection. 

j Power. 
(King. 

Prayer. 

iArmy. 
Authority. 
Word. 



Hosea 1 : 5. 
Prov. 16: n. 

Psa. 28:5; Rev. 17: 

20:22. 
Rev. 3:11. 
2 King 2: 11. 

Psa. 113:9. 
Dan. 7 : 11. 
Psa. 141 : 2. 

( Ezek. 32 : 11. 
•{ Rom. 13 : 4. 
I Eph. 6 : 17. 



MISCELLANEOUS SYMBOLS. 



157 





SYMBOL. 




MEANING. 


PASSAGE. 


9. 


Trumpet. 




Call. 


Jer. 51:37. 


10. 


Wheel. 




God's Providence. 


Ezek. 1:16. 


11. 


Yoke. 




Servitude. 

IX. Colors. 


Isaiah 10: 37. 


1. 


Black. 




Aflaiction. 


Jer. 4:38. 


3. 


Pale. 




Mortal Disease. 


Isa. 39:33. 


3. 


Red. 




Bloodshed. 


Psa. 75:8. 


4. 


Scarlet. 




Sin. 


Rev. 17 : 4. 


5. 


White. 




Purity and Holiness. 


Isa. 1:18. 


6. 


Purple. 


X. 


Royalty. 

Times and Seasons. 


Mark 15:17. 


1. 


Summer. 




Opportunity. 


Jer. 8 : 30. 


2. 


Harvest. 




End of the World. 


Matt. 13 : 3a 


3. 


Day. 




Life. 


John 9 : 4. 


4. 


Night. 




Death. 


John 9 : 4. 


5. 


Morning. 




Youth. 


Eccl. 11:6. 


6. 


Evening. 


XL 


Old AgQ. 

Parts of the Body 


Zech. 14:7. 


1. 


Arm. 




Strength. 


Psa. 10:15. 


2. 


Eye. 




Knowledge. 


Prov. 15:3. 


3. 


Hand. 




Power. 


Psa. 71:4. 


(a) 


Right Hand. 




Place of Honor. 


Psa. 110 : 1. 


(&) 


Wash. Hands 


. 


Free from Guilt. 


Matt. 37 : 3 


(^) 


Lift up Right Hand. 


An Oath. 


Isa. 62; 8. 


((?) 


Lift up Both. 




Asking Blessing. 


1 Tim. 3 : 8. 


(«) 


Imposition of Handf 


j Imparting Blessing. 
' j Imparting Authority, 


j Gen. 48 : 14. 
( 3 Tim. 1 : 6. 


4. 


Heart. 




Affections. 


Prov. 3: 5. 


5. 


Loins. 




Purpose. 


Luke 13 : 35. 


6. 


Feet. 




Mission. 

XII. Words. 


Isa. 53:7. 


1, 


Adultery. 




Unfaithfulness to God. 


Jer. 3 : 8. 


2. 


Babylon. 




Idolatry, 


Rev. 14:8. 


3. 


Virgin. 




Faithful Servant. 


Lam. 2:13. . 


4. 


Jerusalem, 




Heaven. 


Rev. 21 : 3. 


5. 


Mount Zion. 




The Church. 


Heb. 12:22. 



158 S TJPP LE2IEXTAR F. 

IX. 

TYPES OF CHRIST. 



I. Persons. 

1. Adam : As the Head, or Beginning ; Adam of the Nat- 
ural, and Christ of the Spiritual Eace — "And so it is written, 
The first man Adam was made a living soul ; the last Adam 
was made a quickening Spirit.""— 1 Cor. 15 : 45. 

2. Abel : As a victim slain through enmity ; Abel by his 
brother Cain — " Cain rose up against Abel his brother and slew 
him."" — Gen. 4 : 8. Chi'ist, by his brethren, the Jews — "Jesus, 
whom ye slew and hanged on a tree." — Actsb-.^O. 

3. Seth : As the Head of a Family of True Worshipers — 
"And to Seth also there was born a son, and he called his 
name Enos; then began men to call upon the name of the 
Lord.-— Ge?i. 4:26. 

4. Noah : As a Preacher of Eighteousness to a Sinful 
Bace — " To Israel he saith, All day long I have stretched 
forth my hands to a disobedient and gainsaying people."— 
Bom. 10 : 21. 

5. Abraham : As the Head of a Chosen Family ; Abra- 
ham of Fleshly Israel — ''I will make of thee a great Xation." 
— Gen. 12:2. Christ of Spiritual Israel — "Of whom the 
whole family in heaven and earth is named." — Eph. 3 : 15. 

6. Isaac: Isaac was the Promised Seed— so was Christ; 
Isaac was the Only Son — Christ was the Only Begotten Son 
of God ; Isaac was dead in prospect in the sight of his father 
until the third day — Christ died and rose again the third 
day; Isaac carried the wood for the altar on which he was 
to be offered — Christ carried his own cross to the place of 
execution. 

7. Jacob, or Israel : As a Prevailer in Prayer—" Father, I 
thank thee that thou hast heard me ; and I know that thou 
hearest me always." — Jb/in 11 : 41, 42. 

8. Joseph : Joseph was sent by his father into the wilder- 
ness to his brethren — Christ was sent by the heavenly Father 
into the world to seek and save the lost; Joseph was hated 



TITLES OF CHRIST. 159 



and sold by his brethren— Christ was rejected, sold and slain 
by his; Joseph" found favor with his Master — Christ "grew 
in favor with God and man ; " Joseph was made ruler in 
Egypt, to whom every knee was forced to bow — Christ shall 
be King of kings and Lord of lords, " to whom every knee 
shall bow and tongue confess; " Joseph's road to prosperity, 
glory and honor lay through the valley of humiliation — Jesus 
humbled himself and became obedient to death, and for this 
cause he was afterwards " highly exalted, and given a name 
that is above every name." 

9. Moses : Moses when a babe was saved from death by 
concealment — Christ by flight into Egypt; Moses wrought 
wonders in the sight of Pharaoh — Christ performed miracles 
in the presence of the people; Moses was the leader of the 
chosen people— Christ of the ransomed host of God; Moses 
was a prophet — Christ that prophet of whom Moses spake; 
*' The Law was given by Moses — grace and truth came by 
Jesus Christ ; " Moses was the mediator of the Old Covenant — 
Christ of the Kew. 

10. Aaron: Aaron, as High Priest, once a year entered 
into the Holiest of Holies to make intercession for the sins 
of the people before the mercy seat— Christ, our Great High 
Priest, once for all, entered into heaven, there in the pres- 
ence of God to make intercession for us. 

11. Melchizedek : Melchizedek was a priest of the most high 
God— Christ was a High Priest after the order of Melchiz- 
edek.— jffcb. 5 : 10. 

12. Joshua : Joshua, a savior, led the people through Jor- 
dan, into Canaan— Christ, the Savior, leads his people through 
the Jordan of Death, into the heavenly Canaan. 

13. David: David was king of Israel in the flesh— Christ 
of Spiritual Israel. 

14. Solomon : As the son of David, sitting upon his throne ; 
Solomon of the earthly— Christ of the heavenly. 

15. Hezekiah: As a king whose reign should bring peace 
and prosperity; Hezekiah's temporal— Christ's spiritual and 
eternal. 

16. Jonah : As an Imprisoned Prophet ; Jonah three days 
in the belly of the sea-monster— Christ in the depths of the 
earth. 



160 S UPPLEMENTAR Y. 



II. A^niALS. 

1. The Ram Caught in the Thicket: As a substitute for an- 
other; the Earn for Isaac, whom Abraham was about to 
slay — Christ for the human race, condemned to death for 
sin. 

2. The Pascal Lamh : As a sign ; the blood of the lamb 
slain, sprinkled on the door-posts, to the destroying angel in 
Egypt— Christ's blood sprinkled upon his people, a mark 
that they are his. 

3. The Scape Goat : As a Sin-bearer ; the hands of the High 
Priest wei'e laid on the head of the goat, while confessing 
the sins of the people, and then it was led away into the 
wilderness— " The Lord laid on Him (Christ) the iniquity of 
us all."— Isa. 53 : 6. 

4. All Animals Offered in Sacrifice: Slain without the camp 
as sin-offerings, prefiguring Christ, who perished without the 
gate, whose blood was shed for the sins of the world. 

III. Ix ANIMATE Things. 

1. Jacob's Ladder : As a Means of Communication between 
God and man—'' Hereafter ye shaU see heaven opened and 
the angels of God ascending and descending on the Son of 
man.'- — John 1 : 51. 

2. The Manna : The food of Israel in the wilderness, pre- 
figuring Christ the Bread that came down from heaven—" For 
the Bread of God is he which cometh dov^m from heaven, 
and giveth life unto the world."— Jb/in6 : 33. 

3. The Stream from the Rock : As a source of Strength — 
"And did all drink the same spiritual drink : for they drank 
of that Spiritual Rock which followed them, and that Rock 
was Christ."— 1. Cor. 10 : 4. 

4. The Rod of Aaron : As an instrument of God's power in 
working wonders; budding, blossoming and bearing fruit, 
symbolical of the beauty and fruitfulness of Christ's reign. 

5. The Serpent of Brass : As an Object of Paith- "And as 
Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, even so must 
the Son of man be lifted up : that whosoever believeth in 
him, should not perish, but have eternal life."— Jb/i7i 3 : 14, 15. 



TYPES OF THE- CHURCH. 161 

X. 
TYPES OF THE CHURCH. 



I. The Ark. 

The Ark, as a whole, was the means made use of by the 
Lord for the salvation of those not doomed to destruction by 
the waters of the Deluge : the Church is the Divinely ap- 
pointed institution for the salvation of his chosen people at 
the final destruction of the wicked. In its several parts the 
following Types may be noted : 

1. One Door: In the Ark there was but one door — in the 
Church there is but one approach; Christ says, "I am the 
Door ; by me if any man enter in he shall be saved. " — John 
10:9. 

2. One Window: "A window shalt thou make in the Ark, " 
(Gen. 6:16) and through this all the light came; the one 
source of light in the Church is the "Word of God. 

3. One Family : In the Ark was the One Family of l!^oah ; 
in the Church is the Onp Family of Christ — ''Of whom the 
whole family in heaven and earth is named. " — Eph, 8 : 15. 

L The Waters of the Flood: Typical of Baptism— " The 
like figure whereunto baptism doth also now save us. " — 
1 Peter 3 : 21. 

5. Mount Ararat : The resting place of the Ark, typical 
of the Mount of God in heaven, on which John saw the 
congregation of the redeemed. 

6. The New Earth : Purified by water, typical of the ^em 
Earth "wherein dwelleth righteousness." 

7. The Bow of Promise : The seal of God's covenant with 
Noah, typical of the Jtainbow about the throne of God in 
heaven (Eev. 4:3). 

II. The Tabernacle. 

The Tabernacle, as a whole, with all its furniture, rites, 

ceremonies and offices, was typical of the Church of Christ 

in the world and in heaven. The following points should be 

specially noted: 

U) 



163 S UFPLEMENTAB Y. 



1. The Outer Court : The World which we all enter by the 
green curtain of mortality. Of the furniture of this enclosure 
we note, (1) The Altar of Burnt OJ'ermgfs— typical of the 
Sacrifice of Christ for the sins of the world ; (2) The Brazen 
Laver, filled with water in which the priests washed before 
entering the Tabernacle proper— typical of Baptism, which 
.'all must receive before entering the Church. 

2. The Holy Place : The Church on Earth. The furniture 
was, (1) The Golden Candlestick with its seven branches, 
each bearing a lamp from which all the light in the Taber- 
nacle came— typical of the Word of God with its seven 
divisions, whence comes all the light of the Church; (2) 
The Table of Shew Bread on which were twelve loaves, rep- 
resenting the Twelve Tribes of Israel, with its cups of wine 
and incense for a drink-offering and an oblation — typical of 
the Lord's Table with its one Loaf, representing the one 
Body, or family, of Christ, and its cups of wine emblematic of 
Ms shed blood ; (3) 2'he Golden Altar, whereon incense was 
burned— typical of the Prayers of the Saints. 

3. The Holy of Holies : The Church above, or Heaven. The 
ITeil that separated the two was typical either of the Veil 
of Death or the Flesh of Christ, The furniture was, The 
-Ark of the Covenant — typical of the Lord Jesus Christ in 
some of his offices. In the Ark were placed, (1) The Two 
Tables of the Law— typical of the Gospel, or the Law of the 
Spirit of Life; (2) Aaron''s i?0(^— typical of the power, 
beauty and blessings of God ; (3) A Pot of Manna — typical 

of Spiritual Food. Its cover was The Mercy Seat — typical of 
God's mercy in the pardon of sin. On either end was a cherub 
standing guard over the Ark and its sacred deposits — typical 
of the interest and offices of the angels in the Scheme of 
Redemption ; between the Cherubim on the Mercy Seat, The 
Shekinah — typical of the Presence of God. 

4. The Common Priests : The Christian, or Child of God. The 
trimming, lighting and replenishing of the lamps — typical 
of the Christian's attention to the teachings of God's Word ; 
officiating at the Table of Shew Bread on the Sabbath — 
typical of the commemoration of the Savior's death every 
-Lord's day; burning incense on the Golden Altar— typical of 
:^e /Christian's prayers. 



J 



MISCELLANEOUS TYPES. 163 

6. The High Priest : The Lord Jesus Christ. (1) The High 
Priesfs Entrance into the Holy of Holies once a year to 
make intercession before the Mercy Seat for the sins of the 
people — typical of Christ's entrance into heaven, once for all, 
there to appear in the presence of God for us; (2) The 
High Priesfs Beturn to the door of the Tabernacle to bless 
the people — typical, first, of the coming of the Holy Spirit, and 
second, of the second coming of Christ to reward his faithful, 
followers. 

III. The Temple. 

The Temple at Jerusalem was also a Type of the Church. 
It was modeled after that of the Tabernacle, on a much 
larger scale, with more elaborate ceremonies, but prefiguring 
the same things in the Church of Christ. 



XI. 
MISCELLANEOUS TYPES. 



I. The Two Dispeis'SAtions. 

1. The Old, or Mosaic Dispensation, was typical of the New, 
or Christian. 

. 2, The Old Covenant, promising temporal blessings to the 
seed of Abraham according to the flesh, typical of the New 
Covenant, promising spiri^,ual blessings to those who are the 
children of Abraham by faith in Christ Jesus. 

3. Moses, the Mediator of the Old Covenant, typical of 
Christ, the Mediator of the New, founded upon better prom- 
ises. 

4. The Blood of Animals offered in sacrifice under the Old, 
typical of the Blood of Christ under the New. 

5. Aaron, the Pligh Priest of the Old Covenant, typical of 
Christ, the Great High Priest of the New. 

6. The Tabernacle and its system of worship under the Old, 
typical of The Church and its institutions under the New. 



164 S UFPL E ME N'T AH Y. 

7. The Law of Ordinances of the Old, typical of The Gospel 
of the Kew. 

II. The Two JSTations. 

1. The Bondage in Egypt, in which Israel was held, was 
typical of The Bondage of Sin. 

2. The Paschal Lamb, slain the night before the departure 
from Egypt, typical of Christ The Lamb of God, slain for the 
sins of the world. 

3. The Red Sea that separated between Israel and their 
oppressors, typical of The Blood of Christ that cleanses us from 
sin. 

4. The "Wilderness, through which Israel passed to Canaan, 
typical of the wilderness of This World, through which the 
Christian journeys. 

6. The Fiery Pillar that guided Israel, typical of the Word 
of God, the guide of his people. 

6. The Bitter Water of Marah, typical of The Cup of Sorrow 
Christians must oft drink. 

7. The Palms and Wells at Elim, typical of the seasons of 
Rest and Enjoyment that come to the Christian. 

8. The Manna upon which Israel fed, typical of The Spiritual 
Food of the Christian. 

9. The Water from the Rock, whereof Israel drank, typical 
of The Waters of Life. 

10. The Clusters of Eshcol, brought back by the spies, typical 
of the Fruits of Heaven the Christian enjoys in anticipation, 

11.. The Fiery Serpents that bit the Israelites, typical of The 
Stings of Sin. 

12. The Serpent of Brass, erected on the pole, at which the 
bitten might look and be cured, typical of Christ Lifted Up, to 
whom all may look and be saved. 

III. The Two Lakds. 

1. Canaan, the land promised to Israel as an inheritance, 
was typical of Heaven, the Christian's future home. 

2. The Jordan, that separated the wilderness from Canaan, 
typical of the stream of Death. 

3. The Taking Away of the Waters, when the feet of the 



II 



TEE GREAT TEMPLES. 165 

priests touched the brink, typical of The Removal of the Terrors 
of Death when the Christian really comes to it. 

4. Jerusalem, the great city of Israel, wherein the Temple 
stood in which God was worshiped, typical of Jerusalem Above, 
in which the host of the redeemed serve him day and night 
in his Temple. 



XII. 
THE GREAT TEMPLES. 



Preliminary. 

The Temple at Jerusalem was the centre of thought with 
the devout Israelites, not only in their ov^n land, but 
wherever they might be throughout the world. Even when 
the first Temple lay in ruins, Daniel, in the land of captivity, 
opened his windows towards the place where it had stood 
when he prayed, and in later times the front of every syna- 
gogue looked toward it. There were Three Temples, all 
built upon the same site — the threshing-floor of Araunah, on 
Mount Moriah, at Jerusalem — supposed to be the place where 
Abraham erected the altar for the sacrifice of Isaac more 
than 850 years before the erection of the first (Gen. 22 : 1-14). 

I. The Temple of Solomon. 

The site was selected by David, who gathered much of 
the material for its construction ; but he was not permitted 
to erect the edifice, because he had been a man of war, and 
it was left to Solomon his son and successor. The Temple 
was constructed after the model of the Tabernacle, of double 
its proportions. Its compartments w^ere the Holy Place and 
the Holy of Holies, with articles of furniture corresponding 
to those used in the Tabernacle, but on a larger scale. About 
the Sacred Enclosure there were the Court of the Priests, the 
Court of the Women, and the Court of Israel, and outside 



:r tIt-- ^-- : :: :i "^-- -rii^^rs; but the desori^:::!! cf 
;l:^c;c 1-^ '.--': - : : T^ : : _r.\-n:e that it is inipcssiUe to 
construct - _ ~ ::_ . ii^ r-ire of certainrr. This bnilding 
was tr- _ - -11 _ Z C. lOlii. in the fourth year of his 
rei'zn tTt _ iedicated. B. C. l'A4: and after 

stai. _i- -1; 1^ ^ t TStroyed by Nebuchadnezzar. B. C. 

AiT-i " ^ Tii.;-i .:i irry-rTro years. Zembbab^l. iLe Prince 
of ' : _ -i one of the Babylonian Captives, under a com- 
misstir i i_ Cyrus, returned to Jerusalem, and be«ran the 
rebuildiiig vii the Temple, B. C. 536. and completed and dedi- 
cated it in twenty years (B. C. 516). But little is known of 
this Temple, only that it was built on the old foundations, 
and on the same general plan of the first Temple, thon^ less 
magnificent. It lacked, however, the Sacred Ark of the Cove- 
nant, as that was said to have been concealed by Jeremiah 
before the destruction of the first Temple, and was never 
recovered. This Temple passed through many sieges; was 
desecrated by enemies, and reconsecrated by the Israelites, 
but stood until thirty years before the birth of Christ (B. C. 
35). 

The Tem^ple of HercKi was a restoration. enlargiraii@it 
and an improvement 17 :z ri r of ZerubbabeL It was built 
by Herod the Great. i_ — ::: ns, taking down the old and 
bmlduig the new part by part, so that it was said to have 
been forty-six years in building (John 2:3)). This was the 
Temple stantiliiig in the time of Christ, and referred to in aU 
the allusions in the 2s ew Testament. Of its arrangement our 
knowledge is much more definite, derived principally from 
the works of Josephus. It consisted of a building called '• The 
House of Grtxi.*' surrounded by a number of Open Courts, the 
outer including the inner. 

L The Gonri of the Gesyies : The outer enclosure, about 1000 
feet square. On two sides there was a covered corridor — ^Solo- 
mon's Porch on one, and Herod's Porch on the other. On tiie 
floor of this Court was a market for the sale of sacrificial 
meats, with '"tables of money changers,'' twice broken up 



TRE GREAT TEMPLES. 



16r 



by Jesus during his ministry (John 2 : 14-16 ; Matt. 21 : 12, 13). 

2, The Sacred Enclosure: An elevated section within the 
Court of the Gentiles, on the walls of which were inscrip- 
tions in various languages, warning all foreigners not to enter- 
it under penalty of death. Paul was arrested under a false 
report of having led Gentiles into this Sacred Enclosure 
(Acts 21 : 28, 29). 

3. The Court of the "Women: A square at one end of the 
Sacred Enclosure, called also '' The Treasury," about 240 fett 




THE TEMPLE OP HEROD. 

square. In each corner of this Court was a room, open over- 
head, sixty feet square. These rooms were used for the per- 
formance of various ceremonies and other purposes. In this 
enclosure was the chests for containing the gifts of the wor- 
shipers, from which came the name "Treasury" (Mark 
12 : 41, 42 ; John 8 : 20). Under the floor of this Court was a 
subterranean passage from the Tower of Antonia, which 
stood near the Temple grounds, by which soldiers were sent 
to quell riots. Through this passage the soldiers came who 
rescued Paul from the Jewish mob (Acts 21 : 31, 32). 

4. The Court of Israel : The western end of the Sacred En- 
closure, 320x240 feet. In this Court, elevated above the Court 



168 S UPPLEMENTA R Y. 

of the Women, the men of Israel stood to view the sacrifice. 

5. The Court of the Priests : A raised platform within the 
Court of Israel, 275x200 feet. It "was mainly occupied by the 
House of God, in front of which stood the Altar of Burnt- 
offering. Opposite was the Layer, supplying water for the 
sei-vices and washings, and about the altar were tables for 
various purposes. 

6. The House of God : The Temple Proper, occupying more 
than half the space of the Court of the Priests. Its floor was 
eight feet above the floor of the surrounding court, and had 
four parts : (1) The Porch, extending across the front, 120 
feet high, and consisting of several stories ; (2) The Chambers, 
on each side of the house, but separate from it, three stories 
high, for the use of the priests ; (3) The Holy Place, thirty feet 
wide and sixty feet long, containing the Lamp-stand, or Golden 
Candle-stick, the Table of Unleavened Bread, and the Altar 
oi. Incense ; (4) Tlie Holy of Holies was a cube, each dimension 
being thirty feet. It was separated from the Holy Place by a 
veil, which was rent from top to bottom at the hour of the 
Savior-s death on the cross (Mark 15 : 88). In the first Temple 
this room contained the Ark of the Covenant; but in the 
second and third Temples the place of the lost Ark was 
taken by a marble stone, upon which the High Priest laid 
the censer on the Day of Atonement, the only day in the year 
when the Holy of Holies was entered. 

The Temple of Herod was destroyed by the Romans under 
Titus, A. D. 70, and was never rebuilt. Its site is now occu- 
pied by the Mohammedan Dome of the Rock, often called 
"The Mosque of Omar." 



THE QBE AT EMPIRES OF BIBLE TIMES. 169 

XIII. 

THE GREAT EMPIRES OF BIBLE TIMES. 



I. The Egyptian. 

I. LocATioisr.— Egypt occupies the northeastern angle of 
Africa. Its boundaries appear to have been nearly always 
the same. The whole country is spoken of by Ezekiel (29 : 
10 ; 30 : 6), as extending from Migdol to Syene, which indi- 
cates the same limits to the east and south as at present. 

II. NAME.—The common name of Egypt in the Bible is 
" Mizriam," or more fully, " The Land of Mizriam." The 
Arabic name for Egypt, Mizr, signifies "red mud." Egypt 
is also called in the Bible " The Land of Ham" (Psalm 
105:23,27). 

III. History.— The history of Egypt may be divided as fol- 
lows : 

1. The Old Monarchy : Extending from the foundation of 
the Kingdom, far back toward the period of the Elood, to 
the invasion of the Hyksos, or Shepherd Kings, including 
the Kings of the first fourteen dynasties. During the reign 
of these Kings, it is supposed, the pyramids w^ere built, and 
toward the close, Abraham made his visit to Egypt. 

2. The Middle Monarchy: This consisted of the Kings of 
the fifteenth, sixteenth and seventeenth dynasties, compris- 
ing the Shepherd Kings. It was during the reign of these 
Kings that Joseph ruled, and the whole family of Israel 
took up their abode in the Land of Goshen. 

3. The New Monarchy : Beginning with the eighteenth and 
closing with the thirtieth, dynasty. The Kingdom was con- 
solidated by Amosis, who succeeded in expelling the Hyk- 
sos. The first of these was, perhaps, the "new King who 
knew not Joseph," and began the oppression of the Israel- 
ites. During the rule of the thirtieth dynasty the country 
was subjugated by Persia, and from B. C. 340, till its con- 
quest by Alexander, it remained a province of that great 
empire. 

4. Under the Greeks; Egypt was conquered by Alexander 



irO S Ur FL EMEX TAP. Y. 



the Great. B. C. 331. and passed under the rule of the 
Greeks, and so remained until B. C. 30, when it became a 
pEOvince of Home. 

5. Under the Romans: The Romans ruled the country, with 
temporary interruptions, until A. D. 640, when it was con- 
quered by the Arabians. 

6. Under the Arabians : With some inten'uptions. the coun- 
try remained under Ai'abian domination imtil A. D. 1517, 
when it became a province of the Turks. 

7. Under the Turks : Theu' rule was interrupted at various 
times by rebellions within and invasions from without, but 
the Turks have in the main been the controlluig power in 
Egypt until the present time. 

n. The Early Chaldean. 

The Early Chaldean Empire was foimded B. C. 2300 at 
Ur, south of the Euphrates. It was at its height in the 
time of Abraham, under Chedorlaomer, and continued, with 
varying fortunes, for about one thousand years. 

III. The Assyrian. 

The Assyrian Empire arose B. C. 1270, north of Chaldea, 
on the fall of that power The first capital was Asshup; 
afterwards it was removed to Nimr^d, and B. C. 702 to Nine- 
veh, during the reign of Sennacherib. It soon became one of 
the largest cities of the East. At its height the Empire 
embraced Assyria. Armenia, ]SIedia, Babylonia. Elam, Mes- 
opotamia. Syria, Israel, Judah, and the northern portion of 
Egypt. The greatest Kings were Shalmaneser, Sargon, Sen- 
nacherib, and Esar-haddon. The city of Xineveh was de- 
stroyed by a union of the Medes and Babylonians, and the 
Kingdom of Assyria came to an end B. C. 625. 

TV. The Babylonian. 

The Babylonian Empire arose B. C. 625. and continued 
mitil B. C. 536. During this period Babylon, on the Eu- 
phrates, was the meti'opolis of the East. It was raised to 
greatness by Nebuchadnezzar, its greatest king, who reigned 
in the days of Daniel and the Captivity. The city was cap- 



TEE GREAT EMPIRES OF BIBLE TIMES. 171 

tured by the Medes and Persians under Cyrus, and the 
Babylonian Empire came to an end B. C. 536. 

V. The Persian. 

The Persian Empire began B. C. 536, succeeding the 
Babylonian. Its first emperor was Cyrus, who issued the de- 
cree for the return of the Jews and the rebuilding of the 
Temple. Under Darius the second Temple was completed ; 
under Xerxes, or Ahasuerus, occurred the events related in the 
Book of Esther; under Artaxerxes the Jewish state was re- 
formed by Ezra, and the walls of Jerusalem rebuilt by 
Nehemiah. The capital was Shushan. The Empire lasted 
about two hundred years, coming to an end B. C. 830. 

yi. The Grecian. 

The Grecian, or Macedonian Empire, arose on the ruins 
of the Persian, Alexander the Great, in a brilliant series of 
battles, having subjugated it, and become Master of the 
Oriental World. He died B. C. 321, and his empire was 
divided into Pour Kingdoms, of which the most important 
were those of Seleucus in Asia, and of Ptolemy in Africa. In 
the division Palestine became a part of Syria, under the 
dominion of Seleucus. Soon afterwards it was taken by 
Ptolemy Soter, the ruler of Egypt, and he and his successors 
ruled the land for 120 years. B. C. 198 Palestine was 
again taken by the Seleucid line, who ruled it with great 
cruelty until B. C. 166, when it threw off the yoke under 
The Maccabees and became virtually independent for a period 
of more than 120 years. 

VIL The Romait. 

The Grecian Empire was succeeded by the Roman, which 
was first a Republic and then an Empire, at the height of 
its prosperity, the greatest the world has ever known. B. 
C. 63, the Roman General Pompey entered Jerusalem, and 
the Romans began to exercise a controlling influence in 
Palestine, but the representatives of the Maccabean line were 
allowed to reign until B. C. 40, when Herod the Great, an 



172 S UFP LEMEXTA R Y. 

Idmnean, was made king, and from this time forward un- 
til the close of the Old Testament history, and for many 
years afterwards, the land of Palestine was a Roman prov- 
ince. This Empire was the most thoroughly organized of 
any in ancient history. It lasted until Rome, the capital 
city, fell under the attacks of barbarians from the north, 
A. D. 476. Even after this, the eastern division of the 
empii'e remained with almost unbroken power for centu- 
ries, and was not finally extinguished until 1453, the close 
of the middle ages. 

Subsequent History of Palestijse. 

In the seventh century Palestine passed under the rule 
of the Arabians, but was conquered by the Sultan of Egypt 
about A, D. 920. In A. D. 1065 it was subdued by hordes 
of Turks, from Caucasus, whose barbarous treatment of the 
Christians brought on The Crusades of the middle ages, and 
for a time the land was partially under various Christian 
Rulers. In the sixteenth century it was conquered by The 
Turks, and ever since has formed a part of the Turkish Em- 
pire. 



XIY. 
CIVIL AND MILITARY OFFICERS. 



I. Uxder the Egyptians. 

1. The King : The sovereign, or chief ruler. The common 
title of the native kings of Egypt for many centuries was 
Pharaoh^ meaning, "tliesun."' 

2. Captain of the Guard : An office held by Potiphar, who 
purchased Joseph. He commanded the soldiers that guarded 
the king. 

3. Butler : An officer who had charge of the wine and other 
supplies for the king's table. 



CIVIL AND MILITAR Y OFFICERS. 175 

4. Governor : The office held by Joseph, in rank next to the 
king. 

5. Taskmasters : Officers appointed over the Israelites to 
assign their tasks and exact performance. 

6. Magicians: The counsellors of the king, who by their 
magic and enchantment deceived him. 

II. Among the Israelites. 

1. Leaders : Moses and Joshua, who received their commis- 
sions direct from God, and were guided mainly by direct reve- 
lation. 

2. Elders: Chief men of the Tribes who were associated 
with Moses and Joshua in the government, and afterwards 
exercised authority as magistrates. 

3. Judges : Deliverers and rulers raised up for special 
emergencies. 

4. Kings : Chief rulers of the kingdom, after the estab- 
lishment of the monarchy. A title also applied to the rulers 
of cities and small districts among the surrounding heathen. 

6. Captains : Commanders of bodies of soldiers. 

III. Among the Babylonians. 

li Eunuchs: A class of men selected for service, mainly 
about the palaces of rulers. 

2. Prince of the Eunuchs : The head, or chief, of the house- 
hold servants of the king. 

3. The King : The chief ruler. 

4. The Melzar : The steward of the king's household, in the 
time of Daniel. 

5- The Wise Men : The magicians and astrologers who were 
the king's counsellors. 

6. Captain of the Guard : The officer in charge of the soldiers 
who guarded the king and executed his sentences. 

7. Governors : Rulers of provinces, many of which were in- 
cluded in the empire, or kingdom. 

8. Chief of the Governors : The first officer under the king. 
Daniel was appointed to this place by Nebuchadnezzar. 

IV. Under the Medes and Persians. 
1. The King : The chief ruler, of whom Darius was the first. 



174 SUPPLEMENTARY. 



2. Princes : Eulers, or governors of provinces, under Darius. 

3. Presidents : The king's cabinet, consisting of three 
members, to whom the princes reported. Of these Daniel was 
made chief. 

4. Counsellors: Advisers of the rulers of various grades. 

5. Captains : Military commanders, or chiefs. 

6. Cup-bearer : An officer who had charge of the wines for 
the king's table; a position held by Kehemiah. 

7. Tirshatha : The Persian title for governor ; a position 
held by Nehemiah. 

y. Under the Komans. 

1. Cffisar : The title of the emperor, or chief ruler. 

2. Presidents : Governors sent from Kome with imperial 
powers. 

3. Tetrarchs : Governors of the fourth part of a kingdom, 
or those who exercised kingly powers in four provinces. 

4t. Proconsuls: Deputies, or governors of provinces, w^ho 
exercised only civil powers. 

6. Publicans : Tax collectors of the civil power, appointed 
by Eome to collect the revenue in the provinces. 

6. Centurions : Military commanders, captains of one hun- 
dred men. 



XY. 

SECTS, ORDERS, PARTIES, CLASSES AND 

COUNCILS. 



I. Eeligious Sects. 

1. The Essenes : A sect, numbering about 4000, who sprang 
from Egypt. They renounced all the pleasures of life : ab- 
stained from marriage, the use of meats, wine and oil; had 
a community of goods ; gave themselves wholly to the reading 
of the Scriptures ; to united prayer and praise, and to works 



SECTS, ORDERS, PARTIES, CLASSES, ETC, 175 

of love and mercy. They wore white garments; lived in 
communities ; shared the same toil, and observed strictly the 
Law of Moses. 

2. The Pharisees : From Phares, meaning, " separated ; " so 
named because they affected great sanctity (John 7 : 49 ; Acts 
26 : 5). They were strict observers of rites and ceremonies, 
and placed as much importance on the '' Traditions of the 
Elders " as upon the written Oracles. They believed in the 
existence of angels and spirits, and in the doctrine of the 
resurrection. They were formal, self-righteous and proud, 
and were often rebuked by our Savior. 

3. The Sadducees : From Sadok, a president of the Sanhe- 
drim (B. C. 250). They were the very opposite of the Phari- 
sees, denying the authority of all revelation and tradition 
subsequent to Moses, and rejecting, also, the doctrine of the 
existence of spiritual beings, and of the resurrection. Believ- 
ing in no future, they aimed to get the most enjoyment possible 
out of the present ; hence, gave themselves up to ease, luxury 
and self-indulgence. They divided the hierarchy with the 
Pharisees, and the chief council seems to have been equally 
balanced between the two (Acts 28 : 6). The family of Annas 
belonged to this sect in the time of our Lord (Acts 5 : 17). 

4. Proselytes : Gentiles converted to Judaism. They were 
of two classes: (1) Proselytes of the Temple; (2) Proselytes of 
the Gate. The former were circumcised and admitted to full 
religious priviJeges and duties. The latter were allowed to 
join in the worship of God, standing in the outer court of 
the Gentiles, and w^ere not bound by the ceremonial laws, 
but only the moral enactments. They were uncircumcised, 
and admitted to the Jewish church by baptism. They are 
usually spoken of in the Acts of the Apostles as "devout 
men." 

IL Eeligious Order. 

The Nazarites: From Nezar, meaning, "separated." They 
were of two kinds: (1) Those devoted in infancy by their 
parents to God; (2) Those who so devoted themselves, either 
for life, or for a limited time. Of the former were Samson, 
Samuel and John the Baptist. The order was instituted by 
God himself (Num. 6). 



176 SUPPLEMENTARY. 

III. Political Parties. 

1. The Galileans : A turbulent and seditious party, often in 
conflict witii the authorities (Luke 13 : 1). Their leader was 
Judas of Galilee (Acts 5 : 37). They taught that all foreign 
domiuation was unscriptural, and therefore, they refused to 
pray for foreign princes. 

2. The Herodians: The partisans of Herod, the Idumean 
prince. While outwardly conforming to the Jewish ritual for 
state policy, their tastes and inclinations were essentially 
heathen. 

3. The Publicans: The tax-collectors of the civil power. 
They were natives of the country, well versed in its resources 
and the temper of its people, and very often used their knowl- 
edge and power to extort as much as possible for their own 
profit. For this reason they, as a class, were despised by their 
own people. 

ly. Official Classes. 

1. The Priests: "Mediators" between God and man— those 
who offer men's prayers, praises and sacrifices to God. In 
the worship of the patriarchs, the chief of the family acted 
as priest. The ofllce descended with the birthright. The 
Priesthood was first established in the family of Aaron, and 
all the sons of Aaron were priests. 

2. The High Priests : Those who officiated in the Holy of 
Holies and performed other exalted sacred duties. The his- 
tory of the High Priests embraces a period of about 1370 years, 
and a succession of about eighty persons, beginning with 
Aaron, and ending with Phannias. They naturally arrange 
themselves into three groups : (1) Those before David ; 
(2) Those from David to the Captivity; (3) Those from the 
Return till the cessation of the office at the destruction of 
Jerusalem. 

3. The Second Priest : A priest who was associated with 
the High Priest, perhaps as an assistant, and who sometimes 
acted in his place (2 Kings 23 : 4 ; 25 : 18). 

4. The Levites : The descendants of Levi, other than the 
sons of Aaron. They had charge of the Tabernacle and the 
Temple, with all their sacred furniture and utensils, and aided 
in the worship. 



SECTS, ORDERS, F ARTIES, CILASSES, ETC.- 177 

5. The Prophets : A prophet is one who speaks for God and 
interprets his will to man. Revelations were made to the 
prophets, (1) By Direct Manifestations ; (2) In Visions ; (3) In 
Dreams. 

6. Sons of the Prophets : Students in the schools of the 
prophets, conducted by Samuel, Elijah, Elisha and others, in 
which were taught the Law and other, branches of learning. 

7. The Scribes: From a word meaning "writers." They 
devoted themselves to the study of the Law, of which they 
were the authorized expositors and transcribers. After the 
Captivity they supplied the place of the prophets which had 
ceased. 

8. Officers of the Synagogue : After the Captivity, synagogues, 
as places of worship and instruction, were established in most 
Jewish communities, and each had its body of Officials. They 
were 

(1) Ten Pastors ( Jer. 3 : 15) : Men of leisure who devoted 
themselves to the interests of the community. They were 
the provincial council, administering both ecclesiastical and 
civil affairs. These were the ''Rulers of the Synagogue," 

(2) The Legate, or Apostle : A layman, delegated by the Chief 
Pastor to recite the most sacred portions of the liturgy. The 
office was not permanently vested in one person, but one so 
appointed was for the time the mouthpiece of the congre- 
gation (Heb. 1). Our Lord seems to have held this office at 
Nazareth (Luke 4 : 16). 

(3) T/ie Minister: An attendant, whose duty was (a) To 
unrobe the priests of their vestments; (b) Blow the trumpet 
for public announcements ; (c) Hand the Roll of the Law to 
the Reader; (d) Act as messenger to the Rulers; (e) Inflict 
scourging ; (f) Take charge of the furniture, light the Sab- 
bath lamp and clean the Synagogue. 

(4) The Interpreter: To explain the Law (which was written 
and read in Hebrew) to those who could not understand that 
language. 

V. Great Councils. 

1. Elders of Israel : Literally, " old men," because that offi- 
cial body was usually selected from men of age and experi- 
ence. The earliest notice of the elders acting in concert as 

(12) 



178 SUPPLE ME NT AMY. 



a political body is at the time of the Exodus (Ex. 4 : 29). 
They were associated with Moses in the government of Israel 
in the wilderness (Xum. 11 : 16). When the Tribes became 
settled in Canaan they were distinguished by different titles 
according as they were acting as national representatives, 
district governors, or local magistrates in provincial towns, 
whose duty it was to sit in the gate and administer justice 
(Deut 19 : 12 ; Ruth 4 : 9, 11 ; 1 Kings 21 : 8). They retained 
their position under all the political changes which the nation 
underwent. 

2. The Great Synagogue : A council of distinguished men on 
whom, after the cessation of prophecy, devolved the authority 
to teach in the Jewish Chmxh. They sat in "Moses' seat," 
and it was their duty to watch over the purity of doctrine 
and sacred usages, define them more accurately, and pronounce 
judicial decisions in matters affecting them. The council was 
established by Ezra and Xehemiah, and lasted under this 
name about 150 years. 

3. The Sanhedrim: The name by which the Chief Council 
of the Jews was known, after the Macedonian ascendency. 
It consisted of an equal number (tu^enty-four) of priests, 
scribes and elders, of which the High Priest was president. 
All members must be married, above thirty years of age, well 
instructed in the Law, and of good report among the people. 
This body constituted the Supreme Court and Administrative 
Council, taking cognizance of false doctrine and true teach- 
ing, as well as of breaches of the Law of Moses, and inflicting 
punishments. Under the Romans the power to inflict the 
death penalty was taken away (John 18 : 31 ; 19 : 7). Before 
this body both Jesus and the Apostles were brought. 



WEIGHTS AND ME AS URES. 



179 



xyi. 
WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. 



■U^Eia-HTS. 



A gerah 
10 geralis 
2 bekahs 
60 shekels 
50 manebs 



1 bekah 
1 shekel 
1 maneh 
1 talent 



AVOIKDUPOIS. 

lbs. oz. drs. 

.439 

— — 4.39 ■■ 
a g 

14.628 
13 11.428 



Trot. 
lbs. oz. pwt. srrs. 
12 



2 

102 



2 

125 



5 

10 





LONG MEASUBB. 



A digit, or finger (Jer. 52: 21) 



4 digits 

3 palms 
2 spans 

4 cubits 
1.5 fathoms 

13.3 reeds 



1 palm (Exod.25: 25) 
= 1 span (Exod. 28: 16) 

— 1 cubit (Gen. 6: 15) - 
= 1 fathom (Acts 27: 28) 

— 1 reed (Ezek. 40: 3-5.) 

— 1 line (Ezek. 40: 3) - 



ft 



In. 

— 0.912 

— 3.648 

— 10.944 
1 9.888 
7 3.552 

10 11.828 

145 11.04 



LAND MEASURE. 



A cubit - 
400 cubits 
5 furlongs 

10 furlongs 
24 miles 



1 furlong (Luke 24: 13) 
1 sabbath day's journey (John 11 
Acts 1:12) . - . . 
Imile (Matt. 5:41) 
1 day's Journey . . . . 



Eng. 

miles. pace«. ft. 

1.824 

— 145 
18; 

- 729 
1 403 

33 172 



4.6 



3.0 

1.0 
4.0 



LIQUID MEASURE. 

gall. ptB. 

Acaph — 0.625 

1.3 caph -= 1 log (Lev. 14: 10) — 0.833 

4 logs — 1 cab — 3.333 

8 cabs — 1 hin (Exod. 30: 24) 1 Sfcl 

3 seahs — 1 bath, or ephah (1 Kings 7: 26; John 2:6) 7 4.5 

10 sphahs— 1 kor, or homer (Isa. 5: 10; Ezek. 45: 14) 75 5.25 



DRY MEASURE. 



A gachal 

20 gachals = 1 cab (2 Kings 6: 25; Rev. 6: 6) 

1.8 cabs = 1 omer (Exod. 16: 36) 

3.3 omers = 1 seah (Matt. 13: 33) - - ■ 
3 seahs = 1 ephah (Ezek. 45: 11) 
5 ephahs = 1 letech (Hosea 3:2) - ■ 

21etech8 = 1 kor.or homer (Numb. 11:32; Hos. 3:2) 32 



pecks, gals. pts. 



— 





0.1416 


— 


— 


2.8338 


— 


— 


5.1 


1 





1 


3 





3 


16 








32 









The Natural Day was from sun-rise to sun-set. 
The Natural Night was from sun-set to sun-rise. 

The Civil Day was from sun-set one evening to sun-flet the next; for, "the Evenlnr 
and the Morning were the first day." 



180 



S UPPLEMENTAE Y. 



IfiGHT (Ancient). 
First Watch fLam. 2:19) till midnight. 
Middle Watch (Jud;^. 7:19) till 3 a. m. 
Morning Watch (Exod. 14:34) till 6 a. m. 

Night (Xew Testament). 
First Watch, evening = 6 to 9 p. m. 
Second Watch, midnight = 9 to 12 p. m. 
Third Watch, cock-crow =12 to 3 a. m. 
Fourth Watch, morning = 3 to 6 a. m. 



Day (Ancient). 

Morning till about 10 a. m. 
Heat of day till about 2 p. m. 
Cool of day till about 6 p. m. 

Day (New Testament). 
Third hour ■= 6 to 9 a. m. 
Sixth hour •= 9 to 12 midday. 
Xinth hour =12 to 3 pm, 
Twelfth hour = 3 to 6 p. m. 



JxwiSH.a UxiTED Statics, 

$ cts. 

A gerah (Exod. 30:13) = 2.73 

10 gerahs = 1 bekah (Exod. 38:26) - - . . = Q 27.37 
2 bekahs= 1 shekel (Exod.30:13; Isa. 7:23; 

Matt. 17:27) = 54.74 

50 shekels= 1 minah (Luke 19:13) ••--=• 27 37.50 

60 minahs= 1 talent ■= 1642 50 

A gold shekel — 8 76 

A talent of gold = 262S0 



■:e^<di^.bji<t n^-dzonsTE-^-. 



EOilAX. 



UxiTED States. 



A mite (Mark 12:42) .... 
2 mites = 1 farthing (Mark 12:42) 

4 farthings = 1 penny (Matt. 22:19) 
100 pence = 1 pound (Matt. 18:24) 





3, 

15 

15 



cts. 
1.87 













■R^ie. 






TTTT3 j":B^vsrxsia: "2- 




Month of 




5! 








Sacred 
Year. 


Civil 
Year. 


Name. 


OS 

30 


English 
Months. 


Products. 


Jewish 
Festival. 


I. 


VII. 


Abib or Nisan. 
(Exod. 12:2; 13:4.) 


March, ApriL 


Barley ripe. 
Fig in blossom. 


Passover. 

Unleavened 

Bread. 


II. 


VIII. 


Jyar, or Zif , 


29 


April and May. 


Barley harvest. 




III. 


IX. 


Sisan, or Sivan. 


.SO 


May and June. 


Wheat harvest. 


Pentecost. 


IV. 


X. 


Thammuz. 


29 


June, Julv. 


Earlv vintage. 




V. 


XI. 


Ab (Ezra 7:9). 


.SO 


July, August. 


Eipe figs. 




VI. 


XII. 


Elal (Neh. 6:15). 


29 


August, Sept. 


General vintage 


(Feast of 


VII. 


I. 


Tisrld Kings 8:2). 


:30 


Sept., Oct. 


Ploughing and 
sowing. 


1 Trumpets. 
-j Atonement. 
1 Feast of 


VIII. 


II. 


Bui (1 Kings 6:38). 


29 


Oct., Nov. 


Latter grapes. 


1. Tabernacles. 


IX. 


III. 


Chisleu (Zech. 7: 1). 


;^) 


Nov., Dec. 


Snow. 


Dedication. 


X. 


IV. 


ThebechCEsth. 2:16) 


29 


Dec. Jan. 


Grass after rain 




XI. 


V. 


theb-u (Zeeh. 1:7). 


:s<) 


Jan.. Feb. 


Winrer fig. 




XII. 


VI. 


Adar (Ezra 6:15). 


29 


Feb., March. 


Aim ond blossom 


Purim. 


XIII. 




Ve-Adar, IntercaFy 











N. B.— The Sacred year was reckoned from the moon after the vernal equinox. 

The CtviL year began in September (the fruitless part of the j'ear). The prophets 
speak of the "sacred" j"ear; those engaged in secular pursuits, of the "civil" year. 
The year was divided into twelve lunar months, with a thirteenth, or intercalary 
month, every third year. 



GEOGRAPHICAL. 181 



XYII. 

LANDS OF THE BIBLE. 

THE OLD TESTAMENT. 



Classification. 

The Lands of the Bible are not always easy to deter- 
mine, since their boundaries and names varied in different 
periods of history ; yet their location may be given and their 
natural limits generally known. They may be classified as 
follows : 1. Lands of the Mountains ; 2. Lands of the Plain ; 
3. Lartds of the Mediterranean. 

I. Lands of the Mountains. 

1. Armenia: Known in the Scriptures as "Ararat, Minni 
and Ashchenaz"' (Jer. 51:27). It was bounded on the north 
by the Caucasus Mountains ; on the east by Media and the 
the Caspian Sea; on the south by Media and Assyria, and 
on the west by the Euphrates. It was the source of four 
great rivers— the Araxes, Tigris, Euphrates and Acampsis; 
within its boundaries it is supposed the Garden of Eden 
was situated, and on one of its mountains the Ark rested. 

2. Media: Its boundaries were the river Araxes and Cas- 
pian Sea on the north ; the Great Salt Desert of Iram on 
the east; Persia on the south, and the Zagros Mountai-ns on 
the west. B. C. 633 the Median kingdom w^as established, 
and soon became supreme over Assyria, Armenia and Per- 
sia, and formed the Medo-Persian empire, which succeeded 
the Babylonian, B. C. 536. After that date the history of 
Media is lost in that of Persia. 

3. Persia : Originally a small province on the Persian 
Gulf, still known as Fars; but Persia proper included, be- 
sides the sandy plain on the Gulf, a mountainous plateau 
north of it, and was bounded by Media on the north ; by 
Carmania on the east ; by the Persian Gulf on the south, 
and by Elam on the west. The Persian empire rose to 
greatness at the fall of Babylon, B. C. 536; conquered and 



lS-3 S UPPLEMEXTAB T. 



ruled over all the lands from India to Ethiopia, and was 
by far the greatest of the Oriental monarchies. The capital 
was Susa, called in the Bible Shushan, The Palace (Esther 
1 : 2), which was, however, not in Persia proper, but in 
Elam. Persia was subjected by Alexander the Great, B. C. 
380. 

II. Lands of the Plain. 

If Assyria. The province now called Kurdistan^ lying on 
the western slope of the Zagros mountains, and extending 
across the Tigris to the Sin jar hills and border of the Mes- 
opotamian desert. The Assyrian kingdom began about B. C. 
1273, in the time of the Judges ; the earliest capital was Ki- 
leh Sherghat ; afterwards the seat of government was remov- 
ed to Nimrud, and finally to iSTineveh, the centre of the 
great Assyrian Empire, which at one time embraced almost 
all the lands of the east. 

2. Elam : The country southeast of Assyria and west of 
Persia proper, between the Zagros mountains and the Tigris 
river. Shushan, or Susa, the capital of the Persian Empire, 
lay within this province, and was the principal city. 

3. Mesopotamia. The word means "between the rivers," and 
hence, in Scripture the name was frequently applied to all 
the plain between the Tigris and the Euphrates, including 
even Chaldea and a part of Assyria. A more frequent use 
of the name restricts it to the northwestern portion of the 
region between the rivers, above the place where they ap- 
proach and separate again. Haran, the resting place of 
Abraham, and the native place of Rebekah, Bachel and Leah, 
was within its borders. 

4. Chaldea: Also called Shinar and Babylonia. The name 
is generally applied to all the Mesopotamian plain south of 
Baghdad, though properly it belongs only to the southern 
portion. Within its borders was built the Tower of Babel, 
and founded the earliest empire in history, and in this prov- 
ince was the land of (Jr, the native place of Abraham. The 
chief city was Babylon, which became tlie capital of the great 
Babylonian Empire, and the greatest city in the East. 

5. Arabia. This country may be described in three parts. 
(1) Arabia Proper— The great peninsula, which consists of 



OEOOBAPHIOAL. 185 



high table lands running nearly parallel to the Red Sea, and 
on the east of it ; (2) JSovthern Arabia— Th.Q great Desert^ 
a high, undulating, parched plain, extending from the Eu- 
phates to Syria; (3) Western ^ra?)m— Including the penin- 
sula of Sinai and the Desert of Petra. 

III. Lands of the Mediterranean. 

1. Egypt: Called also in Scripture " Mizraim," "Rahab,'^ 
and "the Land of Ham." It lies in the northeastern cor- 
ner of Africa, and is bounded on the north by the Mediter- 
ranean ; on the east by Palestine, the Arabian Desert and 
the Red Sea ; on the south by Nubia, and on the west by the 
Great African Desert. Its great river is the Nile which has 
its sources in Central Africa, and flows northward into the 
Mediterranean. It was the seat of a great kingdom of long 
continuancs; the land in which Israel was held in bondage, 
and intimately connected with many other events in Bible 
history. 

2. The "Wilderness : A part of Arabia, the region between Egypt 
and Edom, through which the Israelites passed on their 
journey to Canaan. Within its borders is Mount Sinai, where 
the Law was given, and many other places connected with 
the history of Israel. 

3. Edom : The country between the Dead Sea on the north 
the head of the Gulf of Akaba on the south, the Arabian 
Desert on the east, and the Sunken Ravine between the Red 
Sea and the Dead Sea on the west ; called also in earlier 
times Mount Seir, and in later days Idumea. 

4. Moab : The region noi"th of Edom, on the eastern shore 
of the Dead Sea. At the time of its greatest prosperity it 
was divided into three sections. (1) The southern portion, 
south of the Arnon, was the Field of Moah; (2) The rolling 
country north of the Arnon, The Land of Moab; (3) The 
sunken portion about the Jordan, Tlie Plains of Moab. 

5. Syria; The territory bounded by the Amanus and Tau- 
rus ranges of mountains on the north ; the Euphrates and 
the desert on the east; by Palestine on the south, and by 
the Mediterranean and Phoenicia on the west. Some times 
the name was used to embrace a much wider range of 



184 S UrPLEMEXTA R T. 



country. In former times Damascus was its principal city, 
but later Antioch became more prominent, and was the 
Greek and Roman capital of the province. 

6. Phcenicia : A narrow strip of territory between the Med- 
iterranean and Momit Lebanon, north of Palestine, and 
south of the Orontes. The two great cities were Tyre and 
Zidon. 

7. Palestine : The country south of Phoenicia, between the 
Mediterranean and the desert. The terms (1) Canaan, (2) 
Land of Promise, (3) Palestine and (4) the Holy Land are 
all applied to this territory and used with various meanings. 
The first is taken from the ancestor of its earliest inhabit- 
ants ; the second refers to it as the land the children of 
Abraham were to receive for a possession ; the third is mod- 
ernized from the word "Philistines," a race inliabiting its 
southwestern portion ; the fourth is the name applied to it 
as the land where the Savior .lived and died. Palestine was 
differently divided at different periods of its history. (1) Be- 
fore the Conquest — among various heathen tribes ; (2) Under 
Joshua and the Judges — among the various tribes of Israel ; 

(3) Under David and Solomon— it fonned one united kingdom ; 

(4) After the Division — into the kingdoms of Judah and Israel ; 

(5) In the Time of Christ— Judea, Samaria, Galilee, Persea and 
Decapolis. 

The Kingdom of David and Solomon extended over the 
entire territory promised to Israel, the borders of which are 
mentioned in numbers 34 : 2-12, and other adjacent lands. 



XYIII. 
LANDS OF THE BIBLE. 

THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



I. Provinces of Palestine. 

1. Judaea: Embracing the territory anciently belonging to 
Judah, Benjamin, Dan and Simeon, bounded on the north 



GEOORAPHIGAL. 185 



by Samaria ; on the east by the Dead Sea and the Jordan ; 
on the south by the desert, and on the west by the Mediter- 
ranean. Chief cities, Jerusalem and Joppa. 

2. Samaria: The central portion, between Judgea and Gali- 
lee west of the Jordan, nearly corresponding to the territory 
of Ephraim and Manasseh. Chief towns, Shechem, or Sychar, 
and Csesarea. 

3. Galilee : The northern province, extending from Samaria 
to Mount Lebanon, and from the Sea of Galilee and the Jor- 
dan to the Mediterranean and Phoenicia. Chief towns, Caper- 
naum and I^azareth. 

4. Persea: Extending from the Jordan and the Dead Sea 
on the west to the Syrian desert on the east, and from the 
river Arnon on the south to the town of Pella on the north, 
nearly corresponding to the locations of the original territory 
of Reuben and Gad. Chief places, Bethsaida and Gadara. 

5. Decapolis : The region north of Persea and east of Gali- 
lee, containing the " Ten Gentile Cities," from which the 
province took its name. 

II. Provinces on the Black Sea. 

1. Pontus: The northeastern province. Some of its inhab- 
itants were present in Jerusalem on the Day of Pentecost 
{Acts 2:9); Aquila, a helper of Paul, was a native of this 
region (Acts 18 : 2), and its tirst Christian Jews were among 
those addressed in Peter's first Epistle (1 Peter 1:1). 

2. Paphlagonia : The province between Pontus and Galatia. 
It is not mentioned in the New Testament. 

3. Bithynia : The northwestern province. Paul and his 
companions intended to visit it, but were hindered (Acts 16 : 7). 
Its Christians were also among those addressed by Peter 
(1 Peter 1 : 1). 

III. Provinces on the jEgean. 

1. Mysia : Separated from Europe by the Hellespont and 
the Propontis. It contained Troas, on the ruins of ancient 
Troy. 

2. Lydia : Once the centre of the great empire of Croesus, 
south of Mysia. Its principal city was Ephesus, one of 
Paul's most important fields of labor (Acts 19 : 1). 



186 S UP PLEJIEyTAB Y. 



3. Caria : The southwestern province, not named in the 
New Testament, thougli its cities Cnidus and Miletus are 
referred to (Acts 27 : 7 ; 20 : 15). 

IV. Provinces on the Mediterranean. 

1. Lycia : South of Mount Taurus, and opposite the island 
of Khodes. Its two cities, Patara and Myra were visited by 
Paul (Acts 21 : 1 ; 27 : 5). 

2. Pamphylia. A small province between Mount Taurus 
and the sea. Its capital, Perga, was the first city in Asia 
Minor, visited by Paul (Acts 13 : 13), He also preached in 
its seaport, Attalia, (Acts 14 : 24, 25). 

3. Celicia. A long and narrow province also between 
Mount Taurus and the sea. Its capital. Tarsus, was one 
of the leading cities of the Roman Empire, and the birth 
place of Paul (Acts 6:9; 9 : 11 ). 

y. Provinces in the Interior. 

1. Galatia. A land of uncertain and varying boundaries. 
It was twice visited by Paul, and its Christian population 
w^as addressed in the Epistle to the Galatians (Acts 16 : 6 ; 
18 : 23 ; Gal. 1:2). 

2. Cappadocia. A province on the southeast of Galatia. 
Some of its people were in Jerusalem at the Feast of Pen- 
tecost (Acts 2:9); and its churches were among those ad- 
dressed by Peter (1 Peter 1:1). 

3. Lycaonia : A district in southern Galatia. Its principal 
places were Iconium, Derbe and Lystra, in all of which 
Paul preached and suffered persecution. 

4. Pisidia: A district north of the Taurus, between 
Lycaonia and Phrygia. Its principal city was Antioch, 
tAvice at least visited by Paul (Acts 13 : 14; 14 : 21). 

5. Phrygia : A central province. Its three cities, Laodicea, 
Hirapolis and Colosse, are all named in PauFs Epistles. 

yi. Provinces of Europe. 

"" 1. Achaia : The Roman name for the land of Greece. It 
was visited by Paul, who preached the gospel in its most 
important cities. 



GEOGRAPHICAL. 187 

2. Macedonia : The province north of Achaia. Philippi, 
one of its most important cities, was the first place in 
Europe in which the gospel was preached (Acts 16 : 12-40 ). 

3. Italy : The peninsula between the Adriatic and Atlantic 
on which the great city of Eorne is situated, 

yil. The Isles of the Sea. 

1. Cyprus : An island in the Mediterranean, where Paul, 
Barnabas and Mark preached the gospel (Acts 13 : 4-13). 

2. Rhodes : An island in the Mediterranean, at which 
Paul touched on the return voyage from his third mission- 
ary journey (Acts 21 : 1). 

3. Crete : An island in the Mediterranean, visited by 
Paul, and where Titus was left in charge of the church 
(Acts 27: 7, 8; Titus 1 : 5 ). 

4. Melita : An island south of Sicily, where Paul was 
shipwrecked (Acts 28 : 1 ). 

6. Patmos: An island in the ^gean Sea, off the coast of 
Asia Minor. It is about 20 miles in circumference, and is 
rocky and barren. It is noted as the place where John 
received the Revelation. 



XIX. 
MOUNTAINS OF THE BIBLE. 



The Par East. 

1. Ararat: In Armenia, west of the Caspian Sea. It is 
noted as being the resting place of the Ark (Gen. 8 : 4). 

The Wilderness. 

2. Horeb : In the wilderness between the two arms of the 
Eed Sea, where Moses saw the burning bush (Ex. 3 : 1, 2). 

3. Sinai : In the peninsula between the two arms of the 
Ked Sea, on whose summit the Law was given (Ex. 19 : 1-11). 



188 S UPPLEME^TTA R Y. 



4. Hor : In the wilderness, on the borders of Edom ; on 
its summit Aaron died (Xum. 20 : 28). 

MOAB. 

6. Nebo : In the valley of Moab, the range from whose 
summit (Pisgah) Moses saw the Promised Land (Deut. 34 : 1). 

Edom. 

6. Sier : In Idumea, or Edom, taken by Esau from the 
Horites (Gen. 36 : 8). 

Palestike. 

7. Gerizim : In Samaria ; from its top the blessings were 
pronounced on those wko should keep the Law (Deut. l7 : 12). 
It was also the site of the Samaritan Temple (John 4 : 20). 

8. Ebal : In Samaria, near Gerizim ; from its sides the 
curses were pronounced (Deut 27 : 13). 

9. Moriah : In Judea, tlie scene of the sacrifice of Isaac, 
and the site of the Temple (Gen. 22 : 2 ; 2 Ciiron. 3:1). 

10. Gilead : East of the Jordan ; the scene of the covenant 
between Laban and Jacob (Gen. 31 : 48). 

11. Gilboa : In Samaria ; the scene of the death of Saul 
(1 Sam. 31 : 8). 

12. Bashan: Part of Og's territory; famous for its oaks 
and wild cattle (Deut. 3 : 13). 

13. Carmel : In Samaria ; the scene of Elijah's sacrifice, and 
of the destruction of the prophets of Baal (1 Kings 18 : 19). 

14. Lebanon : In the region north of Palestine ; the source 
of the timber for Solomon's Temple (2 Chron. 2 : 8-10). 

15. Eermon : On the northeastern border of Palestine ; the 
site of Shunem, En dor and !N"ain, and probably of the Trans- 
figuration ; called also Sion (Deut. 4 : 48). 

16. Olives : In Judea ; the scene of David's flight from 
Absalom (2 Sam. 15: 30) ; of Christ's weeping over Jerusalem 
(Matt. 23 : 37), and of his ascension to heaven (Luke 24 : 50-52). 

17. Tabor : In Galilee ; the scene of Barak's Camp (Judges 
4 : 14), and possibly of the Transfiguration (Mark 9:2). 

18. Zion : The stronghold of the Jebusites ; the site of 
David's palace, and of the Tabernacle (2 Sam. 5:7; 6 : 16, 17). 



OEOORAPHICAL, im 



XX. 
LOWLANDS OF THE BIBLE. 



I. Plains. 

1. The Plain of Shinar: Between the Euphrates and the 
Tigris, known also as "Chaldea" and "Babylonia." On it 
the Tower of Babel was built (Gen. 11 : 1-4). 

2. The Plain of Jordan : About the Dead Sea ; the site of 
the cities of Sodom, Gomorrah and Zoar, v/here Lot pitched 
his tent (Gen. 13 : 10, 11). 

3. Plains of Mamre : In Palestine ; one of the dwelling- 
places of Abraham, where, under an oak-tree, he received a 
visit from the angels (Gen. 18 : 1, 2). 

4. Plains of Moab : About the Dead Sea, east of the Jordan^ 
where Israel was encamped at the death of Moses (Deut. 
34 : 1-6). 

6. Plains of Jericho : In the valley of the Jordan, w^here the 
Chaldees captured the King of Israel (2 Kings 25 : 5). 

6. Plain of Dura: Near Babylon, in which Nebuchadnezzar 
set up his golden image (Dan. 8 : 1). 

II. Valleys. 

1. Vale of Siddim : Somewhere near the Dead Sea, where 
the confederate kings were defeated (Gen. 14 : 8). 

2. Vale of Hebron: In Judea, south of Jerusalem, where 
Jacob lived, and where he sent Joseph on a mission to his 
brethren (Gen. 87 : 14). 

3. Vale of Shechem : The valley between the two mountains 
Ebal and Gerizim, in Samaria. 

4. Valley of Shaveh: An unknown place, where the king 
of Sodom met Abraham when he w^as returning from the 
battle with Chedorlaomer (Gen. 14 : 17). 

5. Valley of Eshcol : In the neighborhood of Hebron, ex- 
plored by the spies sent out by Moses (Num. 82 : 9). 

6. Valley of Achor : In the territory of the Tribe of Judah ; 
the spot where Achan, " the troubler of Israel," was stoned 
(Joshua 7 : 24-26). 



190 S UFPLEMEJ^TAE Y. 



7. Valley of Ajalon : In the territory of the Tribe of Dan, 
where the "moon stood still" at Joshua's command (Joshua 
10 : 12). 

8. Valley of Sorek : Near Gaza, where Delilah lived (Judges 
16 : 4). 

9. Valley of Elah : In the territory of the Tribe of Judah, 
where David slew the giant Goliath (1 Sam. 21 : 9). 

10. Valley of Rephaim : Not far from Bethlehem, where 
David won victories over the Philistines (2 Sam. 5 : 18). 

11. Valley of Baca: In the vicinity of Jerusalem, used 
figuratively by the Psalmist (Psalm 84 : 6). 

12. Valley of Hinnom : A narrow ravine near Jerusalem, 
where Ahaz and Manasseh made their children " pass through 
the fire " (2 Kings 16 : 3 ; 2 Chron. 28 : 3 ; 33 : 6). 

13. Valley of Jehoshaphat : The ravine which separates Jeru- 
salem from the Mount of Olives (Joel 3:2). 



XXI. 
BIBLE BODIES OF WATER. 



SEASi 



1. The Caspian Sea : The largest body of water on the 
Globe entirely surrounded by land. It lies on the border be- 
tween Europe and Asia. It is not named in the Bible, but 
some of the Lands of the Old Testament border on it. 

2. The Mediterranean: "The Great Sea toward the going 
down of the sun " (Joshua 1 : 4), lies between Europe and 
Africa, and west of Asia. It is frequently mentioned in the 
Bible as " the Great Sea." 

3. The Red Sea : In the northern part of Africa. At the 
northern end it separates into two parts— the Gulf of Suez 
and the Gulf of Akaba, the former of which was the part 
of the Bed Sea crossed by the Israelites, and in which the 
hosts of Pharaoh were drowned. Between the two gulfs is 
the Peninsula of Sinai. 



OEOOEAPHICAL. 191 



4. JEgean Sea : That part of the Mediterranean between 
Asia Minor and Greece. It is not mentioned by this name 
in the Bible. On it some of Paul's sea voyages were made. 

6. Euzine Sea: Also called "Pontus Euxinus," and now 
usually known as "the Black Sea." It lies north of Asia 
Minor. It is not mentioned in the Bible. 

6. Adria : The western part of the Mediterranean, between 
Sicily and Southern Italy and Greece. Across it Paul's voy- 
age to Rome was made (Acts 27 : 27). 

Gulf. 

The Persian Gulf: The outlet of the great rivers of Old 
Testament history, between Persia and Arabia. It is not men- 
tioned in the Bible. 

Lakes. 

1. Merom: ^ow called "Huleh;" a triangular sheet of 
water three miles across, in northern Galilee, through which 
the Jordan runs. Joshua here won a victory over the north- 
ern chiefs during the conquest of Canaan (Joshua 11 : 5-7). 

8. Sea of Galilee : Called also " Chinnereth " (JS'um. 24 : 11); 
*' Chinneroth " (Joshua 11 : 2) ; " Gennesaret " (Luke 5 : 1), and 
'' Tiberias " (John 6:1). It is a body of fresh water, east of 
the province of Galilee, about six miles wide and thirteen 
miles long, through which the Jordan runs. Many important 
events in the life of Christ occurred on its shores. 

3. The Dead Sea : Called in the Bible by various names— 
*'Salt Sea" (Gen. 14:3); "Sea of the Plain" (Deut. 4:49); 
" East Sea " (Joel 2 : 20) ; " The Sea " (Ezek. 47 : 8), lying east 
of the central portion of Judea. Its dimensions are about 
ten and one-half miles by forty-six. On its shores the cities 
of Sodom and Gomorrah were located. It receives the waters 
of the Jordan, but has no visible outlet. Its waters are very 
salty, and its shores in places desolate. 

Pools. 

1. Upper Gihon : A reservoir enclosed in stone walls, 316 
feet long, 218 feet wide, and twenty feet deep, located about 
2000 feet west of the Jaffa Gate at Jerusalem. It was one 



193 S UPFLEMEXTA B Y. 



of the ancient ^'ater supplies of Jerusalem (2 Kings 18 : 17 ; 
Isaiah 7:3). 

2. Lower Gihon : In the valley of Hinnom at Jerusalem^ 
about 75 feet long by fifty feet wide, enclosed by a wall of 
masonry built on the solid rock of the valley. This place is 
supposed to be where Solomon was crowned king (1 "Kings 
1 : 38). 

3. Pool of Siloam : In the valley of the Kedron, fifty-twa 
feet long by eighteen feet wide. This is the pool to whick 
Jesus sent the blind man to wash and receive sight (John 9:7). 

4. The Spring Enrogel : Called also " the Fountain of the 
Virgin ; " in the Kedron vaUey opposite the stone Zoheleth 
(1 Kings 1:9). Its action is intermittent, rising and falling 
suddenly, sometimes oftener than once a day. From this fact 
some have thought it to be the Pool of Bethesda (John 5 : 2-9). 

5. Pool of Bethesda : Most explorers believe this pool to be 
the one now known as '•'Kirket Israel," between the gate of 
St. Stephen and the waU of the Temple Enclosm-e. It is 303 
feet long by 120 wide, and eighty feet deep. 

6. Pool of Hezekiah : It is within the walls of Jerusalem ; 
it is 240 feet long and 144 feet wide, and its waters are 
derived from the Upper Gihon by means of- an aqueduct 
(2 Kings 20 : 20). 



STREAMS OF THE BIBLE. 



I. En^ES. 

1. Euphrates: In Mesopotamia, emptying into the Persian^ 
Gulf. It was one of the rivers of Eden (Gen. 2 : 14) ; the river 
on which Babylon was built ; called also " The Flood " (Joshua 
24: 2), and the eastern boundary of the Promised Land (Gen. 
15:18). 

2. Gihon : One of the rivers of Eden (Gen. 2 : 13). It has- 
not been satisfactorily identified with any known stream. 



OEOGEAPEIGAL. 193 



3. Hiddekel: One of the rivers of Eden (Gen. 2:14), now 
known as the Tigris. It rises in Assyria and empties into the 
Persian Gulf. 

4. Pison : One of the rivers of Eden (Gen. 2 : 11). It has 
not been identified with any known river. 

6. Nile: The great river of Egypt, emptying into the 
Mediterranean. On its banks many interesting events occurred 
connected with the history of Moses. 

6. Araxes : Not named in the Bible, but important as a 
boundary ; rises in the Ararat range, and flows eastward into 
the Caspian Sea. 

7. River of Egypt : On the borders of Egypt, the southern 
boundary of the Promised Land (Num. 23 : 5). 

8. Jordan : Eastern boundary of Palestine ; the river crossed 
by the Israelites to enter Canaan (Joshua 1 : 11) ; the scene of 
Naaman's cleansing (2 Kings 5 : 14), and of other important 
events in Old Testament history, and the river in which Jesus 
was baptized (Matt. 3 : 13-17). 

9. Kanah: In Palestine; the border of the inheritance of 
Ephraim and Manasseh (Joshua 16 : 8). 

10. Abana : At Damascus in Syria, commended by Naaman 
as superior to all the waters of Israel (2 Kings 5 : 12). 

11. Pharpar : At Damascus in Syria, associated with Abana 
in Naaman's commendation (2 Kings 5 : 12). 

12. Habor: In Chaldea, the scene of the captivity of 
Eeuben, Gad, Manasseh and other Tribes of Israel (2 Kings 
17 : 6). 

13. Chebar : In Chaldea, the scene of Ezekiel's vision (Ezek. 



1 : 1-3). 



11. Brooks. 



1. Jabbok : Boundary between Ammon and Moab, and the 
scene of Jacob's wrestling with the angel (Gen. 32 : 22). 

2. Zared : Boundary between Edom and Moab, and emptying 
into the Dead Sea at the southern extremity (Num. 21 : 12). 

3. Arnon: The boundary of Moab and the Amorites, and 
the scene of the slaughter by Israel in their passage through 
the wilderness (Num. 21 : 13-15). 

4. Oherith : In the plains of Jericho, where Elijah was fed 
by ravens (1 Kings 17 : 5). 



194 S UPPLE5fENTAR Y. 



5. Kishon : In Samaria, the scene of the defeat of Sisera 
(Joshua 4:7), and the slaughter of the prophets of Baal 
{1 Kings 18 : 40). 

6. Kedron: In Judea, crossed by Jesus on his way to 
Gethsemane (John 18 : 1). 

7. -Slnon : Kow called " Farah," in Samaria, flowing east- 
ward into the Jordan, where John baptized (John 3 : 23). 



XXIII. 

CITIES AND TOWNS OF THE BIBLE. 

THE OLD TESTAMENT. 



I. In the Far East. 

1. Babylon: On the Euphrates, in Chaldea; the site of the 
Tower of Babel, and the seat of the great Babylonian Empire 
{Gen. 10 : 6-10). 

2. Haran: A place in Mesopotamia, whither Abraham 
migrated from Ur of the Chaldees (Gen. 12 : 4). 

3. Nineveh : In Assyria, the capital and chief city of that 
great empire, to which place Jonah was sent on a mission 
< Jonah 1:2). 

4. Shushan: Called also ''Susa; " in ancient Elam, and the 
capital of the Persian Empire (Neh. 1:1). 

II. In Egypt. 

1. Memphis : On the Xile ; the capital of Egypt in the days 
of the bondage of Israel. It is often mentioned in the prophe- 
cies, under this and other names (Hosea 9:6). 

2. Thebes : A chief city of ancient Egypt, long the capital 
of the upper country. In the Scripture it is usually called 
"No" (Jer. 46:25). 

3. Rameses : A city and district where Joseph's father and 
brethren received a possession (Gen. 47: 11); also one of the 
store-cities built by the Israelites for Pharaoh (Ex. 1 : 11). 



GEOGRAPHICAL. 195 

4. Pithom : One of the treasure cities of Egypt (Ex. 1 : 11). 
6. Etham : On the borders of Egypt ; one of the early rest- 
ing places of Israel (Ex. 13 : 20). 

6. Migdol : Not far from Eameses, mentioned in connection 
with the departure of Israel from Egypt (Ex. 14 : 2) 

7. Pihahiroth : The third encampment of Israel, not far 
from the sea (Ex. 14 : 2). 

[II. In Syria. 

1. Damascus : A very ancient and noted city, founded by a 
'grandson of Shem, on the Abana and Pharpar rivers. It was 

the capital of the Kingdom of Syria, and was called by the 
prophet '' its head " (Isa. 7:8). 

2. Tyre : On the Mediterranean, in the district of Phoenicia. 
The Israelites were unable to take it (Judges 1 : 31) ; David 
and Solomon made peace with Hiram, its king (2 Sam. 5 : 11 ; 
1 Kings 5:1); the prophets described its prosperity and pre- 
dicted its overthrow (Ezek. 26 : 7 ; 27). 

3. Zidon: Called also "Sidon; " north of Tyre, on the 
Mediterranean. It was famous in the time of the conquest 
(Joshua 19 : 28). 

4. Hamath : On the Orontes, in upper Syria, a boundary of 
the promised possessions (Num. 24 : 8). 

ly. Palestine. 

1. Ai: A place in the mountains above Jericho, where 
Israel met with a defeat (Joshua 7 : 2-5). 

2. Beer-sheba : In the southern part of the land ; a dwelling 
place of Abraham (Gen. 21 : 33). 

3. Bethel : A very ancient place, midway between Shechem 
and Hebron. Here Jacob saw his vision of the ladder (Gen. 
28 : 19). 

4. Bethlehem : A place six miles from Jerusalem, the birth- 
place of David (1 Sam. 17 : 12). * 

6. Dothan : A place in the vicinity of Shechem, where 
Joseph was cast into the pit, and afterwards sold (Gen. 37 : 16, 
28) ; it was also the residence of Elisha (2 Kings 6 : 13). 

6. Gaza : One of the five chief cities of the Philistines, whose 
gates Samson carried away (Judges 16 : 1-3). 



196 S UP PL EMU N'T A B Y. 

7. Gilgal : The site of the first camp of Israel after crossing 
the Jordan, and the headquarters during the conquest (Joshua 
4: 19,20). 

8. Gibeah: A place about three miles from Jerusalem, the 
home and capital of King Saul (1 Sam. 10 : 26). 

9. Hebron : An ancient place, about eleven miles south of 
Jerusalem, connected with many important events in the 
times of the patriarchs, the judges and the kings. 

10. Jericho : In the valley of the Jordan ; the first place 
captured by Joshua (Joshua 6). and connected with many other 
important events in Bible history. 

11. Jerusalem : The ancient Salem of Melchizedek (Gen. 
14 : 18), captured by David and made his capital (2 Sam. 
5 : 6, 7). 

12. Joppa : On the Mediterranean ; the port of Jerusalem 
to which the material for Solomon's Temple was sent (2 Chron. 
2:16). 

13. Sheehem : A place in the valley between Ebal and 
Gerizim, where Abraham built an altar (Gen. 12 : 6). 

^ 14. Shiloh : Not far from Bethel, on the way to Shechem. 
The Tabernacle was long pitched at this place (1 Sam. 1 : 24). 

15. Samaria : On the hill, six miles from Shechem ; the 
capital of the Kingdom of Israel (1 Kings 16 : 24). 

16. Ramah : A village four miles from Jerusalem ; the 
birthplace and residence of the prophet Samuel (1 Sam. 7 : 17). 

17. Shunem : A village five miles south of Mount Tabor 
where Elisha brought back a dead child to life (2 Kings 4 : 8-87)' 

18. Zarephath : In the vicinity of Zidon, the place of Elijah's 
residence during the latter period of the famine, and the 
scene of two miracles (1 Kings 17 : 9-24). 



OEOQRAPRICAL. 197 



XXIY. 
CITIES AND TOWNS OF THE BIBLE. 

THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



I. In Jud^a. 

1. Azotus : Near the Mediterranean ; the ancient Ashdod, 
visited by Philip (Acts 8 : 40). 

2. Bethlehem : Six miles south of Jerusalem ; the birthplace 
of Jesus (Matt. 2:1). 

3. Bethany: Near Jerusalem, on a slope of the Mount of 
Olives ; the home of Mary, Martha and Lazarus (John 12 : 1). 

4. Gaza : Near the Mediterranean, to which a road led from 
Jerusalem (Acts 8 : 26). 

5. Emmaus : Four miles south of Jerusalem ; the place to 
"which the two disciples were w^alking when joined by Jesus 
(Luke 24 : 13). 

6. Joppa : On the Mediterranean ; the port of Jerusalem 
where Peter saw a vision (Acts 11 : 5). 

7. Jericho : In the valley of the Jordan, where Jesus re- 
stored sight to Bartimseus (Mark 10 : 46). 

8. Jerusalem: The Holy City where all the great feasts 
were held (Luke 2 : 41). 

II. In Samaria. 

1. Antipatris : East of Shechem ; the place to which the 
guard conveyed Paul by night (Acts 23:31). 

2. Caesarea : On the Mediterranean, where Paul made his 
defence before Agrippa (Acts 25), 

3. Sychar : In the valley between Ebal and Gerizim ; the 
site of Jacob's well (John 4 : 5, 6). 

III. In Galilee. 

1. Bethsaida : A village on the Sea of Galilee ; the native 
place of Peter, Andrew and Philip (John 1 : 44). 

2. Cana: A village four or five miles northeast of Naza- 
reth, where Jesus performed his first miracle (John 2 : 11). 



19S S UPPLE^fEXTAR Y. 

3. Capernaum : A city on the northwestern shore of the 
Sea of Galilee, where Jesus lived, and performed many mira- 
cles (Matt. 4 : 13). 

4. Chorazin : A city on the northern shore of the Sea of 
Galilee, against which Jesus pronounced woes (Matt. 11 : 21). 

5. Magdala : A village on the western shore of the Sea of 
Galilee, visited by Jesus (Matt. 15 : 39). 

6. Nazareth : A town among the hills, about midway be- 
tween the Sea of Galilee and the Mediterranean; celebrated 
as the place where Jesus was brought up (Luke 4 : 16). 

7. Nain : A village on a hill southeast of ZsTazareth, where 
Jesus raised to life the widow's son (Luke 7 : 12). 

8. Ptolemais : On the Mediterranean, north of Mount Car- 
Inel, where Paul landed on his way to Jerusalem (Acts 21 : 7). 

9. Tiberias: A city on the western shore of the Sea of 
Galilee, visited by Jesus (John 6:1). 

ly. In Pek^a. 

1. Bethabara : A place east of the Jordan, nearly opposite 
Jericho, where John baptized (.John 1 : 28). 

2. Machaerus : East of the Dead Sea ; the place where John 
the Baptist was imprisoned and beheaded. !N'ot named in 
the Bible. 

V. Decapolis. 

1. Bethsaida : On the northeastern shore of the Sea of 
Galilee ; the place where Jesus fed the live thousand (Luke 
9 : 10-17). 

2. Gadara . A city south of the Sea of Galilee, which gave 
its name to the district—" the country of the Gadarenes '' 
(Mark 5 : 1). 

3. Gergesa : A little village east of the Sea of Galilee ; the 
place near which the demoniacs were cured, and the swine 
drowned (Matt. 8 : 28-34). 

VI. In Phcexicia. 

1. Tyre: The celebrated commercial city of antiquity, on 
the Mediterranean ; on " the coasts " of which Jesus cured 
the daughter of the Syro-Phoenician woman (Matt. 15 : 21-28). 

2. Sidon : A city on the Mediterranean, about t^'enty miles 
north of Tjve in a region once visited by Jesus (Mark 7 : 24). 



OEOGRAPRIGAL. 1^9 

YII. In Syria. 

1. Damascus : On a fertile plain, watered by the Abana and 
Pharpar, east of the Anti-Libanus mountains *, the place of 
the Apostle Paul's conversion (Acts 9 : 1-25). 

2. Antioch : On the river Orontes, seventeen miles from^ 
the Mediterranean, between the Taurus and Lebanon ran^es^ 
of mountains; the seat of the first missionary church (Act^ 
11 : 19-80). 

VIII. In Asia Minor. 

1. Antioch: A city in Pisidia, east of Ephesus, visited by 
Paul and Barnabas (Acts 13 : 14). 

2. Ephesus : A celebrated city one mile from the ^gean 
Sea, where Paul preached for a long time (Acts 19), and one 
of the seven churches of Asia (Rev. 2:1). 

3. Derbe : A town in Lycaonia, visited by Paul and Barna- 
bas (Acts 16 : 1). 

4. Iconium: Sixty miles east of Antioch, where Paul and- 
Barnabas preached (Acts 14 : 1-5). 

5. Lystra: Not far from Derbe, also visited by Paul and 
Barnabas; the home of Timothy (Acts 16 : 1), and where the 
two missionaries were thought to be gods (Acts 14 : 8-12). 

6. Laodicea : The capital of Phrygia, and the seat of one 
of the churches to which a message was sent by John (Eev. 
3 : 14). 

7. Miletus: The port of Ephesus where Paul delivered a 
farewell address (Acts 20 : 17-38). 

8. Myra : An important town of Lycia, where Paul changed 
ships on his journey to Eome (Acts 27 : 5). 

9. Patara : A sea-port of Lycia, where Paul took .ship for 
Phoenicia (Acts 21 : 1, 2). 

10. Pergamos : A city of Mysia ; the site of one of the seven 
churches of Asia (Eev. 2 : 12). 

11. Perga : A city of Pamphylia, visited by Paul and Barna- 
bas, and where Mark left them (Acts 13 : 13). 

12. Philadelphia : A town on the borders of Lydia ; the 
seat of one of the seven churches of Asia (Eev. 3 : 7). 

13. Smyrna: On the ^gean Sea, forty miles north of 
Ephesus ; the seat of one of the seven churches of Asia 
(Eev. 2 : 8). 



:S00 S UP PL EMENTAR Y. 

14. Sardis : An important city in Lydia ; the seat of one 
of the seven churches of Asia (Kev. 3 : 1). 

16. Troas : The ancient Troy, on the ^gean Sea, ■ where 
Paul in a vision received the call to Macedonia (Acts 16 : 8-10). 

16. Tarsus : A city of Cilicia ; the birthplace of the Apostle 
Paul (Acts 9 : 11). 

17. Thyatira : A city of Lydia, and the seat of one of the 
seven churches of Asia (Eev. 2 : 18). 

IX. In Macedonia. 

1. Amphipolis : Thirty-three miles from Philippi, and three 
miles from the ^gean Sea, visited by Paul (Acts 17: 1). 

2. Apollonia : A city thirty miles from Amphipolis, where 
Paul remained one day (Acts 17 : 1). 

3. Berea : A small city on the eastern side of Mount 
Olympus, where Paul preached, and where the people 
examined the Scriptures to see if his preaching was true 
(Acts 17 : 10-13). 

4. Philippi : A flourishing city nine miles from the ^gean 
Sea, celebrated as the first foothold of the gospel in Europe 
(Acts 16 : 12-40). 

5. Thessalonica : At the head of the Thermaic Gulf ; an 
important commercial centre, and the scene of Paul's labor 
(Acts 17 : 1-9). 

X. In Achaia. 

1, Athens : One of the most celebrated cities of the World, 
situated five miles northeast of the Saronic Gulf, a part of 
the ^gean Sea. It was the seat of Grecian learning, and the 
place where Paul delivered one of his most famous discourses 
(Acts 17 : 15-34). 

2. Corinth : An important city forty miles west of Athens, 
where Paul preached, and the seat of one of the leading 
churches (Acts 18 : 1-18). 

XI. In the Isles of the Sea. 

1. Pair Haven : A harbor in the island of Crete ; a place 
where the ship on which Paul was sailing anchored (Acts 
27 : 8) 



OEOGBAPRICAL. 201 



2. Mitylene : On the island of Lesbos, in the ^gean Sea, 
where Paul's ship anchored for a night (Acts 20 : 14). 

3. Paphos : On the western shore of Cyprus ; visited by 
Paul and Barnabas (Acts 13 : 6). 

4. Salamis : On the eastern shore of Cyprus ; visited by 
Paul and Barnabas (Acts 13 : 5). 

5. Syracuse : A celebrated city on the eastern shore of 
Sicily, where Paul stopped on his journey to Eome (Acts 
28 : 12). 

XII. Italy. 

1. Rhegium : A city on the southern extremity of Italy, 
where the ship in which Paul was journeying touched (Acts 
28 : 13). 

2. Puteoli: The leading port of Italy, where Paul dis- 
embarked (Acts 28 : 13). 

3. Appii Forum : A village on the Appian Way, forty-three 
miles from Kome, where Christians met Paul (Acts 28 : 15). 

4. Three Taverns : A place eleven miles from Rome, where 
another band of Christians met Paul (Acts 28 : 15). 

6. Rome : The great city of Italy, the capital of the Roman 
Empire, where Paul was taken for trial before Caesar (Acts 
28 : 16), and where he was afterwards put to death. 



JDESOEHSTT CP^ OSII^IST. 



ADAM 



Sheth 
Enosh 
Kenan 
ilehalaleel 
According to Jered 

Chbox. HE>0CH 

3Ierriusela 
Lamech 
NOAH 
Shem 
Arphaxad 
Shela PBEioD of 

Eber 2o8^ 

Peleg ^^^ 



Reu 
Semg 

Teran 

ABRAHAM 

I&aac 
Jacob 
Juda 

Phares 
Esrom 
Aram 

Aminadab 
Xaason 



tejles 



PKEIOD OF 
842 



Seth 
Enos 
Cainan 
Maleleel 
Jared According to 

E>'OCH LintB. 

Me:tiusala 
Lamecb 
XOE 
Sem 
Arphaxad 
Cainan 
^ Sala 

Heber 

Phalec 
Ragau 
Sarnch 
^Nachor 
Thara 
ABRAHAM 
Isaac 
Jacob 
Juda 
Phares 
Esrom 
Aram 
Aminadab 
^aason 
Salmon 



Salmon 

Booz Booz 

Obed Obed 

;jesse Jesse 

According to DATID Accordine to 

Matt. Solomon >arlian Lttke. 

Mauatha 
Eoboam ilenan 

Melea 
Abia Ellakim 

Asa Jonan 

Josapbat Joseph 

Joram Juda 

PZBIOD OF Simeon 



Ozlas 

Joatbam 



Achaz 
Ezeklas 



543 

TEAP.5. 



Manasses 
Amon 
Josias 



Levi 
Matbat 
Jorim 
Eliezer 
Jose 
Er 
Elmodam 
Cosam 
Addi 



According to 

Matt. 



Jebonias 

Salathiel 



Melcbl 
Xeri 
Salatbiel 



Eliakim 



ZOROBABEL 

Abiud Rtesa 

Joanna 
Juda 



According to 
LrKB. 



Achlm 



Christ bom about 4 
years before the com- 
mencemenrof our 
Christian era. being 
4,(xO rears after the 
ereatioa. 



PEBIOD OF 



Joseph 
Eemei 

Azor Mattathlas 

Maath 
Sadoc >« agee 

£sil 

'S&xun 
Amos 

TEAE3 Manathlas 

Blind Joseph 

Janna 

Eleazor Melcbl Both branches of Da- 

Levi vld's family meet in Zo- 

Marthan Matrhat robabel, and both his 

Jacob Heli branches In Christ, who 

Joseph Mary Is therefore stylsd the 

CHRIST Son of David. 



PAET II. 

The New Testament. 

cm) 



•i 



CHRONOLOGY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



EVENTS. 



Birth of John the Baptist. 
Birth of Jesus. 
Flight into Egypt. 
Return to Xazareth. 

Disputing with the Doctors. 

Beginning of John's Ministry. 

Baptism of Jesus. 

Beginning of His Work. 

Cleansing the Temple. 

Imprisonment of John. 

Sermon on the Mount. 

The Twelve Chosen. 

Eaising of the Widow's Sen. 

John's Inquiry. 

Stilling the Storm. 

Raising of Jairus' Daughter. 

Death of John the Baptist. 

Feeding the Multitudes. 

The Transfiguration. 

Final Departure from Galilee. 

Rejection at Samaria. 

Raising of Lazarus. 

Mission of the Seventy. 

The Feast at Bethany. 

The Last Supper. 

The Betrayal. 

The Crucifixion. 

The Resurrection, 

The Ascension. 

Descent of the Holy Spirit. 

Setting Up of the Church. 

First Persecutions. 

Philip at Samaria. 

Conversion of Saul. 

First Gentile Converted. 

Founding of Church at Antioch. 

Writing of Matthew's Gospel. 

James Killed by Herod. 

Paul's Call. 



B.C. 

5 


EVENTS. 


A. B 


His 1st Mssionary Journey Begun. 


48 


5 


Council at Jerusalem. 


50 


4 


Paul's 2nd Miss'y Journey Begun. 


51 


4 


Writing of I. Thessalonians. 


52 


A. D 


WritiDg of II. Thessalonians > 


53 


8 


Third Miss'y Journey Begun. 


54 


26 


Writing of I. Corinthians. 


57 


27 


Writing of Galatians. 


57 


27 


Writing of II. Corinthians. 


58 


27 


Writing of Romans. 


53 


28 


Writing of Luke's Gospel. 


58 


28 


Paul's Arrest at Jerusalem. 


58 


28 


Paul at Csesarea. 


59 


28 


Paul Starts for Rome. 


60 


28 


Paul Reaches Rome. 


61 


28 


Paul's Imprisonment at Rome. 


62 


28 


fEphesians. 


62 


28 
29 


_ , .. Philippians. 
Paul writes^ ^ , 

1 Colossians. 


62 
62 


29 


[Philemon. 


62 


30 


James Writes his Epistle. 


62 


30 


I. Peter Written. 


63 


30 


Acts Written. 


63 


30 


Paul is Acquitted. 


63 


30 


He Visits Various Places. 


63 


30 


f Hebrews. 


63 


30 


Paul Writes •< I. Timothy. 


63 


30 


' Titus. 


63 


30 


Writing of Mark's Gospel 


64 


30 


II. Peter Written. 


65 


30 


: Paul's 2d Imprisonment at Rome. 


65 


30 


IL Timothy Written. 


66 


35 


Martyrdom of Paul. 


66 


35 


Destruction of Jerusalem. 


71 


36 


Jude's Epistle Written. 


75 


40 


Writing of John's Gospel. 


85 


43 


Writing of John's Three Epistles. 


90 


43 


John's Visions at Patmos. 


96 


45 


Revelations Written. 


97 


47 


Death of John. 


iQO 



(204) 



II. The New Testament. 



I. 

THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



GENERAL OUTLINE. 

I. The Title.— The New Testament is the name given to- 
the Sacred Scriptures of the Christian Dispensation, in which 
is recorded The New Covenant, made between God and man, by 
which All Mankind are offered these privileges : 1. Adoption 
to be the Children of God ; 2. Incorporation into the Church 
of Christ; 3. Inheritance in the Kingdom of Heaven. 

II. The Authors.— The JSTew Testament contains twenty- 
seven books, the productions of Eight Authors, six of whom 
were apostles, and two missionary evangelists. 

III. The Time —The various books composing the volume 
were written at different periods between the years A. D. 40 
and A. D. 96. Their history covers a period of about One 
Hundred Years; their teaching is adapted to All Time, while 
their prophecies reach Into Eternity. 

ly. The Source. — The sources of information concerning 
the things recorded and taught were three-fold : 

1. Personal Knowledge of the authors, most of whom were 
the attendants and apostles of Christ. 

2. Testimony of others who were witnesses of the facts* and 
incidents related. 

3. Direct Inspiration of the Holy Spirit, which was given to 
the apostles to guide them into all truth. 

V. The Divisions.— The Books of the New Testament 
may be arranged, according to their subject-matter, into Four 
Departments : 

205 



206 THF NE W TES TA ME NT. 

1. The Biographical : Consisting of the Four Gospels, or 
Narratives of the Life of Christ, by Matthew, Mark, Luke 
and John. 

2. The Historical : The Acts of the Apostles, containing a 
condensed account of the setting up of the Church and the 
spread of the Gospel under the personal ministry of the 
apostles. 

3. The Didactical : Embracing the Epistles, or Letters, wiit- 
ten by the apostles, to various churches and individuals. 

4. The Prophetical : Consistiug of the Book of Eevelation, 
by John, the beloved disciple, and last of the apostles. 

yi. The Gexuixexess. — That the various books compos- 
ing The Xew Testament are Genuine, that is, that they were 
the works of the persons to whom they axe attributed, we 
prove by the following : 

1. The Testimony of the early Christian writers, such as 
Eusebius, in the fourth century; Origen in the third, and 
Clement, Tertullian and Irenseus, in the second, all of whom 
give partial or complete catalogues of the books as we now 
have them, quote from them and assign them to the authors 
whose names they still bear. 

2. The Absence in the works of their earliest opponents, both 
Jewish and Pagan, of any satisfactory evidence that the 
books were considered spurious. 

Vn. The Authenticity. — The following propositions 
prove that the New Testament Scriptures are Authentic, that 
is, that they are true in matter of fact and teaching : 

1. The Language and Style in which they are written show 
them to have been the productions of the times to which they 
relate. 

2. The Geography and Topography of the lands described are 
true to nature, as we find them to-day. 

3. .The Statements in them concerning rulers, governments, 
laws and customs, agree with the most reliable histories of 
the times. 

4. The Simplicity and Naturalness of the historical statements 
demonstrate their truthfulness. 

6. The Consistency of each book with itself, and one with 
another, shows the trust- worthiness of all. 



THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



307 



6. The Adaptability of the teachings to all times and circum- 
stances establishes their claim to divine origin. 

7. The Fulfillment of many prophetic passages shows divine 
guidance in their utterance. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



I. 



What is the name given to the 
<.!hristian Scriptures? Why so called? 
What is recorded in it? Who are the 
parties to the covenant? 

II. 

How many books in the New Testa- 
ment? By how many different au- 
thors? How many were apostles? 
Who were the others? 

III. 

Between what dates were the books 
written? How many years does the 
history cover? What is the scope of 
the teachings? Of the prophecy? 

IV. 

Mention the three sources of in- 



formation concerning the things re- 
corded. 



Into how many departments is the 
New Testament divided ? Name 
them. Mention the authors of the 
Biographical Books. Of the Histori- 
cal Book. The Didactical. The 
Prophetical . 

VI. 

What is meant by "genuineness?" 
Give the two proofs of the genuine- 
ness of the New Testament. 

VII, 

What is meant by "authenticity?" 
Give the seven propositions submitted 
in proof of the authenticity of the 
New Testament. 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God has made provision for the final holiness and hap- 
piness of all who will comply with the conditions of the New 
Covenant. 

2. The New Testament is varied in its contents ; the work 
of different authors, yet one harmonious whole. 

3. The writing of the New Testament was the work of a 
single age, but is adapted to all times. 

4. The writers testified to the things they had seen and 
heard, and made known the truths revealed to them by the 
Holy Spirit. 

5. The New Testament is a book of order and system, and 
in studying it we must take into account its natural divisions. 

6. God raised up witnesses to testify to the truthfulness 
of his servants. 

7. The New Testament is a living witness of its own truth- 
fulness, its influence in the world testifying to its divine char- 
acter. 



268 TH^ NE W TES TAME NT, 

II. 

THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



HISTORICAL OUTLINE. 

The New Testa3Eent, historically, may be divided into 
Nine Periods, eight of which pertain to Time, and one to Eternity. 

I. First Period.— The first period begins with the pre- 
diction of the birth of John the Baptist, and ends with the 
beginning of his public ministry, covering a period of about 
Thirty-two Years. 

1. Persons: The principal persons of this period are, 1. The 
Angels ; 2. Zacharias ; 3. Elizabeth ; 4. Mary ; 5. Joseph ; 
6. The Shepherds ; 7. The Magi; 8. Herod; 9. Jesus; 10. 
Simeon; 11. Anna; 12. The Doctors. 

2. Plaoes: The principal places are, 1. Jerusalem; 2. Kaza- 
reth; 3. Hebron; 4. Bethlehem; 5. The East; 6. Egypt. 

3. Events: The chief events are, 1. The annunciation by 
the angels; 2. The birth of John the Baptist; 3. The birth 
of Jesus ; 4. The adoration of the shepherds ; 5. Presenta- 
tion of Jesus in the Temple; 6. Visit of the Magi; 7. The 
flight to Egypt; 8. Massacre at Bethlehem; 9. Keturn to 
Nazareth; 10. Disputing with the doctors in the Temple; 
11. Childhood and early manhood of Jesus. 

II. Second Period.— The second period begins with the 
opening of the ministry of John the Baptist, and ends with 
his introduction of Jesus as the Lamb of God, covering about 
Six Months. 

1. Persons: 1. John the Baptist; 2. The People of Judea 
and Jerusalem; 3. Pharisees and Sadducees; 4. Jesus; 5. The 
Holy Spirit; 6. The Devil; 7. Disciples. 

2. Places : 1. Wilderness of Judea ; 2. Jerusalem ; 3. Beth- 
abara on the Jordan. 

3. Events : 1. The preaching of John ; 2. Baptism of the 
people ; 3. Rebuke of the Pharisees and Sadducees ; 4. Bap- 
tism of Jesus ; 5. Descent of the Holy Spirit ; 6. The Father's 
testimony ; 7. Temptation by Satan ; 8. Introduction of 
Jesus bv John. 



THE NE W TES TAME NT. 309 

III. Third Period.— The third period beghis with the 
beginning of the ministry of Jesus, and ends with his cruci- 
fixion, covering about Three and One-half Years. 

1. Persons: 1. Jesus; 2. John the Baptist ; 3. The Disciples ; 
4. The Multitudes, Friends and Poes ; 5. Jewish Rulers ; 
6. Demons; 7. Roman Authorities; 8. Roman Soldiers; 9. 
Angels; 10. The Heavenly Pa,ther. 

2. Places : Various cities, towns, villages and country dis- 
tricts, in Judea, Samaria and Galilee. 

3. Events: 1, Preaching of Jesus; 2. Calling of disciples; 

3. His miracles; 4. His teachings; 5. Preaching and miracles 
of the disciples ; 6. Prayers of Jesus ; 7. Glory of Jesus ; 8. 
His betrayal ; 9. Trial ; 10. Crucifixion ; 11. Death. 

ly. Fourth Period.— The fourth period begins with the 
death of Christ, and ends with his resurrection, embracing 
Three Days. 

1. Persons : 1. Jesus ; 2. Soldiers ; 3. Pilate ; 4. Joseph of 
Arimathsea; 5. Kicodemus; 6. Jewish Rulers; 7. Roman 
Guard. 

2. Places: 1. Jerusalem; 2. Golgotha; 3. The Garden; 

4. The Unseen World. 

3. Events : 1. Rending of the veil of the Temple ; 2. Testi- 
mony of the centurion ; 3. Piercing of Jesus ; 4. The burial ; 

5. The placing of the guard. 

Y. Fifth Period.— The fifth period begins with the res- 
urrection of Ciirist, and ends with his ascension, covering a 
period of Forty Days. 

1. Persons: 1. Jesus; 2. The Angels; 3. The A7omen ; 4. 
The Guards; 5. Rulers; 6. Disciples. 

2. Places : Various places in Judea and Galilee. 

3. Events: 1. Rolling of the stone from the sepulchre; 
2. Resurrection of Jesus; 3. Visit of the women; 4. Visit 
of the disciples ; 5. Report of the guard ; 6. Appearance of 
Jesus to Mary; 7. To the two disciples near Emmaus; 
8. To Peter; 9. To the ten apostles; 10. To the eleven; 11. 
To the seven at the sea; ]2. The commission given in Gali- 
lee ; 13. Appearance to five hundred brethren ; 14. The ascen- 
sion from the Mount of Olives. 

VI. Sixth Period.— The sixth period begins with the 



21 TffU NE W TES TAME NT. 

ascension of Christ, and ends with the descent of the Holy 
Spirit, embracing about Ten Days. 

1. Persons: 1. Jesus; 2. The Angels; 3. The Disciples; 
4. The Father ; 5. The Heavenly Hosts ; 6. The Holy Spirit. 

2. Places: 1. Mount of Olives; 2. The Courts of Heaven; 
■S. The City of Jerusalem. 

3. Events: 1. The ascension of Jesus; 2. His reception in 
Heaven ; 3. Eeturn of the disciples to Jerusalem ; 4. Meeting 
in the upper room; 5. Descent of the Holy Spirit. 

yil. Seventh Period.— The seventh period begins with 
the first sermon after the descent of the Holy Spirit, and 
ends with the close of the apostolic ministry, embracing 
about Sixty-four Years. 

1. Persons : 1. The Holy Spirit ; 2. The Apostles ; 3. Multi- 
tudes of Believers and Unbelievers ; 4. Eulers ; 5. Augels ; 
The Heavenly Pather. 

2. Places: 1. Jerusalem; 2. Samaria; 3. All Parts of the 
J^nown "World. 

3. Events: 1. Preaching of the apostles, and others; 2. 
lEstablishing of the Church ; 3. Working of miracles ; 4. 
Spread of the Gospel ; 5. Persecutions ; 6. Death of the apos- 
tles. 

YIII. Eighth Period.— The eighth period begins with 
the death of John, the last of the apostles, and will end with 
the Second Coming of Christ, embracing an Unknown Period 
of time. 

1. Persons: 1. The Pather; 2. The Son; 3. The Holy 
.Spirit; 4. The People of all the World. 

2. Places: The Earth and Heaven. 

3. Events: The preaching of the Gospel in all the world. 
IX. iNiNTH Period.— The ninth period will begin with 

the Second Coming of Christ, and will never end, being of 
Endless Duration. 

1. Persons* 1. AH the Inhabitants of Earth, of all Ages; 
:2. All the Hosts of Heaven ; 3. The Devil and all his Angels ; 

4. The Pather, the Son and the Holy Spirit. 

2. Places : Earth, Hell and Heaven. 

3. Events: 1. The Coming of Christ; 2. The resurrection; 

5. The judgment; 4. The final separation of the righteous 



THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



211 



from the wicked; 5. Life everlasting in the Kew Jeru- 
salem. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



How many periods are mentioned? 
When does the first begin? When 
end? What length of time does it 
cover? Name the principal persons. 
The places. The events. 

II. 

When does the second period be- 
gin? When end? What length of 
time does it cover? Name the per- 
sons. Places. Events. 

III. 

When does the third period begin? 
When end? Its duration? Name the 
persons. Places. Events. 

IV. 

When does the fourth period begin? 
When end? Its duration? Name the 
persons. Places. Events. 



V, 



When does the fifth period begin? 
When end? Its duration? Name the 
persons. Places. Events. 

\I. 

When does the sixth period begin? 
When end? Its duration? Name the 
persons. Places. Events. 
VIL 

When does the seventh period be 
gin? When end? Its duration? Nam* 
the persons. Places. Events. 
VIII. 

When does the eighth period begin? 
When end? Its duration? Name the 
persons. Places. Events. 
IX. 

When •will the ninth period begin? 
When end? What will be its dura- 
tion? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. God announced beforehand the coming of his Son, and 
of his chosen herald. 

2. God sent the herald to prepare the way before his 
Son. 

3. Jesus came to enlighten and help the world, and died 
to save from sin. 

4. Jesus laid in the grave three days and three nights, 
verifying the predictions of the prophets. 

5. Jesus arose from the dead the third day, triumphing 
over death and the grave. 

6. Jesus ascended to heaven to prepare a place for his 
children. 

7. The Holy Spirit came to earth to guide and direct the 
apostles into all truth. 

8. The Gospel is to be preached in all the world through ' 
the instrumentality of his people. 

9. Jesus will come to earth a second time, when there 
will be a final separation between the evil and the good. 



212 THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



I. BIOGRAPHICAL. 



III. 
THE GOSPELS. 



GENERAL OUTLINE. 

I. The Name. — '^ The Gospels" is the name often given 
to the first department of the New Testament, consisting of 
four distinct Narratives of the Life of Christ. The word 
" Gospel " means Good News, and the books to which the name 
is given contain the Good Tidings of salvation through Jesus 
Christ. 

II. The Authors. — The authors of these narratives^ 
respectively, were, 

1. Matthew: An early disciple of Christ, and one of the 
twelve apostles. 

2. Mark : An attendant of Paul and Barnabas on their first 
i;nissionary journey, but not' an apostle. 

3. Luke : A faithful colleague of Paul, but not an apostle. 

4. John : One of the earliest of the disciples, and one of 
the most eminent of the apostles. 

III. The TiiviE. — The Gospels were written between the 
years A. D. 40, and A. D. 70. The time covered by their his- 
tory is about thirty-four years, from B. 0. 5 to A. D. 29. 

IV. The Source.— The sources of information concern- 
ing the things recorded, were personal intercourse with Christ 
by the writers ; the testimony of others, and the instruction 
of inspired men. 

V. The Peculiarities.— Matthew, Mark and Luke give 
a general view of our Lord's Life and Teaching, and are called 
Synoptical. John is Supplementary. They are not Four Gospels, 
but One Gospel, under four aspects, as presented to the minds 
of four different writers. They are supposed to have been 
prefigured by the four cherubim seen by Ezekiel in his vision 



BIOGRAPHICAL. 



213 



(Ezek. 1 : 1) : Matthew as a Man, emphasizing the Historical 
Import of the Life of Christ; Mark as a Lion, emphasizing His 
Royal Supremacy; Luke as an Ox, emphasizing His Sacrificial 
Significance, and Joiin as an Eagle, emphasizing His Divinity. 

yi. The Aim.— The primary object had in view by each 
of the four writers, was to prove that Jesus was the Promised 
Messiah, the Son of God, that the world might believe, and 
have eternal life through his name. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



I. 



What name is often given to the 
first department of the New Testa- 
ment? Of what does it consist? What 
is the meaning of the word "gospel?" 
What do the four books contain? 

II. 

Give the names of the four authors. 
What was Matthew? With whom did 
Mark travel? Was he an apostle? 
Of whom was Luke a colleague? What 
do you know of John? 

III. 

Between what two periods of time 
were the Gospels written? What 
length of time is covered by their his- 
tory? 



IV. 



Mention the three sources of infor- 
mation concerning the things record- 
ed cited above. 

V. 

What do Matthew, Mark and Luke 
give? What are they called? What is 
John? Are there four Gospels or onti 
How is the one Gospel presented? By 
what were they prefigured ? How was 
Matthew represented? Mark? Luke? 
John? What characteristic of Christ 
did each of these emphasize? 

VI. 

What was the primary object of 
each of the four writers? What may 
the belief of this truth bring to us? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. The Glad Tidings of great joy is, that salvation is 
offered to all through Jesns Christ. 

2. God inspired his servants to make known this good 
news to the world. 

3. The most important events of all time were crowded 
into the short period of thirty-four years. 

4. The four writers view the character of Christ from four 
different points of vision, that they may set him forth in his 
fulness. 

5. The object of all is to prove that Jesus is the Christ, 
the Son of God. 



214 THE NEW TESTAMENT. 

ly. 

THE GOSPEL OF MATTHEW. 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The Author.— Matthew, the son of Alphseus, before 
his call to be a disciple, was known by the name of Levi, and 
was a publican, or collector of customs, at Capernaum, on 
the Sea of Galilee. He was one of the Chosen Twelve, but 
of his life and labors after the death of Jesus, aside from 
the writing of this book, but little is known. 

II. The Date. — This Gospel is thought to have been 
written as early as A. D. 43, though some critics put it 
several years later. 

III. The Source.— Matthew, having been a personal attend- 
ant of our Lord during the most of his ministry, as well as 
an apostle, was a witness of many of the scenes and incidents 
recorded. Information concerning others he would obtain 
from eye-mtnesses and from conferences with Jesus; and 
perhaps, by direct revelation of the Holy Spirit. 

lY. The Purpose.— Matthew wrote his Gospel mainly for 
his fellow countrymen, in both Hebrew and Greek, to show 
them that Jesus of jSTazareth is the Messiah of the Old 
Testament, whom they had long been expecting. 

Y. The ARRA]srGE:MENT. — The arrangement is not chro- 
nological, but in groups. First is given the human descent 
of Jesus from Abraham, to show that he is the Promised 
Seed, in whom all nations should be blessed. Thus he com- 
pletes the Old Testament history and covenant. He is shown 
to be the one Antitype in whom all has been fulfilled, and 
that in him the Old Testament passes into the iN'ew. 

VI. Peculiarities.— This Gospel is peculiarly charac- 
terized by repeated references to the Law and the Prophets ; 
by careful enumerations of such teachings as would awaken 
J ews, and correct their false views, and by warning of national 
calamities. 



BIOGRAPHICAL. 315* 



ANALYSIS. 

I. The Advent of Jesus.— In the fulness of time Jesus 
came into the world on his mission of salvation. 

1. His Descent (i : 1-17) : By the genealogical tables he is 
shown to be the son of Abraham, through David. 

2. His Parentage (i : 18-25) : His mother was a virgin, thus; 
fulfilling the prediction of tlie prophet. 

3. His Childhood (ii : 1-23) : He is born at Bethlehem ; taken- 
to Egypt for safety, and afterwards removed to Nazareth, 
where his childhood is passed. 

4. His Herald (in : 1-12) : John the Baptist prepares the 
way before him, by preaching the doctrine of repentance,, 
and announcing his coming. 

5. His Baptism (iii : 13-17) : He is baptized by John in the 
river Jordan; the Holy Spirit descends upon him, and the 
Father acknowledges him as his Son. 

6. His Temptation (iv : 1-11) : He is tempted by Satan in the' 
Wilderness, but puts the enemy to flight, after which angels 
minister to him. 

II. The Ministry of Jesus. — After his baptism and 
temptation, Jesus begins his public ministry. 

1. His Preaching (iv : 12-25) : He begins to preach the doc- 
trine of repentance, and call disciples, and is followed by a 
great multitude. 

2. His Teaching (v.-vii.) : He delivers his celebrated sermon 
on the mount, speaking the seven beatitudes, and teaching, 
the disciples many important lessons, among them the Model 
Prayer and the Golden Rule. 

3. His Miracles (viii., IX.): Lepers are cleansed; the sick 
cured ; the sea calmed ; demons cast out ; the ruler's daughter 
raised to life, and the blind made to see. 

4. His Disciples (x.) : He selects twelve from among the 
company of his disciples, and sends them out to preach and 
work miracles. 

5. His Testimony (xi : 1-19) : He cites his own works as evi- 
dence of his divinity, and bears testimony to the high char- 
acter of John the Baptist. 

6. His Warnings (xi : 20-24) : He warns the cities whereiik 



216 TEE NE W TES TA MENT. 

the most of his works have been done of their impending 
doom. 

7. His Mercy (xi : 25-30) : He invites the heavy-laden to 
come to him and find rest. 

8. His Authority (xii.) : He claims authority over the Sab- 
bath and the Temple, and shows his power over disease by 
healing many people. 

9. His Kingdom (xiii : 1-52) : He shows the nature of his 
kingdom in a series of striking parables. 

10. His Rejection (xiii: 53-58): He goes to IS[azareth and 
teaches, but is rejected by his fellow-townsmen, on account 
of his former lowly employment. 

11. His Herald's Death (xiv : 1-12) : Herod, the king, orders 
the death of John the Baptist, the herald of Jesus, to please 
the queen. 

12. His Power (xiy : 13-36) : He shows his power over nature 
by multiplying the food and stilling the tempest, and over 
disease, by curing the sick. 

13. His Reproofs (xv : 1-20) : He reproves the scribes and 
Pharisees for their hypocrisy. 

U. His Compassion (xv : 21-39) : He has compassion on a 
woman of Canaan and cures . her child ; and on the hungiy 
multitude, and feeds them by a miracle. 

15. His Warning (xvi : 1-12) : He warns the disciples to be- 
ware of the teaching of the Pharisees. 

16. His Church (xvi : 13-28) : He speaks of the foundation 
and enduring character of his Church ; foretells his death to 
establish it, and makes known the nature of some of the 
conditions of membership. 

17. His Glory and Power (xyii : 1-27) : He manifests his glory 
on the Mount of Transfiguration, and his power by working 
miracles. 

18. The Principles of His Kingdom (xviii.): He teaches the 
necessity of humility and purity, and a willingness to forgive 
others, as an essential for entering the kingdom of heaven. 

19. Various Lessons (xix,, xx.) : He gives instructions con- 
cerning marriage ; blesses little children ; points out the way 
to eternal life; speaks of the reward of the faithful, and of 
the true way to be great. 



BIOORAPIIIGAL. 217 



20. In and About Jerusalem (xxi.-xxiit.) : He enters Jerusa- 
lem in triumpli, and announces many important truths, in 
parables and otherwise. 

21. Eis Last Discourse (xxiv., xxv.): He foretells the de- 
struction of Jerusalem, to be attended and followed by wars, 
tribulations, false Christs and prophets, and at some period 
in the far future, by the coming of the Son of man, and 
general judgment. 

III. The Sacrtfice of Jesus.— The personal ministry of 
Jesus being ended, he makes preparation for the offering of 
himself as a sacrifice for sin. 

1. His Anointing (xxvi : 1-13) : At a feast at Bethany he is 
anointed with a box of precious ointment, by Mary. 

2. The Traitor (xxyi : 14-16) : Judas, one of the twelve, 
agrees to deliver Jesus into the hands of the Jews, for thirty 
pieces of silver. 

3. The Last Passover (xxvi : 17-29) : Jesus eats the passover 
with his chosen disciples, and makes known the sad truth 
that one of them is a traitor. 

4. His Betrayal (xxvi : 30-56) : He goes with the disciples to 
Oethsemane, where he is betrayed by Judas and arrested by 
the soldiers. 

5. Before the Council (xxvi : 57-75) : He is taken before the 
Jewisii council and condemned to death. 

6. Before Pilate (xxvii : 1-25) : He is taken before Pilate, to 
have the sentence of death approved. 

7. The Crucifixion (xxvii : 26-56) : He is crucified by the 
Roman soldiers, at Golgotha. 

8. His Burial (xxvii : 57-66) : His body is buried in a new 
tomb by JSTicodemus and Joseph. 

9. His Resurrection (xxviii : 1-15) : On the first day of the 
week he rises from the dead and appears to many witnesses. 

10. His Last Commission (xxviii : 16-20) : He meets his disci- 
ples in GrJilee, and gives them a commission to preach the 
gospel to all nations. 



318 



THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 

General View. Analysis. 



I. Who ■was Matthew? What was 
his other name? What oflaeial posi- 
tion did he hold? What is known of 
his labors? 

II. When was his Gospel probably 
written? What other vie\AS are held? 

III. What were the various sources 
of his information concerning the 
things written? 

IV. For whom was this Gospel 
written? In what languages? What 
purpose was kept in view? 

V. What is said of the arrange- 
ment of facts and incidents? 

VI. What peculiarities are marked 
in the composition? 



I. What is shown by the genealogi- 
cal tables? Where was Jesus born? 
Where was his childhood passed? 
Who was his herald? Where was he 
baptized? By whom tempted? 

II. What did he preach? Where 
was his most celebrated sermon de- 
livered? What miracles did he per- 
form? Whom did he send forth? 
What testimony did he bear? How 
did he show his power? How did he 
teach the nature of his kingdom? 
How was his glory shown? What 
warnings did he give? 

III. By whom was he betrayed? 
Condemned ? Crucified ? Buried ? 
When did he rise? Who commission? 



SEED THOUGHTS 

1. Matthew wrote his Gospel to prove to his Jewish 
brethren that Jesus is the Christ, whose coming was fore- 
told in the Old Testament. 

2. In writing his Gospel he records the things which he 
had himself seen and heard. 

3. He shows that Jesus was the Promised Seed of Abra- 
ham, in whom all nations should be blessed. 

4. Jesus was born at the time and place pointed out by 
the prophets. 

5. He withstood the temptations of the devil, putting 
him to flight bj^ the sword of the Spirit. 

6. He went about doing good, his mission being one of 
love and mercy. 

7. He showed his power over men, diseases, nature, devils 
and death, by the works he performed. 

8. When his work on earth w^as done, he gave his life as 
a sacrifice for sin. 

9. He arose from the grave at the appointed time, tri- 
umphing over death. 

10. He commissioned his disciples to preach the Gospel 
among all nations. 



BIOOBAPHICAL. 219 



y. 

THE GOSPEL OF MARK. 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The Author.— Mark, the son of Mary, whose house 
in Jerusalem became the meeting-place of the early Chris- 
tians, was also known by the Hebrew name of John. He 
was the nephew of Barnabas, and his attendant on his first 
missionary journey with Paul. He went with Barnabas on 
a second journey, and afterwards was with Paul at Rome, 
and also with Peter in Babylon. 

II. The Date.— This Gospel is generally supposed to have 
been written about A. D. 64, perhaps at the city of Rome, 
after the death of most of the at^ostles. 

III. The PuiiPOSE.— Mark wrote his Gospel for Gentile 
converts. This is to be inferred from the fact that he omits 
the genealogical tables of our Lord; makes few citations 
from the Old Testament ; interprets the Hebrew terms, and 
explains Jewish customs. 

ly. The Source.— Mark was not an apostle, or com- 
panion of our Lord during his ministry, and derived his infor- 
mation of events in the life of Christ from Matthew's Gospel, 
which was written before his ; from the instructions of Peter, 
and from other outside sources. 

V. Peculiarities. — Certain peculiarities mark this Gospel, 
such as follows : 1. The frequent use of the word '' straight- 
way ; " 2. The present tense in narration ; 3. The prominence 
given to the power of Jesus over evil spirits ; 4. The relation 
of many apparently minor incidents, in graphic language, 
that gives beauty and interest to the narrative. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. The Advent of Jesus.— Omitting all notice of the 
birth and childhood of Jesus, Mark begins with 

1. The Ministry of John (i : 1-8) : He appears in the wilder- 
ness of Judea; preaches the gospel of repentance, and bap- 
tizes the people. 



220 THE XEW TESTAMENT. 

2. The Baptism of JesTis (i : 9-11) : Jesus comes from Galilee 
and is baptized by John in Jordan : the Spirit descends upon 
him and God acknowledges him to be his beloved Son. 

3. His Temptation (i : 12, 13) : In the wilderness he is sub- 
jected to severe temptations by the devil, but comes off 
victorious. 

II. The Mixistkt of Jestjs ix Galllee. — Immediately 
after his temptation he begins his public ministiy. 

1. Oailing Disciples (i : l-i-20; : By the Sea of Galilee he calls 
his first disciples, and they straightway follow him. 

2. Working Miracles <'i: 21-4-5: n.. m.) : In Capernaum, and 
about ail Galilee, Jesus goes, performing miracles, which 
prove his divine power. 

3. Eis TeacMngs -rv.): By the Sea he teaches, in parables, 
the nature of his kingdom, and on the Sea gives a lesson 
of his power over nF,ture. 

4. Eis Power and Glory (v.-ix) : He shows his power at 
various times, over demons, diseases and nature, and mani- 
fests his glory on the Mount of Transfiguration. 

III. The Work of jEsrs ix Pek-Ea.— Leaving Galilee, 
Jesus sets out for Judea by way of Persea. east of the Jordan. 

1. Eis Dispute with the Pharisees (X : 1-12; : The Pharisees 
come to him ^vith questions concerning divorce, and he reasons 
with them and explains the law. 

2. Blessing Little Children fx : 13-16} : Little children are 
brought to him. and he takes them in his arms and blesses 
them. 

3. The Danger of Riches x : 17-27) : A rich young man comes 
to him with a question, and he teaches him and. the disciples 
the danger of earthly riches. 

L Reward of Faithfulness 'X : 28-31) : In answer to a question 
asked by Peter, he speaks of the reward of faithfulness in 
Ms ser%i.ce. 

5. Sufferings Foretold (x: 32-34): He tells the disciples of 
the sufferings that shaU befall him. when they reach Jeru- 
salem. 

IV. The Coxflicts of Jesus ix Judea. —Jesus and the 
disciples cross the Jordan, and go up to Jerusalem for the 
last time. 



BIOGEAPmCAL. 221 



1. True Greatness Defined (x : 35-45) : James and John make 
a request, in answer to which Jesus shows in what true 
greatness consists. 

2. Sight Given to the Blind (x : 46-52) : At Jericho Jesus gives 
sight to blind Eartimseus. 

3. Entering Jerusalem (xi : 1-11) : He enters the city of 
Jerusalem in triumph, and is received with honor. 

4. The Lesson of the Fig-tree (xi : 12-33) : He, by a word,, 
causes a fig-tree to wither, and from it ,teaches several im- 
portant truths. 

5. Lessons in Parables (xii : 1-12) : He teaches in parables 
the rejection of the Jews and reception of the Gentiles. 

6. Enemies Silenced (xii : 13-40) : His enemies try to entangle 
him with questions, but he puts them all to silence by his 
wise answers. 

7. The Widow's Mites (xii : 41-44) : He sees the poor widow's 
contribution of two mites and commends her. 

8. Calamities Foretold (xin:]-23): He foretells the destruc- 
tion of Jerusalem, and the overthrow of the Jewish nation. 

9. His Second Coming (xiii : 24-37) : He speaks of the signs 
that shall precede and accompany his second coming to 
earth. 

V. The Closing Scenes in the Life of Jesus.— 1. The 
Feast at Bethany (xiy : 1-11): A feast is made for Jesus at 
Bethany, where he is greatly honored. 

2. The Treachery of Judas (xiv : 10, 11): Judas, one of the 
twelve, bargains with the chief priests to deliver Jesus into 
their hands. 

3. The Last Supper (xiy : 12-25) : Jesus eats the last passover 
with his disciples, in an upper room. 

4. Agony in the Garden (xiv : 26-42) : He enters the garden 
of Gethsemane and pours out his soul in agonizing prayer. 

6. The Betrayal (xiv: 43-52): He is betrayed by Judas, and 
led away for trial by the soldiers. 

6. The Trial (xiy : 53-72) : He is taken before the council, 
and there pronounced guilty of the crime of blasphemy. 

7. The Sentence of Death (XY : 1-16) : He is taken before 
Pilate, the Eoman governor, who pronounces upon him the, 
sentence of death. 



222 



TEE NEW TESTAMENT. 



8. The Crucifixiofn (xv : 17-41) : He is led away to Golgotha, 
and crucified by the Roman soldiers. 

9. The Burial (xv : 42-47) : He is buried in the new tomb of 
Joseph of Arimathsea. 

10. The Resurrection (xyt : 1-13) : On the third day he arises 
from the dead, and afterwards appears to many of the dis- 
ciples . 

11. The Commission (xyi : 14-18) : He gives the twelve apos- 
tles a commission to preach the gospel in all the world. 

12. The Ascension (xvi : 19, 20) : He ascends to heaven, and 
is seated at the right hand of God. 



TEST QUESTIONSi 



General View. 

I. Who was Mark? By what other 
name was he known? What mission- 
ary journeys did he makfe? 

II. When did he write his Gospel? 
At what place is it supposed? 

III. For whom, did he chiefly write? 
What evidences of these are cited? 

IV. From what sources did Mark 
derive his information of the things 
about which he writes? Who were 
his instructors? 

V. What peculiarities mark his 
narrative? What word is a favorite 
with him? In what tense is his nar- 
ration? 



Analysis. 



I. By whom was Jesus baptized? 
Where? What descended upon him? 
Whose voice was heard? How was 
he tempted? 

II. Where did Jesus begin his min- 
istry? Where were his first disciples 
called? How were his power and 
gJory shown? 

IIT. By what route did Jesus go to 
Judea? What occurred along the 
way? 

IV. Give a summary of the events 
and conflicts in Judea. 

V. Give in order the closing events 
in the narrative. 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. In studying a book we must take into consideration the 
circumstances under which it was w^ritten. 

2. In presenting Christ to men or nations we should select 
from the supplies of divine testimony that which will be 
most direct, pertinent and conclusive. 

3. The teachings and miracles of Jesus clearly prove him 
to be the Christ, the Son of God. 



BIOGRAPHICAL. 223 



YI. 
THE GOSPEL OF LUKE. 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The Author.— Luke was probably of Gentile extraction, 
l)orn at Antioch. He was a man of superior education, as is 
proved by his writings, and a faithful colleague of the Apostle 
Paul, though not an apostle himself. 

II. The Date.— It is probable that the Gospel of Luke 
was written between A. D. 58-60, at Csesarea. 

III. The Purpose.— Luke's object in writing his Gospel 
is clearly set forth in the preface, and was to give a fuller 
statement of the life of Jesus than had at that time been 
made. 

ly. The Source.— Luke was not a personal witness of 
the things he recorded, but he had thoroughly examined 
original witnesses and documents, and then selected and 
arranged his material in historical order. He no doubt derived 
great assistance from " James, the Lord's brother," and from 
Paul, with whom he was long associated. 

V. Peculiarities.— 1. Luke wrote for both Jews and 
Gentiles; 2, He traces the genealogy of Christ, not merely 
np to Abraham, but up to Adam, the son of God; 3. He 
narrates many important events not mentioned by the other 
biographers ; 4. He dedicates his book to an individual called 
Theophilus, who was probably a distinguished Eoman, a 
friend of Luke, and also a "Friend of God," as the name 
signifies. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. The Prelude.— After the Preface, stating the author's 
reasons for writing his Gospel, he gives 

1. The Angel's Announcements (i : 1-38) : (1)^ To Zacharias and 
Elizabeth, of the birth of John the Baptist; (2) To Mary, 
of the birth of Jesus. 

2. Mary's Visit (i : 39-56) : Mary visits Elizabeth, who pro- 
nounces blessings upon her who is to be the mother of 
Jesus. 



224 THE NEW TESTAMENT. 

3. The Birth of John (i : 57-80) : John is born, and his father, 
under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, prophesies concern- 
ing his work. 

4. The Birth of Jesus (ii : 1-20) : Jesus is born in Bethlehem ; 
his birth is made known to the shepherds by the angels, and 
they go and worship the Child. 

5. Jesus in the Temple (ii : 21-39) : The Child is taken to the 
Temple, and Simeon and Anna utter prophecies concerning 
him. 

6. His Early Life (ii : 40-62) : He goes with his parents to 
Nazareth, where he resides with, and is subject to, them. 

7. The Ministry of John (in : 1-20) : John the Baptist preaches 
in the wilderness, baptizes the people and announces the 
coming of a Greater than he. 

8. The Appearance of Jesus (iii:21,22): He comes to John 
at the Jordan and is baptized ; the Holy Spirit descends upon 
him, and God acknowledges him as his beloved Son. 

9. The Genealogy of Jesus (m : 23-38) : The genealogy of 
Jesus is traced through Joseph, his foster-father, back through 
David and Abraham, to Adam. 

10. The Temptation of Jesus (iv : 1-13) : After his baptism, 
he goes into the T\ilderness, where he is subjected to the 
temptations of the devil, but comes off victorious. 

11. The Ministry of Jesus.— After his temptation he 
begins the great work of his life. 

1. Ministry in Galilee (iv : 14-ix : 50) : About all Galilee, he 
goes preaching and teaching, working miracles and calling 
disciples, in all giving the most satisfactory proofs that he 
is the Son of God. 

2. Ministry in Peraea (ix : 51-xvni : 30) : He sets out for 
Judea, through Persea, east of the Jordan, teaching and per- 
forming many mighty works by the way, which develop the 
principles of hi§ kingdom, and manifest his glory and 
Almighty power. 

3- Ministry in Judea (xviii : 31-xxi.) : Jesus and his disci- 
ples cross the Jordan into Judea, pass through Jericho, and 
on up to Jerusalem, teaching, and performing many mighty 
works on the way and after his arrival in the city. 



BIOGRAPSICAL. 



235>' 



III. The Closing Scenes. — His work on earth being^^ 
almost finished, Jesus prepares for the closing scenes. 

1. The Conspiracy (xxii : 1-6) : The chief priests and scribes 
conspire to put Jesus to death. 

2. The Passover Kept (xxii : 7-38) : Jesus and the Chosen 
Twelve keep the feast of the passover in an upper room. 

3. The Betrayal (xxii : 39-53) : He is betrayed by Judas in 
the garden of Gethsemane, and taken in charge by the: 
soldiers. 

4. Before the Council (xxii: 54-71) : He is taken before the- 
council and condemned, and also denied by Peter. 

6. Condemned to Death (xxiii : 1-26) : He is taken before 
Pilate and Herod; Pilate pronounces him innocent, yet to 
please the Jews, condemns him to death. 

6. The Crucifixion (xxiii : 27-49) : He is crucified by the. 
soldiers between two malefactors on Calvary. 

7. His Burial (xxiii : 50-56) : His body is taken down from: 
the cross and buried in the new tomb of Joseph of Arimathsea. 

8. His Resurrection (xxiy : 1-43) : He arises from the grave 
on the first day of the week, and appears to the disciples at 
various times. 

9. The Great Commission (xxiv : 44-49) : He commissions the 
disciples to preach the gospel among all nations, beginning; 
at Jerusalem. 

10. The Ascension (xxiv : 50-53) : He gives the disciples his 
parting blessing and ascends to heaven. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



General View. 

I. Who was Luke? Where was he 
born? What do his writii^gs show? 

II. At what time was his Gospel 
probably written? At what place? 

III. What was Luke's object in 
writing his Gospel? Where is this 
set forth? 

IV. What were the sources drawn 
upon by Luke for his information 
concerning the things whereof he 
writes? 

V. For whom did Luke write? 
From what point does he trace tne 
genealogy of Christ? To whom is 
his work dedicated? 

15 



Analysis. 



I. With what does this Gospel be*- 
giu? What announcements are re- 
corded? What events noted? Where 
was Jesus born? Where was his early 
life passea? Where baptized? 

IT. Where did Jesus begin his min- 
istry? By what route did he go to 
Jerusalem? What incidents are noted, 
by the way? 

III. Where were his closing days 
spent? Where was the passover ob- 
served? By whom was he sentenced 
to death? What was the great Com-- 
mission? 



226 TEE NEW TESTAMENT. 

SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. Gentiles, as well as Jews, were instrumental in making 
known the wonderful works of Christ. 

2. It is a blessed work to present the Gospel of the Lord 
Jesus Christ to others. 

3. We should carefully examine the facts and incidents in 
the life of Jesus, that our faith in his divinity may be 
strengthened. 

4. The coming of Jesus was long foretold by the prophets. 

5. The teachings and works of Jesus prove him to be 
the Son of God. 

6. When his work on earth was done, he freely laid down 
his life as a sacrifice for sin. 

7. The duty of the disciples of Jesus is to still carry on 
the work of preaching the Gospel. 



YII. 
THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The Author.— John, the son of Zebedee and Salome, 
and brother of James, who was also an apostle. He was 
called to be a disciple while engaged with his father and 
brother mending their nets. He was the youngest of the 
apostolic band, when called, and lived to the greatest age, 
and vvas perhaps the only one who did not suffer martyrdom. 
He died at Ephesus, about A; D. 100. 

II. The Date.— The critics are not agreed as to the exact 
time this Gospel was written, but the best authorities place 
it between A. D. 70 and A. D. 90. The place of writing is 
believed to have been Ephesus. 

III. The Purpose.— The apostle's object in writing his 
Gospel, he has himself clearly stated : " Many other signs 
therefore did Jesus in the presence of his disciples, which 
are not written in this book ; but these are written that ye 



BIOORAPHICAL. 327 

may believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and that 
believing j^e may have life in his name." 

IV. The Source.— John was one of the earliest of the 
disciples of Jesus, and the most faithful, as well as the one 
best loved, because he possessed in a larger measure the 
spirit of Christ. He was a personal witness of many of the 
wonderful works of Jesus, and heard much of the teaching of 
Him who spake as "never man spake." He lived long after, 
all the other apostles were dead, and when he wrote he had 
before him the narratives of Matthew, Mark and Luke, as 
well, perhaps, as the Epistles of the other apostles. From all 
these sources he drew, and was thus specially qualified for 
the work of writing the Life of the Master whom he loved 
so well, and whom he had so long and faithfully served. 

V. Peculiarities.— 1. John gives the descent of Jesus, 
not from Abraham or Adam, but from God ; 2. He dwells 
more fully on the divine character of Jesus than do the 
other biographers ; 3. He relates many things pertaining to 
the early ministry of Jesus that the others omit ; 4. He records 
many more of the discourses of Jesus than they ; 5. While 
the events narrated by the others took place mainly in Galilee, 
John's Gospel is almost w^holly occupied with the ministry in 
Judea; much of it with the sayings and doings of the last 
twenty-four hours of the life of Jesus ; Q>. It is pre-eminently 
the Gospel of Love ; the author dwelling much upon God's 
love for the world, the love of Jesus for his disciples, and 
the duty of love one for another. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. The Prologue.— John begins his record by giving, in 
a few verses, a summary of the great facts of the Gospel. 

1. The Eternal Word (i : 1-5) : The A\^ord existed in the 
beginning, and was the source of being, life and light. 

2. The Word Kevealed (i : 6-18) : The Woi-d is revealed to 
the world through the ministry of John, who appears to bear 
witness of the Light. 

3. The Word Made Flesh (i : 14-18) : The Word is made Plesh 
and dwells among men in the person of Jesus Christ. 

II. The Presentation of Jesus.— At the appointed time 
Jesus appears on the pages of human history. 



228 THE XE W TES TAMENT. 

1. The "Words of John (i : 19-28) : John the Baptist explains to 
those who querlion him his mission as the " Voice in the 
Wilderness/' preparing tlie way before the Coming Lord. 

2. The Witness of John (i : 29-36) : John points out Jesus as 
the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sins of the world. 

3. Jesus Manifesting Himself (i : 37-51): To those who follow 
him he shows something of his nature and power. 

4. Manifesting His Glory (n : 1-11) : In the circle of his disci- 
ples and friends he performs his first miracle, and manifests 
his glory. 

III. The Work of Jesus in the World.— Jesus passes 
beyond the circle of his disciples, and begins his public 
work. 

1. Cleansing the Temple (n : 12-17) : He appears in the Temple, 
as a Son in his father's house, and drives out those who have 
polluted it. 

2. His Authority Given (n : 18-22) : His authority for his 
actions rests on his being the Son of God, which his resur- 
rection will more fully demonstrate. 

3. The New Birth (ii : 23-25 ; ni : 1-21) : He explains the nature 
of the Xew Birth in a conversation with Xicodemus. 

4. The Close of John's Ministry (iii : 22-36) : John's ministry 
ceases and Jesus begins his in Judea. 

5. Teaching the Samaritans (iv: 1-42) : He visits Samaria, and 
talks with the woman of Sychar at Jacob's well, about the 
Water of Life, and preaches to the people of the city. 

TV. The Coxflicts of jEsrs with the World. — Jesus 
is set forth in his conflicts with ignorance and sin. 

1. At the Pool of Bethesda (v : 1-47) : He performs a miracle, 
and declares himself to be a co-worker with God, the Father. 

2. Feeding the Multitude (vi : 1-21): He feeds a multitude of 
five thousand, to do which he miraculously multiplies the food. 

3. The Bread of Life (vi : 22-71) : He declares himself to be 
the Bread of Life. 

4. At the Feast of Tabernacles (^ti:1-52): He attends the 
Feast of Tabernacles, where his teachings stir up great oppo- 
sition. 

5. "Words and Works (vrri., ix.) : His words and his works 
irritate his enemies, and they seek to kill him. 



BIOGRAPHICAL. 229 



6. The Shepherd and the Sheep (x.) : He discourses concerning 
the shepherd and the sheep, which increases tlie love of his 
friends and the hatred of his enemies. 

7. His Power Over Death (XI.): He shows his power over 
death by raising Lazarns. 

8. Jesus Honored (xii : 1-36) : He is honored by a feast at 
Bethany; by the people who welcome him to Jerusalem, 
and by the Gentiles, who seek an interview with him. 

9. Unbelief of the Jews (xii : 37-50) : He laments over the un- 
belief of the Jews among whom so many miracles have been 
performed. 

V. Jesus Manifested to His Disciples.— His mission to 
the world being in the main accomplished, he now shuts 
himself in with his disciples. 

1. A Lesson of Humility (xiii : 1-20) : He washes his disciples' 
feet at the last supper. 

2. The New Commandment (xiii : 31-35) : He teaches the duty 
of love one for another. 

3. Warning (xiii : 36-38) : He warns Peter that before day- 
light he will deny his Master. 

4. "Words of Consolation (xiv., xv.) : In view of his departure 
he comforts the disciples with various promises. 

5. Another Comforter Promised (xvi.): He promises to send 
the Holy Spirit as a Guide and Comforter, after his departure. 

6. His Prayer (xvii.) : He prays for his disciples ; for be- 
lievers in all ages, and for the unity of the church. 

VI. Jesus Lifted Up.— He is " lifted up " in two senses— 
on the cross by his enemies, to suffer and die ; to heaven, to 
die nevermore. 

1. The Betrayal (xviii : 1-11) : Jesus is betrayed by Judas, 
and arrested by the Roman soldiers. 

2. Before the High Priest (xyiii : 12-27) : He is taken for trial 
before the high priest, where he is denied by Peter. 

3. Before the Governor (xviii : 28-40) : He is taken before 
Pilate to have the sentence of death passed upon him. 

4. The Crucifixion (xix : 1-37) : He is delivered to the Jews 
and crucified by the Roman soldiers. 

5. The Burial (xix : 38-42) : He is taken from the cross and 
buried in the new tomb of Joseph of Arimathsea. 



230 



THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



6. The Resurrection (xx.): He arises from the dead on the 
third day and appears to the disciples at various times. 

yil. The Epilogi^e.— The last chapter is generally be- 
lieved to have been written as an Appendix some time after the 
main body of the work. The incidents recorded in it are 
not mentioned in any of the other Gospels. 

1. The Meeting by the Sea (xxi : 1-14) : Jesus meets seven of 
the disciples by the Sea of Galilee, and reveals himself to them. 

2. Charge to Peter (xxi : 15-19) : He gives Peter his last 
charge, and foretells the manner of his death. 

3. The Mission of John (xxi : 20-23) : While it would be the 
work of Peter to follow Jesus in a life of activity terminated 
by martyrdom, John may be called to tarry to receive the 
last Eevelation of God to man. 

4. Unrecorded Works (xxi : 24, 25) : John affirms, in conclu- 
sion, that Jesus performed many other works in the presence 
of his disciples, of which no record has been made. 

TEST QUESTIONS. 

General View. f Atstaxysis. 



I. Who was John? When was he 
called to be a disciple? What is said 
of his death? 

II. When did he probably write his 
gospel? At what place? 

III. What was his purpose in writ- 
ing? Did this differ from the general 
purpose of the other biographers? 

IV. What were the sources of his 
information concerning the things of 
which he wrote? What especially fit- 
ted him for the work? 

V. Mention some of the most strik- 
ing peculiarities of this Gospel. 



I. Mention the points set forth in 
the Prologue. 

II. By whom was Jesus presented 
to the world? What was the testi- 
mony of John? 

III. Mention the various points 
cited in the work of Jesus. 

IV. Give the points in the conflict 
of Jesus with the world. 

V. How did Jesus especially mani- 
fest himself to his disciples? 

VI. In what two senses was he 
lifted up? 

VI f. Of what does the Epilogue 
consist? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. Christ, as the Word of God, existed from all eternity. 

2. Christ came into the world to be the Light of the world. 

3. He showed his divine power that the world might believe. 

4. He manifested himself to his disciples, as he did not 
to the world at large. 

5. He was lifted up on the cross, and to heaven, that he 
might draw the world to him. 



HISTORICAL. 231 



II. HISTORICAL. 



VIII. 
THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The Author.— Luke, the author of the TMrd Gospel, 
also wrote the Book of Acts. This is evident from several 
considerations : ] . It is addressed to the same person ; 2. It 
continues the narrative from the place that treatise leaves 
it; 3. Its style is similar. 

II. The Date. — The best authorities fix the publication 
of the book about A. D. 63, during the time of Paul's first 
imprisonment at Eome. 

III. The Purpose.— The purpose of the author is to give a 
brief history of the foundation and spread of the Church of 
Christ, under the ministry of the apostles, among both Jews- 
and Gentiles. The Acts recorded are principally those of 
Peter and Paul, Avhose labors were most abundant. 

IV. The Source. — It is probable that the author derived 
his information of the things recorded in the earlier portions 
of the book from eye-witnesses. He was the traveling com- 
panion and friend of Paul, and witnessed many of the events 
narrated in the latter portion of the book ; a knowledge of 
others he would obtain from the great apostle himself. 

y. The Divisions.— The book may be regarded as divided 
into three sections: 

1, The Founding of the Church : The descent and work of the 
Holy Spirit, and the preaching of the apostles (i.-v.). 

2. The Growth, Development and Organization of the Church : Its 
growth in numbers ; its development in doctrine and spiritual 
life ; its organization into a body, with officers and somewhat 
defined methods of procedure— all in preparation for its work 
of preaching the Gospel to every creature, according to the 



'233 TEE XEW TESTAMEXT. 

great Commission given to the apostles by the Lord after his 
resurrection, but before his ascension to heaven (vi.-xii.). 

3. The Missionary Work of the Church : Beginning T\-ith the 
departure of Paul and Barnabas from Antioch, and closing 
lyith the preaching of the Gospel in the city of Eome (xrn.- 

ANALYSIS. 

1. The PEELrDE. — The first chapter is occupied by a 
statement of some of the events of the last days of Jesus upon 
earth; his closing interview mth the disciples; his ascension; 
the words of the angels; the return of the apostles to Jeru- 
salem; their daily meetings for prayer, and the election of 
Matthias as the successor of Judas, the traitor. 

.II. The Acts of Peter. — A considerable portion of the 
first part of the Book of Acts is occupied with a record of 
i;he Acts of Peter, and may be so considered. 

1. The Foundation of the Church (ii.) : The Holy Spirit descends 
upon the apostles on the day of Pentecost; Peter preaches 

rthe Gospel, and penitent believers are baptized. 

2. The Growth of the Church (m.-n.) : The apostles continue 
~to preach aud perform miracles, and the number of believers 

increases rapidly from day to day. 

3. The First Persecution (vii.): The gi'owth of the church 
develops opposition and persecution, and Stephen, the first 
Christian martyr, is stoned. 

4. The Extension of the Church (vni.j: On account of the 
persecutions at Jerusalem, the church is scattered. Philip 
preaches in Samaria, and to the Ethiopian in the desert. 

5. Conversion of Saul (ix : 1-31] : Saul of Tarsus sets out for 
Damascus as a persecutor, but is converted, and becomes a 
preacher of the Gospel. 

6. The PreaoMng of Peter fix:82-x.): Peter travels and 
preaches in various places, and opens the door of the church 
to the Gentiles. 

7. Peter's Defence (xi : 1-18) : Peter is called to an accoimt 
by the Jews for having preached the Gospel to the Gentiles 
and associated with them, and makes a defence before the 
church at Jerusalem. 



EISTOniCAL. 233 



8. Founding the Churcli at Antioch (xi : 19-30) : The Gospel is 
preached at Antioch, and a church founded in that great 
city. 

9. Persecutions Renewed (xii.) : Herod kills James, one of 
the apostles, and imprisons Peter, but he is delivered by an 
angel. 

III. The Acts of Paul.— The latter part of the Book of 
Acts is largely occupied with a record of the Acts of Paul, 
-and may be so considered. 

1. Paul's Call (XIII : 1-3) : Paul and Barnabas are called by 
the Holy Spirit to become missionaries, and are set apart to 
that work by the church at Antioch. 

2. The First Missionary Journey (xiii : 4-xv : 5) : Paul and 
Barnabas go on a missionary journey, and preach the Gospel 
at Cyprus, and at various places in Asia Minor. 

3. Council at Jerusalem (xv : 6-35) : A council of the apos- 
tles and elders convenes at Jerusalem to decide certain im- 
portant questions. 

4. The Second Missionary Journey (xv : 36-xvin : 22) : Paul 
^oes on a second journey, during which churches are founded 
in many important places. 

6. The Third Missionary Journey (xviii : 23-xxi : 17) : He goes 
on a third journey, preaching the Gospel ; strengthening the 
churches, and suffering much persecution, after which he 
returns to Jerusalem. 

6. The Arrest of Paul (xxi : 18-40) : Paul is arrested in the 
Temple, at the instigation of the Jews. 

7. His Defence (xxii : l-xxni : 6) : Paul is brought before 
the Jewish council, and speaks in his own defence. 

8. Paul at Caesarea (xxiii : 7-xxyi. ) : To save him from 
death at the hands of a Jewish mob, he is sent by the Koman 
authorities to Csesarea, where he makes a defence before 
Pelix, Festus and Agrippa. 

9. Journey to Rome (xxvii., xxviii: 1-15) : Paul, having ap- 
pealed his case to the Koman emperor, is sent to Kome. 

10. In Rome (xxyiii: 16-31): On reaching Eome Paul is de- 
livered to the authorities. He is kindly treated, and preaches 
the gospel, for two whole years, to both Jews and Gentiles. 



234 THE XEW TE6TAMEXT. 

TEST QUESTIONS. 

GsyEBAT. N'rKTV. I AjTALTilS. 

I. Who wrote the Book of Acts? I. What is stated in the Prelude? 
What evidence have we to prove this? Where did the apostles assemble? 

n. At what time was it written? ^x tt-u » ^ • • •^^ 

During what important period? ^^ Whose Acts are pnncipaUr 

-rr-, spoken of in the first part of the 

in. What was the author s purpose book? What are the chief events here 

in writing the book? Whose Acts are recorded? 
principally recorded? 

IT. From what source, did the an- , -^f-^ ^f « .^f i„r^// JPJj??!?^hl 

thor derive his information? ^^""W^ ^,^ '? ^^l ^^^^^^ F^^^ ""f ^^^ 

book? Mention the chief events re- 

\ . Into what three sections may corded. Where does the narrative 

the book be divided? leave Paul? 

SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. The Holy Spirit came at the beginning to guide the 
apostles in the work of preaching the Gospel. 

2. The persecutions of enemies caused the Gospel to be 
carried to other cities and lands. 

3. The work begun by the apostles, is to be cari'ied on by 
the church until the Gospel shall be preached among all 
nations. 



DIDACTICAL. 335 



III. DIDACTICAL. 



IX. 

THE EPISTLES. 



GENERAL OUTLINE. 

I. The Naihe.— The Third Department of the New Testa- 
ment is sometimes called the Didactical, which signifies " giving 
instruction," or "teaching." The instruction is given in the 
form of Epistles, or Letters. 

II. The Authors.— The writers of these Letters were 
Peter, James, John, Jude and Paul. Other of the apostles 
may have written, but if so, their productions have not come 
down to us. 

III. The Purpose. — These Letters were written, some to 
particular congregations of believers; some to the church at 
large, and others to individuals, to encourage ; reprove ; correct 
false teaching, and give special instruction in doctrine and 
practical duties. 

ly. The Source.— The authors of the Epistles all being 
apostles, were under the guidance of the Holy Spirit, and aE 
their utterances, as apostles, were by divine dictation. 

Y. Classification.— The Epistles may be classified as 
follows : 

1. The Pauline Epistles, or those wiitten by the Apostle Paul. 
These may again be subdivided into 

(1) The Doctrinal^ addressed to special churches— Komans, 
Corinthians, Galatians, Ephesians, Philippians, Colossians^ 
Thessalonians and Hebrews. 

(2) Pastoral, addressed to the evangelists, Timothy and 
Titus. 

(3) Special, addressed to an individual — Philemon. 

2, General Epistles, addressed to the church at large. 
These are, (1) One of James; (2) Two of Peter; (3) Three of 
John; (4) One of Jude. 



S36 



THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



"What is the Third Department of 
the New Testament sometimes calJed? 
What is the meaning of the word? Of 
what do the contents consist? What 
is an Epistle? 

11. 

Give the names of the writers of the 
Epistles. Who were they? Are these 
the only apostles who wrote? 

III. 

To what three classes were these 
Epistles written? What was the gen- 
eral purpose of these writings? 

IV. 

What special fitness had the authors 



for their work? What was sent to 
guide them into all truth? How are 
all their utterances to be received? 



Into how many general classes may 
the Epistles be divided? What is the 
tirst? Who was the author of these? 
How may they be subdivided? What 
is the first subdivision? To whom 
were they directed? What is the sec- 
ond subdivision ? To whom were 
they addressed? The third? To whom 
sent? What is the second general di- 
vision? How many in this class? Fow 
many writers were engaged in their 
production? Mention the number 
written by each. 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. The Holy Spirit was given to guide the apostles into 
all truth. 

2. They wrote letters to instruct the churches in doctrine 
and duties. 

3. What they have ^Titten we are to receive as coming 
from God. 

4. If we, as Christians, walk according to their instructions, 
we cannot go wrong. 



X. 



THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS. 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The Author.— This epistle was written by Paul, the 
great apostle to the Gentiles. Before his conversion he was 
known as Saul, and took part in the first persecutions of the 
Christians at Jerusalem, when Stephen was stoned. 

II. The Date.— The epistle, accordiug to the best 
authorities, was written about A. D. 58, from Corinth. This 
was before Paul's journey to Eome, the particulars of which 
are recorded in the Book of Acts. 



DIDACTICAL. 23r 



III. The Purpose.— The apostle had long purposed visit- 
ing Rome, but for a time was prevented from carrying out 
his design and, so addressed an epistle to tlie Eoman Chris- 
tians to supply the lack of personal teaching, Phoebe, of 
the church at Cenchrsea, was on the point of starting for 
Rome (xxv : 1, 2), and probably conveyed the letter. 

ly. The Church at Rome.— It is not definitely known 
when, or by whom, the Gospel was first preached at Rome^ 
and the church gathered. It may be that some of thos© 
Romans, " both Jews and proselytes," present on the day 
of Pentecost (Acts ii: 10), carried back the earliest tidings 
of the new doctrine ; or the Gospel may have first reached 
the city through those who w^ere scattered abroad to escape 
the persecution which followed the death of Stephen (Acts 
vni:4; xi:19). 

ANALYSIS. 

1. Personal Explanatioks.— 1. Who He Was (i : 1-6) : 
The writer explains that he is a servant of Jesus Christ, 
called to be an apostle. 

2. Whom He Addressed (i : 7) : Those in Rome w^ho had 
heard and accepted the call to be saints. 

3. His Prayer (i : 8, 9): He thanks God for their faith, 
mentioning them daily in his prayers. 

4. His Purpose (i : 10-15) : He has planned to visit them, 
and asks God to prosper his journey, feeling it his duty to 
preach the Gospel at Rome. 

II. Instruction in Doctrine.— 1. The Gospel (i : 16, 17) : 
The power of God unto salvation to all that believe, both 
Jew and Gentile ; therefore he is not ashamed of it. 

2. Sinfulness of the Human Race : (1) Of the Heathen (i : 18-3) ; 

(2) Of the Jews (ii : 1-13) ; (3) Comparison of Jews and 
Gentiles (11: 14-29). 

2. The Plan of Salvation Explained: (1) In Theory (iii); (2) By 
Illustration (iv., v). 

3. The Value of the Plan : (1) A formal union with Christ 
(VI : 1-16); (2) It makes us servants of Christ (vi: 17-23); 

(3) It supplies the defects of the Law (vii). 



338 THU NEW TESTAMENT. 

4. Freedom from Sin in Christ : Those who are in Christ are 
free from sin ; have the Spirit and look forward in 
hope (viii). 

6. Rejection of the Jews : (1) A matter of deep sorrow to 
Paul (IX : 1-5) ; (2) The promise not to the whole people, but 
to a select seed (ix : 6-13) ; (3) God's purpose not to be ques- 
tioned by man (ix : 14-24) ; (4) The calling of the Gentiles 
and rejection of the Jews foretold (ix: 26-31). The Jews 
did not seek justification aright, and so missed it. 

6. The Gospel Dispensation: Its character and results fore- 
shadowed in the Scriptures (x). 

7. Salvation of the Jews : (1) Their rejection not final 
{XI : 11-10) ; (2) This rejection has been the means of gather- 
ing in the Gentiles (xi : 11-25) ; (3) Through the Gentiles the 
Jews shall ultimately be saved (xi : 26-36). 

III. Practical Exhortations.— 1. To Holiness of Life : 
(1) Through activity in God's service (xii : 1) ; (2) By non- 
conformity to the w^orld (xii:2); (3) By humility (xii : 3) ; 
(4) By attention to one special calling (xii : 4-8) ; (5) By 
various duties (xii:9-21). 

2. Duties to Rulers: (1) Kender obedience to magistrates 
(XIII : 1-5) ; (2) Pay tribute (xiii : 6) ; (3) Do honor to those 
in authority (xiii : 7). 

3. Good Words: Such as becometh the Gospel urged 
(XIII : 8-14). 

4. Against Giving Offense to weaker brethren (xiy). 

5. To Help Others, bearing the infirmities of the weak, and 
trying to please others (xv : 1-13). 

IV. Personal Matters.— 1. His Purpose in "Writing: To 
put them in mind of the grace of God (xv : 14-21). 

2. His Purpose to Visit Them : To enjoy their company and 
then go on to Spain (xv: 22-29.) 

3. He Asks Their Prayers, that he may be delivered from 
enemies in Judsea, and be brought to them (xv : 30-33). 

4. Greetings : He commends Phoebe to them, and sends 
greetings to various persons (xvi). 



DIDACTICAL. 



239 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



General View. 

I By whom was this Epistle writ- 
ten? What was he befoie his conver- 
sion? In what special persecution did 
he take part? 

II , When was the Epistle written? 
From what place? Before what event 
noted in Acts? 

III. What had the apostle long 
purposed doing? What was his pur- 
pose in writing the letter? 

IV. What is not definitely known? 
By whom was the Gospel probably 
first preached at Rome? 



Analysis. 



I. Who was the writer? What was 
he? To whom was his letter ad- 
dressed? 

II. What is the Gospel said to be? 
How did Paul regard it? How is 
the Gospel Plan of Salvation ex- 
plained? 

III. What practical exhortations are 
given concerning those in authority? 
Concerning duties to others? 

IV. What did he desire to do? 
What did he ask them to do? To 
whom did he send greetings? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. The Gospel has power to change a persecutor into a 
humble believer. 

2. The Gospel is the power of God unto salvation to every 
one who receives it. 

3. God is no respecter of persons, but saves Jew and Gen- 
tile upon the same terms. 

4. The Gospel requires holiness of life, obedience to rulers 
and kindness to others. 

5. Christians should pray for their ministers, and kindly 
receive all who come to them in the name of the Lord. 



XI. 



THE EPISTLES TO THE CORINTHIANS. 



GENERAL OUTLINE. 

I. The Author.— The Two Epistles to the Corinthians 
were written by Paul, the great apostle, to the Gentiles. 

II. The Date.— The First Epistle was written A. D. 57, 
from Ephesus. The second was written a few months later 
from some place in Macedonia. 

III. The Church at Corinth.— The church at Corinth 
was planted by Paul himself (1 Cor. in: 6), in his second mis 



240 THE XE W TEH TAME NT. 

sionarj^ journej^ (xviii : 1). A short time after the apostle 
had left the citj^ Apollos, the eloquent Jew of Alexandria, 
went to Corinth (Acts xix : 1). The circumstance of bis visit 
appears to have been the beginning of a division into sects 
and parties, which was furthered by the visit of certain 
Judaizing teachers from Jerusalem. 

TV. The Purpose.— The First Epistle was called forth 
by information that reached the apostle of the sad state of 
affaii's existing in the church, and in answer to certain questions 
they had asked hun in a letter ; the Second Epistle was called 
out by the report brought of the good effects of the First, and 
the need of some further reproof and instruction. 

ANALYSIS. 

The First Epistle. 

I. Eeproof of the Factions.— Chapter I. 1. Salutation 
and Thanksgiving (l-9j. 2. The contrast between human and 
divine wisdom (10-13). 

Chap. n. His preaching characterized by great simplicity. 

Chap. III. 1. Paul planting, Apollos watering, but God 
giving the increase (1-9). 2. Christ, the Foundation, laid, or 
first proclaimed, by Paul, and upon it the whole spiritual 
building must be erected (10-23). 

Chap. rv. The true relation between teachers and disciples. 

II. Eeproof of Wroxg Doers.— Chap. V. 1. Those 
guilty of certain crimes to be expelled (1-9). 2. Those guilty 
of heinous offences to be shunned and avoided (10-13). 

Chap. VI. 1. Law-suits and all strife and contention among 
brethren to be avoided (1-8). 2. Those guilty of evil deeds not 
fit for the kingdom of God (9-14). 3. The bodies of true 
believers the temple of the Ho]y Spirit (15-20). 

III. Answers to Inquiries.- Chap. VII. The duties and 
responsibilities of mai'riage defined. 

Chap. Vin. 1. The duty of abstaining from meats offered 
to idols (1-8). 2. Liberty not to be so used as to offend others 
(9-13). 

Chap. IX. The self-denial shown by the apostle in his minis- 
try at Corinth. 



DIDACTICAL. 241 



Chap. X. 1. God's dealings with the Jews examples for us 
(1-13). 2. The proper manner of observing the Lord's Sup- 
per (14-23). 3. In things indifferent the feelings of others 
to be regarded (24-33). 

Chap. XI. Instructions for the proper observance of public 
worship. 

Chap. XIT. The diversity of spiritual gifts, the use of each 
and the manner in which they should be exercised. 

Chap. XIII. The excellency of charity, and the necessity of 
its accompanying all spiritual gifts. 

Chap. XIV". Unity and uniformity to be sought in the 
worship. 

ly. The Eesukrection" of the Dead.— Chap. XV. 1. The 
facts of the Gospel defined (1-11). 2. The resurrection of the 
dead the result of Christ's resurrection (12-22). 3. The order 
of the resurrection (23-58). 

y. Conclusion.— Chap. XVI. 1. The Corinthians exhorted 
to assist in relieving the wants of the poor (1-9). 2. He asks 
them to receive Timothy, whom he is about to send to them 
(10-12). 3. He enjoins watchfulness and manliness (13, 14). 
4. He sends greetings to various persons (15-24). 

The Second Epistle. 

I. Its Occasion.— Chap. I. A narrative of events and^the 
apostle's assurance of his confidence. 

Chap. II. 1. He explains the reason why he had not visited 
them betv^^een the wTiting of the two Epistles (1-6). 2. He 
requires them to forgive and comfort those who have beeu 
guilty of w^^ong-doing. 

II. His Apostolic Mission.— Chap. III. 1. The faith and 
grace of the Corinthians a sufficient commendation of his 
ministry (1-5). 2. Comparisons between the ministers of the 
Law and of the Gospel (6-18). 

Chap. IV. The difficulties of his ministry. 

Chap. V. 1. His assurance of immortal glory (1-10). 2. The 
motives which inspire his labors (11-21). 

Chap. VL 1. His faithfulness in the ministry (1-13). 2. No 
fellowship between the right and the wrong (14-18). 



242 



TEE NEW TESTAMENT. 



III. Practicai. Exhortations.— Chap. VII. 1. He exhorts 
them to purity of life (1, 2). 2. He declares what comfort he 
took in the report which Titus had brought of the good effects 
of his former letter. 

Chap. VIII. , IX. He exhorts them to make a liberal contribu- 
tion for the poor saints at Jerusalem. 

ly. His Self- Vindication.— Chap. X. He boasts some- 
what of the spiritual might and authority with which he is 
armed. 

Chap. XI. 1. He enters into a forced commendation of him- 
self and claims his equality with the chiefest of the apostles 
(1-6). 2. He reminds them that he had preached the Gospel 
to them freely without charge (7-12). 8. He claims superiority 
in every respect over those who had defamed him (13-33). 

Chap. XII. 1. He glories in his infirmities and blames them 
for forcing him into boasting (1-13). 2. He promises to visit 
them in al^ection (14-19). 3. He expresses a fear that he may 
still find offenders among them (20, 21). 

Chap. XIII. 1. He threatens severity and the power of his 
apostlesLip against obstinate sinners (1-4). 2. He exhorts 
them to repentance before the time of his coming (5-10). 3. He 
concludes with a general exhortation and prayer (11-14). 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



General Outline. 

I. Who wrote the Epistles to the 
Corinthians? 

II. When were the Epistles writ- 
ten? Prom what places were they 
written? 

III. By whom was the church at 
Corinth founded? What was the oc- 
casion of the beginning of divisions 
among them? 

IV. For what purpose were the two 
letters written? 

The First. 

I. What two things are contrasted? 
"What were the characteristics of Paul's 
preaching? What foundation had he 
laid? 

II. Whom did he reprove? Who 
were to be shunned and avoided? 



III. What communication had the 
apostle received? What duties did he 
enjoin? What did he say of spiritual 
gifts? 

IV. What facts of the Gospel are 
mentioned? What was one of the re- 
sults of Christ's resurrection? 

V. What practical duties did he 
urge in conclusion? 

The Second. 

I. What was the occasion of the 
writing of the Second Epistle? 

II. What was the apostle's com- 
mendation ? What difficulties of his 
ministry did he cite? 

III. What practical exhortations did 
he give? 

IV. Of what was he somewhat 
boastful? What did he threaten? 



DIDACTICAL. 243 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. Divisions in the church are sinful. 

2. That preaching is the most powerful which is charac- 
terized by simplicity. 

3. Christ is the only Foundation, and all our hopes must 
be built upon him. 

4. We must not associate with those who are evil-doers. 

5. We must avoid all strife and contention, and have 
charity for one another. 

6. The resurrection of Christ is the earnest of our own resur- 
rection and immortality. 

7. We must be willing to suffer, if needs be, for the good 
of others. 

8. We must lead pure and holy lives, if we would inherit 
the kingdom of God. 

9. We must honor and respect the faithful ministers of 
Christ. 



XII. 
THE EPISTLE TO THE GALATIANS. 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The Author.— The Epistle to the Galatians was written 
"by Paul, the great apostle to the Gentiles. 

II. The Date.— The Epistle was ^ written about A. D. 67, 
from the city of Ephesus. 

III. The Church at Galatia.— The church at Galatia 
was founded by Paul, perhaps during his second missionary 
journey. He visited it again on his third journey. The peo- 
ple were originally idolaters (Gal. iv: 8) ; they were first con-r 
verted to Judaism (iv : 9), and then to Christianity by Paul 
(ni:l, 2); but many of them again relapsed into Judaism 
under the teachers that remained after his visit (iv : 21-31). 

ly. The Purpose.— The Epistle was written by the Apos- 



244 THE KE W TES TA ME NT. 

tie to prevent this relapse into Judaism, and to restore those 
who had thus fallen. It resembles the Epistle to the Romans 
in the contrast therein presented between the Righteousness 
of the Law, and Justification by Faith. In these contrasts 
the apostle labors to show the superiority of the latter system 
over the former. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. The Narrative.— Chapter I. 1. The Apostle wonders 
that the Galatian professors have so soon left the Gospel 
(1-7). 2. He pronounces a curse on those who preach any 
other Gospel (8-10). 3. He aifirms that he learned the Gospel, 
not of men, but of God (11-13). 4. He shows what he was 
before his calling, and what he accomplished after it (14-24). 

Chap. II. 1. He speaks of his visit to Jerusalem and his 
contention with Peter (1-13). 2. He affirms the doctrine of 
justification by faith and not by works (14-21). 

II. Argttm EXT.— Chap. HI. He inquires for the motive that 
moved them to leave the Gospel and go back to the Law (1-5). 
2. He further argues the question of justification by faith 
and not by the deeds of the Law (6-29). 

Chap. IV. 1. He labors to show them that they were under 
the Law only till Christ came, who freed them from it (1-13). 
2. He speaks of their former kindness to him, and his good 
will to them (14-21). 3. He shows them in what sense they 
were the sons of Abraham (22-31). 

III. Practical Exhortation.— Chap. V, 1. He exhorts 
them to stand fast in the liberty of the Gospel (1-12). 2. He 
shows them that the Law is fulfilled in love one for another 
(13-18). 3. He reckons up the works of the flesh and the 
fruits of the Spirit (19-24). 4. He exhorts them to walk in 
the Spirit (25, 26). 

Chap. VI. 1. He exhorts them to deal mildly with those 
overtaken in faults, and to bear 0]ie another's burdens (1-5). 
2. He exhorts them to be liberal to their teachers and not to 
grow weary in well-doing (6-11). 3. He points out the design 
of those who preach circumcision (12). 4. He glories in 
nothing but the Cross of Christ (13-18). 



DIDACTICAL. 245 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



General View. 

I. By whom was the Epistle to the 
Galatians written? 

II. What was the probable date of 
the writing? From what place was it 
written? 



Analysis. 



I. What astonished, the apostle? 
Upon \^hom did he pronounce a 
curse? Of whom had he learned the 
Gospel? 

IT. For what did he inquire? How 

III. By whom was the church at !*^^e ^^ justified? When did they cease 
Galatia founded? What had the Gala- jto be under the Law? 

tians formerly been? To what were ni. To what duty does he first ex- 
they first converted? Into what had W^^^^ them? In what is the Lawful- 
some ot them relapsed? |filled? With whom did he exhort them 

IV. What was the purpose of the |to deal mildly? In what must they 
apostle in writing the Epistle? I not grow weary? 

SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. It is a sad thing to go back from the liberty of the 
Gospel to the bondage of the Law. 

2. Under the Gospel dispensation justification is by faith 
in Christ, and not by the deeds of the Law. 

3. We should stand fast in the liberty which the Gospel 
gives us. 

4. The great Law of the new dispensation is Love. 

5. We must be charitable towards the faults of others, and 
help to bear each other's burdens. 



XIII. 
THE EPISTLE TO THE EPHESIANS. 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The Author.— The author of the Epistle to the 
Ephesians was Paul, the great apostle to the Gentiles, 

II. The DATE.~The Epistle was probably written about 
A. D. 62, when Paul was a prisoner in Eome. 

III. The Chuuch at Ephesus.— The church at Ephesus 
was built up by the apostle Paul during his residence of 
nearly three years in that city, though the first seeds of the 
Gospel were probably sown there soon after the Great 
Pentecost. 



246 THE XEW TESTAMENT. 

ly. The Purpose.— The Epistle was written to establish 
those who had left heathenism, contrasting their present 
higher life with their previous degradation. Its summary 
of Christian revelation, as the foundation of spiritual life, 
is couched in language both fervent and divine. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. Doctrinal.— Chapter I. 1. He gives thanks for spiritual 
blessings (1-6). 2. He affirms that our redemption is through 
the blood of Christ (7-15). 3. He prays that they may come 
to a full understanding and possession of the riches of 
Christ (16-23). 

Chap. n. 1. He compares what they were by nature with 
what they are by grace (1-9). 2. He declares that they were 
made for good works (10-12). 3. Being brought near to 
God in Christ, they should live as saints and members of 
the family of God (13-22). 

Chap. m. 1. The hidden mystery that the Gentiles should 
be saved, made known to Paul by Revelation (1-7). 2. To 
him was the privilege given of making known the mj^stery 
(8-12). 3. He desires that they may not faint for his tribu- 
lation, and prays that they may perceive the great love of 
Christ toward them (14-21). 

II. Practical.— Chap. IV. 1. He exhorts them to unity 
(1-6). 2. He declares that God gives divers gifts that his 
church may be edified (7-17). 3. He calls them from the 
impurity of the Gentiles (18-23). 4. He exhorts them to put 
on the new man, and to cast off lying and every corrupt 
communication (24-32). 

Chap. V. 1. He exhorts them to walk in love and to avoid 
all evil works and workers (1-14). 2. He exhorts them to 
walk worthy and be filled with the Spirit (15-21). 3. He 
specifies special duties and urges their performance (22-33). 

Chap. VI. 1. He defines the duty of children towards their 
parents (1-5). 2. He specifies the duties of servants towards 
their masters (6-9). 3. He characterizes life as a warfare 
(10-12). 4. He describes the Christian armor and tells how 
it is to be used (13-20). 5. He commends Tychicus, by whom 
the Epistle was delivered (91-24). 



DIDACTICAL, 



247 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



General View. 

I. By whom was the Epistle to the 
Ephesiaiis written? 

II. When was the Epistle written? 
From what place was it written? By 
whom was it sent to Ephesus? 

III. By whom was the church at 
Ephesus built up? How long did he 
reside there? When were the seeds 
of the Gospel first sown there? 

IV. What was the apostle's purpose 
in writing? What two things did he 
contrast? What is said of it as a 
sum.mary of Christian revelation? 



Analtsis. 



I. For what does the apostle give 
thanks? What does he affirm concern- 
ing redemption? For what does he 
pray? What two things does he com- 
pare? For what were they made? 
What hidden mystery was made- 
known to Paul? What privilege was 
given him? What does he desire? 

II. To what did he exhort them? 
What does he declare? From what 
does he call them? How does he ex- 
hort them to walk? Whose duties 
does he declare? What does he de- 
scribe? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. We should thank God for all our spiritual blessings. 

2. In view of what God has done for us we should 
endeavor to live as becometh members of his divine 
family. 

3. It is a great privilege to be permitted to make known 
to others the good news of salvation. 

4. Christians should endeavor to keep the unitj'- of the 
Spirit in the bond of peace. 

5. Christians must walk in love, and avoid all things evil. 

6. Christians must put on the Gospel armor that they may 
be able to stand against their great enemy. 



xiy. 



THE EPISTLE TO THE PHILIPPIANS, 



GENERAL, VIEW. 

I. The Author.— The Epistle to the Philippians was 
written by Paul, the great apostle to the Gentiles. 

II. The Date.— The Epistle was written about A. D. ^2^ 
during the apostle's imprisonment at Eome, and sent by 
Epaphroditus. 



248 THE NEW TESTAMENT. 

III. The Church at Philippi.— Philippi was the chief 
city of Macedonia. The Jews were few and had no syna- 
gogue, but were allowed a small chapel outside the gate, in 
a secluded spot by the river side. Here Paul and Silas first 
preached, and converted Lydia, and came in contact with 
the authorities and were imprisoned, which led to the conver- 
sion of the jailer and the foundation of the Christian 
Church in the city. 

IV. The Purpose.— The Epistle was written in answer 
to expressions of sympathy and a substantial gift from the 
church. It is a message of grateful affection, mingled with 
personal sorrow : of joy on their behalf ; of gloom at the 
ingratitude of others; of anxiety also as to his own future, 
caused probably by the increased rigor of his imprisonment. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. Thanksgiving and Prayers.— Chapter I. 1. He testi- 
fies his thankfulness to God, and his love toward them for 
the fruits of their faith (1-8). 2. He prays daily for their 
increase in faith (9-11). 3. He shows the good that has re- 
sulted from his imprisonment (12-20). 4. He expresses a 
willingness to glorify Christ either by living or dying (21-26). 
5. He exhorts them to unity and fortitude in persecution 
(27-30). 

II. Exhortation.— Chap. II. 1. He exhorts them to unity, 
and humbleness of mind, by the example of Christ's 
humility and exaltation (1-11). 2. He exhorts them to so 
live as to be as lights in a wicked world, and comforts to 
him (12-18). 3. He hopes to be able to send Timothy to 
them (19-24). 4. He commends to them Epaphroditus, the 
bearer of the Epistle (25-30). 

III. Warnings.— Chap. III. 1. He warns them to beware of 
false teachers, who might urge the necessity of circumcision (1-3). 
2. He himself was circumcised, and was a strict observer of 
the Law (4-6). 3. This he counts as worthless, in com- 
parison with the righteousness of Christ (7-14). 4. He exhorts 
them to imitate him, and to decline the ways of carnal 
teachers (15-21). 



DIDACTICAL. 



249 



ly. Conclusion.— Chap. IV. 1. From particular admoni- 
tions he proceeds to general exhortations (1-9). 2. He 
expresses his joy at the kindness they had shown him 
(10-18). 3. He concludes his Epistle with a prayer for their 
welfare, and salutations (19-23). 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



General View. 

I. Who wrote the Epistle to the Phil- 
ippians? 

II. When was the Epistle written? 
From what place? Under what cir- 
cumstances? By whom was it sent? 

III. Where was the city of Philippi? 
What privilege was allowed the Jews 
there? Where did Paul and Silas first 
preach? Who was the first convert? 
What led to their imprisonment? 
What was one of the fruits? 

IV. For what purpose was the 
Epistle written? What is its general 
character 1 



Analysis. 

I. What does the apostle testify? For 
what does he pray? What good had 
resulted from his imprisonment? 
What does he express a willingness 
to do? 

II. To what does he exhort them? 
How would he have them live? What 
does he hope to do? 

III. Against whom does he warn 
them? How had he kept the Law? 

IV. To what does he exhort them? 
What does he hope to do? With what 
does he conclude? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. We should be thankful for the kindness done us by others. 

2. We should pray that others may grow in grace from 
day to day. 

3. Persecutions often aid in spreading the Gospel. 

4. Christians should be humble in imitation of the example 
of Christ. 

5. Christians should so live as to be lights in the world. 

6. Christians must beware of listening to false teachings. 

7. Christians must be pure and holy in their lives, and fill 
their minds with the things that are lovely and of good 
report. 



250 THE NEW TESTAMENT. 

xy. 
THE EPISTLE TO THE COLOSSIANS, 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The Author.— The Epistle to the Colossians was writ- 
ten by Paul, the great apostle to the Gentiles. 

II. The Date.— The Epistle was written about A. D. 62, 
during Paul's imprisoument at Rome, about the same time as 
the Epistles to the Ephesians and Phiiippians. 

III. The Chuech at Colosse.— Colosse was a chief city 
of Phrygia. Of the foundation of the Church there nothing 
definite is known. The citj' was the home of Philemon, 
Onesimus, Archippas and Epaphras, disciples mentioned by 
Paul. 

TV. The Purpose.— The Christians at Colosse were in 
danger of falling away into Judaism and idolatry, and Paul 
wrote his Epistle to strengthen them in the faith of the 
Gospel. He sets before them the majesty and all-sufficiency 
of Christ, as the source of all spiritual blessings. The atten- 
tion is fixed upon the Person of Jesus Christ, whose sacrifice 
completes the typical offerings of Judaism. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. Thanksgiving and Prayer.— Chap, I. 1. After his 
salutation he thanks God for their faith (1-6). 2. He confirms 
the doctrine that Epaphras, their minister, had taught them 
(7, 8). 3. He prays for their growth in grace and in knowl- 
edge (9-13). 4. He sets forth Christ in his glory, greatness 
and fulness (14-20). 5. He beseeches them to continue in the 
faith and not be moved from the hope of the Gospel (21-23). 
6. He commends his own ministry (24-29). 

II. Exhortation and Warnings.— Chap. II. 1. He de- 
sh'es them to know of his gi'eat anxiety for their spiritual 
welfare (1, 2). 2. He exhorts them to be steadfast in the 
faith (3-7). 3. He warns them to beware of philosophy and 
vain traditions (8). 4. He speaks of the perfections of Christ, 



DIDACTICAL. 



251 



and the blessings that have come to them through him (9-17). 
5. He warns them against being led into the worshiping of 
angels (18, 19). 6. He warns them against submitting to 
ordinances that have been ended in Christ (20-23). 

III. Concluding Address.— Chap. IV. 1. He exhorts 
them to be fervent in prayer (1-4). 2. He admonishes them 
to so live that their example may be helpful to those wlio 
have not yet come to a true knowledge of Christ (6, 6). 8. He 
sends special messages by Tychicus and Onesimus( 7-9). 4. He 
salutes them and wishes them all prosperity (10-18). 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



General View. 

I. By whom was the Epistle to the 
Colossians writien? 

II. When was the Epistle written? 
From what place was it written? Un- 
der what circumstances? 

III. Where was Colosse? What is 
known of the planting of the church 
in that city? What disciples are 
named who lived there? 

IV. For what pursose was the 
Epistle written? What special points 
does the apostle labor to set before 
them? To what dangers were the 
Christians there subject? 



Analysis. 



I. For what does the apostle give 
thanks? Whose teaching does he 
confirm? For what does he pray? 
What does he set before them? What 
does he commend? 

II. What does he desire them to 
know? What does ho exhort them 
to do ? What warnings [^does he 
give? 

III. What further exhortation does 
he give? What does he admonish 
them to do? By whom does he send 
messages? What wish does he ex- 
press in conclusion? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. All spiritual blessings come to us through Jesus Christ. 

2. We must set our affections on heavenly, and not upon 
earthly things. 

3. The Spirit of Christ should dwell in our hearts and 
regulate our conduct. 

4. We should fill our minds with the Word of God, that we 
may be able to strengthen and teach others. 

5. We should so speak and act that our lives may have a 
good Influence on others. 



252 THE NEW TESTAMENT. 

XYI. 
THE EPISTLES TO THE THESSALONIANS. 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The Author.— The two Epistles to the Thessalonians 
were written by Paul, the great apostle to the Gentiles. 

II. The Date.— The First Epistle was written about A. D. 
52, probably from the city of Corinth, not long after the found- 
ing of the Church ; the Second was written from the same 
city, only a few months later. 

III. The Church at Thessai^ontca.- Thessalonica was 
one of the chief cities of Macedonia. Tlie church in that 
city was founded by Paul and Silas, soon after their impris- 
onment and successful preaching at Philippi. It became a 
flourishing congregation, and the Epistles show that the 
elements were much more Gentile than Jewish. The narra- 
tive in the Acts affords a singularly accurate illustration of 
the political constitution of Thessalonica. In later times 
the city was the centre of Oriental Christendom, and received 
the name of the '' Orthodox City." 

IV. The Purpose.— Paul had sent Timothy to visit them, 
and to report their condition. His report was, on the whole, 
most favorable, though there were some things that called for 
special instruction. The First Epistle was written to meet 
the demands of the case. The Second Epistle was called forth 
by an answer received to the First, to correct a false im- 
pression gained from the vividness of his picture, that the 
resurrection was near at hand, which led them to neglect 
practical duties. 

ANALYSIS. 

The First Epistle. 

I. Commendation.— Chap. I. 1. The apostle expresses his 
gratitude for their eager acceptance of the Gospel, and their 
fidelity in maintaining it (1-5). 2. He commends them for 



DIDACTICAL. 253 



having so received the Gospel and practiced its precepts as to 
commend it to others (6-10). 

Chap. II. 1. He reminds them of the manner in which the 
Gospel was brought to them, and of the way they had received 
it (1-17). 2. He explains why he has been so long absent from 
them, and why he is so desirous to see them (18-20). 

Chap. I [I. 1. He testifies of his great love for them, partly 
by sending Timothy to strengthen and comfort them, and 
partly by rejoicing in their well-doing (1-9). 2. He assures 
them that he prays that he may be able to see them, and 
perfect tliem in whatever they may be found lacking (10, 11). 
3. He prays that the Lord may make them abound in love, 
and establish them in holiness (12, 13). 

II. Exhortation.— Chap. IV. 1. He exhorts them to go 
forward in all manner of godliness (1-10). 2. He exhorts them 
to quietness and diligence in their business (11, 12). 

III, Consolation.— Chap. IV. 1. He comforts them con- 
cerning their dead friends (13, 14). 2. He briefly describes 
the resurrection of the dead and the second coming of the 
Lord to judgment (15-18). 

Chap. V. 1. He speaks further concerning the coming of 
the Lord (1-15). 2. He gives sundry precepts (16-22). 3. He 
prays for their sanctification, and closes with the benediction 
(23-28). 

The Second Epistle. 

I. Admonition.— Chap. I. 1. He repeats the good opinion 
he has of their faith, love and patience (1-10). 2. He comforts 
them in the midst of their persecutions by reference to the 
righteous judgments of God. 

II. ExHOHTATiON.— Chap. n. 1. He exhorts them to con- 
tinue steadfast in the truth (1,2). 2. He foretells a departure 
from the faith (3-7). 3. He tells of the appearance of anti- 
christ, before the coming of the Lord (8-14). 4. He repeats 
his former exhortations and prayers for them (15-17). 

III. Final Appeal.— Chap. IH. 1. He asks their prayers 
for himself , and repeats his confidence in them (1-8). 2. He 
gives them various precepts, especially to shun idleness and 
bad company (6-15). 3. He concludes with a prayer and saluta- 
tion (16-18). 



251 



THE NE W TES TA KENT. 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



General View. 

I. By whom were the two Epistles 
to the thessalouians writteu? 

II. When were they written? Soon 
after what event? From what place 
were they probably written? 

Til. Where was Thessalonica? Who 
fiist preached the Gospel there? Soon 
after what event? 

lY. Whom had Paul sent to 
Thessalonica? What report had he 
brought? For what purpose were the 
two Epistles written? 

The First. 

I. For what does he express his 
gratitude? For what does he com- 



mend them? To what does he testify? 
Of what does he assure them? 

II. What does he exhort them to 
do ? In what would he have them be 
diligent? 

III. In what way does he comfort 
them? What precepts does he give? 
For what does he pray? 

The Second. 

I. What opinion does he repeat? 
In what way does he comfort them? 

II. To what does he exhort them? 
What does he foretell? Whose coming 
does he make known? 

in. What does he ask of them? 
What does he repeat? What does he 
exhort them to do? In what way does 
he close his Epistle? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. It cheers the heart of the minister to know that his labors 
have produced good fruits. 

2. We should so live as to commend the Gospel to others. 

3. We should be diligent in business and fervent in spirit, 
serving the Lord. 

4. If we belong to Christ we are safe, whether living or 
dead. 

5. Those who finally reject the Gospel will be banished from 
the presence of the Lord. 

6. We should pray for ministers, that they may be success- 
ful in their labors. 



DIDACTICAL. 255 



XYII. 

THE EPISTLE TO THE HEBREWS. 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The Author.— The Epistle to the Hebrews, it is very 
generally conceded, was written by Paul, though there have 
been those who have attributed it to Apollos ; others to 
Barnabas, or Silas, or Luke ; and still others, to some per- 
son whose name has not come down to us. 

II. The Date.— The Epistle was probably written A. D. 
63, about the end of Paul's imprisonment, from the city of 
Rome. 

III. To Whom Writte:n'.— That the Epistle w^as written for 
Hebrews, or Jews, particularly for those dwelling in Pales- 
tine, who were familiar with the Temple service,'^ we know 
by the frequent allusions to those things without explana- 
tion. 

IV. The Purpose.— The Epistle was written to show 
the superiority of Christianity over Judaism; to show the 
Hebrew believers what they had gained in giving up the 
Law and the splendors of the Temple-service for the Gospel 
and the simpler worship instituted by Christ. 

ANALYSIS. 

1. Doctrinal.— The Superiority of the Christian to the Jewish 
Dispensation: 1. Its Author superior to angels, and in him 
humanity is exalted above them (i.-ii : 18). 

2. Its Author superior to Moses, because of (1) His posi- 
tion of builder, son and master of the house, while Moses 
was but a servant in the house ; (2) His acquired inheritance 
of perfect, eternal rest in heaven, instead of imperfect, 
transient rest in Canaan (iii.-iv : 13). 

3. Its Author superior to the Aaronic High Priest: 
(1) As to his Office : (2) As to his Nature ; (3) As to his 
Vocation (iv : 14-v : 10.) 

{A Digression of Practical Exhortation— {y : 11-vi). 



256 



THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



4. Its Author superior to the Primeval High Priest of a 
superior Dispensation (vii). 

5. The JS'ew Covenant, with all its institutions, superior 
to the Old (Yiii.— x:8-19). 

. II. Practical.— 1. Exhortation : To hold fast the faith 
of the Gospel, with patience and thanksgiving (x: 20-25). 

2. Warning : Against a relapse into Judaism (x : 26-39). 

3. Faith : Its nature and triumphs in olden times (xi). 

4. Encouragement : To a life of constant faith, patience and 
godliness (xii : 1-21.) 

6. Exalted Privileges : Under the ^ew Covenant (xn : 22-29). 

6. Admonitions: (1) As to love, charity and purity of life 
(XIII : 1-6) ; (2) As to duty to ministers and dangers from 
false teachers (7-9) ; (3) As to the ordinances of worship 
10-16) ; (4) As to duty to rulers and of prayer for him (17-19). 

7. Conclusion : A prayer for their well being (xiir : 20-25). 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



General View, 

I. Who wrote the Epistle to the 
Hebrews? What do some claim as to 
the authorship? 

IT. When was the. Epistle written? 
During what period? From what place? 

III. To whom was the Epistle 
written? What evidence have we of 
this in the Epistle? 

IV. What was the apostle's purpose 
in writing? What did he desire es- 
pecially to show? 



Analysis. 



I. What is the first department?' 
What does the apostle here labor to 
show? In what four respects is the 
author of the T^Tew superior to the 
officers of the Old? Why is the New 
superior? 

II. What exhortation is given? 
What warning? What is said of faith? 
What are the Hebrews encouraged to 
do? What admonitions are given 
them? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. Christ is far greater and more glorious than angels. 

2. Christ, as a law-giver, is far superior to Moses. 

3. Christ, as a high priest, is far superior to Aaron, the 
head of the Jewish priesthood. 

4. Christ is a priest forever after the order of Mel- 
chizedek, but far superior to him. 

4. The Kew Covenant, with all its institutions and 
ordinances, is far superior to the Old. 

5. If we reject the sacrifice of Christ there is no other 
offering for sin. 



DIDACTICAL. 257 



XVIII. 

THE EPISTLES TO TIMOTHY. 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The Author.— The Two Pastoral Epistles to Timothy 
were written by Paul, the great apostle to the Gentiles. 

II. The Date.— The First Epistle was probably written 
immediately after Paul's release from his first imprisonment,, 
A. D. 63 or 64, from Laodicea ; the Second, in the interval 
between the first trial and the second, A. D. 66, from Eome. 

III. Timothy.— Timothy was the son of a Greek father 
and a Jewish mother, converted by Paul at Iconium. He 
afterwards became a traveling companion of the apostle, and 
w^as sent by him on many important missions. 

ly. The Purpose.— The First Epistle was wTitten to 
guide and direct Timothy in the duties of his office as an 
evangelist, in organizing churches. The Second was written 
to give him some further admonitions, and to entreat him 
to hasten to Eome and be wdth him at his approaching 
trial, which he knew would end in martyrdom. 

ANALYSIS. 
The First Epistle. 

I. Controversial.— Chap. I. 1. Timothy is reminded of 
the charge given him by Paul before going into Macedonia 
(1-4). 2. He speaks of the proper use and end of the Law 
(5-10). 3. He speaks of his own calling to the apostleship 
and of the falling away of certain persons (11-20). 

II. Practical.— Chap. II. 1. He directs prayer, interces- 
sion and thanksgiving to be made for all men (1, 2). 2. He 
states the reason for this, and expresses the desire that all 
should pray (3-8). 3. He speaks of certain women (9-15). 

Chap. III. 1. He speaks of the qualifications and duties of 
bishops and deacons, and of their wives 1-13). 2. He states 
his object in writing this letter to Timothy (14, 15). 3. He 



^58 THE NE W TES TAME NT. 

speaks of the mystery of Godliness, and the great truths 
taught therein (16). 

Oliap. IV. 1. He foretells a departure from the faith in 
latter times (1-5). 2. lie gives various precepts to help 
Timothy in the discharge of his duties (6-16). 

Chap. v. He lays down rules to be observed in givina: 
"reproof (1,2). 2. He gives instructions concerning widows 
<3-16). 3. He gives instructions concerning elders (17-22). 
4. He gives advice concerning Timothy's health (23). 5. He 
makes a statement concerning sin (24-25). 

Chap. VI. 1. He gives directions concerning the duties of 
servants and masters, and specifies how they must conduct 
themselves (1, 2). 

III. DocTRiiSrAL. — Chap. VI. 1. He gives directions con- 
cerning the treatment of those w^ho teach contrary to his 
instructions (3-5). 2. He speaks of the great profit of godli- 
ness and of the evil of a love for riches (6-10). 3. He 
directs Timothy what to avoid and what to follow (ll-16j. 
4. He gives instructions concerning the rich (17-19). 5. He 
-exhorts Timothy to maintain the true doctrines and to avoid 
Train j anglings (20-21). 

The Second Epistle. 

I. Exhortation. — Chap. I. 1. Paul's love for Timothy 
(1-6). 2. He is exhorted to stir up the gift of God w^hich 
is in him (7, 8). 3. To be steadfast and patient in persecu- 
"tions (9-12). 4. To hold fast the form and substance of the 
doctrine he had learned from the apostle (13, 14). 5. He 
speaks of various persons, both friends and foes (15-18). 

Cuap. II. 1. Timothy is further exhorted to constancy and 
perseverence, and to the faithful discharge of his duties as 
a minister (1-22). 2. He is taught whereof to beware, and what 
to follow after, and the w^ay in which the servant of the 
Lord should conduct himself (23-26). 

II. Prophecy.— Chap. III. 1. He describes events that are 
yet to come (1-5). 2. He describes the enemies of the truth 
(6-9). 3. He speaks of the persecutions he has endured at 
various places (10-12). 4. He foretells an increase in iniquity, 
and exhorts Timothy to continue faithful (13-15). 5. He 
states the source and use of Scripture (16, 17). 



DIDACTICAL. 



259 



III. Final Charge.— Chap. IV. 1. He exhorts Timothy 
to do his duty with all care and diligence (1-5). 2. He 
speaks of the nearness of his own death and of his reward 
(6-8). 3. He urges Timothy to come to him and bring Mark 
with him, and certain other things, of which he had before 
spoken (9-13). 3. He warns him to beware of Alexander- 
informs him of what had befallen him at his first trial, and 
concludes with a salutation and benediction (14-22). 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



General View. 

I. By whom were the Epistles to 
Timothy written ? 

II. When was the First written? 
Under what circumstances? From 
what place? When was the Second 
written? Under what circumstances? 
From what place? 

III. Who was Timothy? By whom 
was he converted? What did he after- 
wards become? 

IV. For what purpose was the First 
Epistle written? What directions 
are given in it? For what was the 
Second written? What did Paul know 
awaited him? 

The First. 

I. Of v/hat is Timothy reminded? 
Of what does he speak? 

II. What directions does he give? 



What desire express? Of whose qual- 
ifications does he speak? Of what 
mystery does he speak? What does 
he foretell? What instructions does 
he give? 

III. What does he say of those who 
teach contrary to his doctrine? What 
does he say of the rich? What does 
he exhort Timothy to do? 

The Second. 

I. What is Timothy exhorted to do? 
What to hold fast? What further 
duties are enjoined? 

II. What events does he foretell? 
Whom does he describe? What does 
he say of the Scripture? 

III. What does he exhort Timothy 
to do? What does he speak of as be- 
ing near? What does he urge 
Timothy to do? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. We should give thanks for all blessings, and pray for 
all men. 

2. Teachers must be sober and watchful, and so live as 
to be an example of the things they teach. 

3. We must at all times be on the lookout for false 
teachers and watch lest we be led astray by their teaching. 

4. Our affections must not be set upon riches, or upon 
anything pertaining to this world. 

5. Those who have been taught the Scriptures in child- 
hood are most likely to become useful servants of the 
Lord in after life. 

6. Death has no terrors for the faithful servant of the 
Lord. 



260 TRW NEW TESTAMENT. 

XIX. 
THE EPISTLE TO TITUS. 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The Author.— The Epistle to Titus was written by 
Paul, the great apostle to the Gentiles. 

II. The Date.— The Epistle was written about the same 
time as the Pirst Epistle to Timothy (A. D. 62 or 63), which 
it resembles. The place of writing was probably Nicopolis. 

III. Titus.— Titus was a Gentile convert, and the first, 
so far as we know, who was not circumcised. He was taken 
by Paul to Jerusalem to try the matter, when the Council 
decided against its necessity (Gal. ii : 3 ; Acts xv.). He was 
entrusted by Paul with several important missions; among 
them to set in order the churches on the Island of Crete. 

IV. The Purpose.— The object of the Epistle was to 
instruct Titus in his duties as an evangelist, in setting in 
order the churches, and instructing them in sound doctrine. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. Church Org akization.— Chap. I. 1. Paul specifies the 
purpose for which Titus was left by the apostle in Crete 
(1-5). 2. He speaks of the qualifications of bishops (6-8). 
3. He specifies the duties of bishops (9). 4. He calls atten- 
tion to the bad character of the Cretans, and the duty of Titus 
concerning them (10-16), 

II. Christian Character.— Chap. II. 1. He speaks of 
the character that the aged should maintain (1-3). 2. Also of 
the character the young should possess (4-6). 3. He exhorts 
Titus to be an example of his teachings (7,8). 4. He speaks 
of the duties of servants to their employers (9, 10). 5, He 
mentions the traits of character all Christians must manifest 
(11-15). 

III. Personal Directions.— Chap. III. 1. Titus is fur- 
ther directed, both concerning the things he should teach and 
not teach (1-9). 2. He is directed to reject heretics (10, 11). 



DIDACTICAL 



231 



3. He gives directions concerning personal matters, and closes 
with a salutation and benediction (12-15). 

TEST QUESTIONS. 

General View. Analysis. 



T. By whom was the Epistle to 
Titus written? 

II. When was the Epistle written? 
About the same time as what other? 
Probably from what place? 

III. Who was Titus? For what 
purpose was he taken to Jerusalem? 
What decision was there rendered? 
To what special duties was he as- 
signed by Paul? 

IV. What was Paul's purpose In 
writing the Epistle? 



I. For what purpose was Titus left 
in Crete? Whose qualifications are 
specified? What character is given 
the Cretans? 

IT. What two classes of persons 
are mentioned? How is Titus ex- 
horted to conduct himself? Whose 
duties are specified? 

III. What further directions are 
given Titus? What is to be done 
with heretics? What personal direc- 
tions are given? How does the Epis- 
tle conclude? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. Ministers and teachers must maintain good characters, 
that they may teach by example as well as precept. 

2. Both the aged and the young must so conduct themselves 
as to commend the Gospel to others. 

3. AVe must be subject to rulers; to speak evil of no one, and 
to live quiet and peaceable lives. 

4. We must avoid all vain janglings and disputings, and live 
pure and holy lives. 



XX. 



THE EPISTLE TO PHILEMON. 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The Author. — The Epistle to Philemon was written 
by Paul, the great apostle to the Gentiles. 

II. The Date.— The Epistle was written about A. D. 62, 
at the same time as that to the Colossians, from the city of 
Bome, during Paul's first imprisonment. 

III. Philemon.— Philemon was an inhabitant of Colosse, 



263 THE NE W TES TA ME NT. 

whom Paul converted. It is evident from the letter that he 
was a man of property and influence, since he is represented 
as the head of a numerous household, and as exercising an 
expensive liberality towards his friends, and the poor In 
general. His character, as shadowed forth in the Epistle, is 
one of the noblest which the sacred record makes known, 
to us. 

ly. The Purpose.— Onesimus, the servant of Philemon^ 
left his master, perhaps after misappropriating his goods» 
He fell in with Paul, and was converted. The apostle per- 
suades him to go back to Colosse, and place himself again at 
the disposal of Philemon. On bis departure Paul puts into 
his hands this letter, as an evidence that Onesimus is a true 
and approved disciple of Christ, and entitled as such to be 
received, not as a servant, but as a brother in the faith. 
There can be no doubt that the Epistle had the desired effect. 

ANALYSIS. 

1. The Introduction: 1. Paul, with Timothy, sends greet- 
ings to Philemon, "and the church in his house" (1-3). 

2. He affirms that he thanks God for his friendship, and 
makes mention of him always in his prayers (4, 5). 

8. His prayer is that the faith of Philemon may become 
effectual, and his good works continue to abound (6, 7). 

4. Though as an apostle he might enjoin duties upon him, 
he prefers rather to beseech him to grant a request he is about 
to make (8, 9). 

II. The Request : 1. He states the fact of the conversion 
of Onesimus (a word meaning projitahle), who in times past 
had proven "unprofitable" to Pliilemon, bat after his con- 
version very "profitable" to Paul (10, 11). 

2. He states the fact that he persuaded Onesimus to return, 
though he would have been glad to have had him remain 
with him (12-14). 

8. He beseeches Philemon to receive Onesimus, not as a 
servant, but as a brother (15-17). 

4. He offers to make good any loss Philemon may have 
sustained on accoimt of the conduct of Onesimus (18-20). 

5. He expresses his confidence that Pliilemon will do even 
more than he asks (21). 



DIDACTICAL. 



26^ 



III. Conclusion : 1. He asks Philemon to prepare a lodging 
for himself, hoping shortly to visit Colosse (22). 

2. lie closes his Epistle with a salutation and benediction 
(23-25). 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



General View. 

I. By whom was the Epistle to 
Philemon written? 

II. When was the Epistle written? 
At the same time as what other? 
From what place? 

III. Where did Philemon live? 
What position did he occupy? What 
evidence have we of this? What does 
the Epistle further show? 

IV. Who was Onesimns? What had 
he done? By whom was he convert- 
ed? What had Paul persuaded him 
to do? For Mhat purpose did he 
write the letter? 



Analysis. 



I. Who joins with. Paul in his' 
greetings? To whom do they ex- 
tend them? What does he say he 
does? 

II. What fact does he state? 
What does the word "•Qnesimus" 
mean? What had he asked Qnesimus 
to do? What does he beseech Phile- 
mon to do? What does he offer to 
do? What confidence does he ex- 
press? 

Til. What does he ask for him- 
self? How does he close his Epis- 
tle? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. The religion of Christ makes its possessor desire to repair 
past injuries. 

2. The religion of Christ makes its possessor willing to 
forgive past injuries. 

3. The religion of Christ makes all men brothers- and 
equals. 

4. The religion of Christ makes men better masters and 
better servants. 

5. The religion of Christ makes its possessor willing to 
suffer wrong for the good of others. 

6. The religion of Christ makes its possessor pray for the 
blessings of God upon others. 



264 THB NEW TESTAMENT. 

XXI. 
THE EPISTLE OF JAMES. 



GENERAL. VIEW. 

I. The Author.— The author of this, the first of the 
General Epistles, was James the Less, a brother or other 
near relative of our Lord. He v»'as one of the apostles and 
seems to have had the oversight of the church at Jerusa- 
lem (Acts XV : 13), where he remained until his martyrdom. 

II. The Date.— The Epistle was probably written not 
long before the author's death, which occurred in A. D. 62. 
The place of writing was the city of Jerusalem. 

III. To Whom Addressed.— It was written for " The 
Twelve Tribes which are scattered abroad;" that is, for 
the Jewish Christians wherever they might be found. 

IV. The Purpose. — The main object of the Epistle is not 
to teach doctrine but to inculcate morality. The author re- 
proves hypocrisy, presumption, censoriousness and love of 
riches, the prevailing vices of his countrymen, and insists 
that true faith is shown only by good works. 

ANALYSIS. 

I. Admonitions.— Chap. I, 1. We are to rejoice in afflic- 
tions, knowing that they develop the grace of patience (1-4). 
2. Wisdom to be sought of God in faith, without wavering 
or doubting (5-9). 3. Eiches and earthly honors but tran- 
sitory in their character, and not to be specially desired 
(10, 11). 4. God not the source of temptation, buti the 
author of every good and perfect gift (12-18). 5. The Word 
of God to be listened to, and its commands to be obeyed 
(19-25). 6. Pure religion not a mere profession, but a life of 
good works (26, 27). 

Chap. II. 1. No distinction to be made between the rich 
and the poor (1-4). 2. The " Koyal Law," or '' Golden Kule," 
requires love for all (5-8). 3. The Law of God requires full 
and perfect obedience (9-13). 4. Faith to be of any avail 
must be made perfect by works (14-26). 



DIDACTICAL. 



265 



II. Waknings.— Chap. III. 1. Keproof must not be rashly 
or arrogantly given (1-4). 2. The tongue a little member 
but a powerful instrument for either good or harm, and 
must therefore be bridled, or controlled (5-12). 3. The truly 
wise are mild and peaceable, and are free from all envying 
and strife (13-18). 

Chap. IV. 1. Covetousness, pride, detraction and rash judg- 
ment of others all to be striven against (1-12). 2. Over- 
confidence in the success of worldly enterprises not tc be 
indulged in, but all our affairs committed to God (13-17). 

Chap. V. 1. Wicked rich men to fear God's vengeance (1-6). 
2. We are to be patient in affliction after the example of 
the prophets and other ancient worthies (7-11). 3. We must 
avoid swearing, pray in adversity and sing in prosperity 
(12-15). 4. We must acknowledge our faults, pray for one 
another and strive to reclaim the erring (16-20). 

TEST QUESTIONS. 

General View. Analysis. 

I. Who was the author of this 
Epistle? What relation to our Lord? 
What place did he fill in the early 
church? Where did he reside? 

II. When was the Epistle proba- 
bly written? At what place? Where 
did the author die? 

III. To whom was the Epistle ad- 
dressed? Who were meant by the 
*'Twelve Tribes?" 

'IV. What was the author's purpose 
In writing? What does he reprove? 
Upon what does he specially insist? 



I. In what are we to rejoice? For 
what reason? Of whom is wisdom to 
be sought? How is it to be sought? 
What is said of worldly riches and 
honor? 

II. What is the source of every 
good and perfect gift? 

III. How must reproof be adminis- 
tered? What things are to be avoided? 
Of what are rich men warned? What 
are we to do in adversity? How are 
we to treat the erring? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. We may take comfort in our afflictions from the assur- 
ance that they will do us good. 

2. Our affections must not be set upon worldly honors 
and riches, because they are but transitory in their nature. 

3. God is no respecter of persons, and neither should we 
be. 

4. 
5. 
6. 



Paith without works is dead, being alone. 

The tongue, ungoverned, is productive of much evil. 

True wisdom is to be sought of God, who is ready to 



give liberally to all. 



266 THS NEW TESTAMENT. 

7. The prayer of the righteous, God is ready to hear and 
answer. 



XXII. 
THE EPISTLES OF PETER. 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The Author.— The author of the General Epistles of 
Peter was the celebrated apostle, Simon Peter, the son of 
Jonas, and brother of Andrew. He was a fisherman of 
Bethsaida before his call by the Savior. He was one of the 
foremost of the apostles ; the one who delivered the first 
sermon on the Day of Pentecost, when the kingdom was 
formally opened to the Jews (Acts n.), and also the first to 
preach the Gospel and open the kingdom to tlie Gentiles 
(Acts X : 47, 48). After a long and active ministry he suffered 
martyrdom. 

II. The Date.— The First Epistle was written about 
A. D. 63, probably from Babylon; the Second was written 
about tv/o years after the First, and probably from the same 
place. 

III. To Whom Addressed.— Both Epistles were addressed 
to the churches of Asia Minor, v>^hich had for the most part 
been founded by the apostle Paul and his companions. 

ly. The Purpose of both the Epistles was to comfort 
and strerigthen the Christians in a season of severe trial; 
to enforce the practical and spiritual duties involved in their 
calling ; to warn them against special temptations and dan- 
gers, and to remove all doubts as to the completeness of the- 
religious system they had embraced. 

ANALYSIS. 

The First Epistle. 

I. Admoi^ition.— Chap. I. 1. The apostle thanks God for 
his manifold spiritual blessings (1-5). 2. He comforts his 



DIDACTICAL. 26T 



brethren by the assurance that good will come out of their 
afflictions (6-9). S. He shows that the salvation in Christ is 
no new thing, but something foretold of old (10-12). 4. He 
exhorts them to a holy life, in view of their relation to Christ 
(13-25). 

Chap. 11. 1. He urges them to lay aside all guile and malice 
and receive the simple instructions of the Word of God, with 
the earnestness with which babes desire their appropriate 
food (1-3). 2. He speaks of them as stones in the spiritual 
temple, which is built upon Christ (4-10). 

II. Practical Duties.— Chap. II. 1. He entreats them to 
abstain from sin, and to be obedient to the officers of the gov- 
ernment under which they live (11-17). 2. lie entreats them 
to be patient in suffering, after the example of Christ (18-25). 

Chap. III. 1. He teaches the duties of wives and husbands 
to each other (1-7). 2. He exhorts all to unity and love, and 
patient suffering under persecution (8-18). 3. He speaks of 
the suffering of Christ for sin; of the preaching to the 
antediluvians (10-22). 

Chap. IV. 1. He exhorts them to cease from sin, by the 
example of Christ, and in consideration of the approaching 
judgment (1-8). 2. He exhorts them to charity, and to a strict 
conformity to the Word of God in their speaking (9-11). 3. He 
exhorts them to godliness, and encourages them to bear up 
under trials (12-19). 

Chap. V. 1. He exhorts the elders to feed their flocks (1-4). 

2. The younger to obey, and all to be sober, watchful and 
constant in faith and to resist their adversary, the devil (5-11). 

3. He closes with a salutation and benediction (12-14). 

The Second Epistle. 

I. Exhortation.— Chap. I. 1. He exhorts them to perse- 
vere in faith and good works, and assures the faithful of a 
great reward (1-11). 2. He speaks of his death, which he 
knows is near, and exhorts them to be constant in the faith 

(12-21). 

II. Warning.— Chap. II. 1. He foretells the coming of 
false teachers,' and of their punishment (1-9). 2. He more 



^6S 



TEE NEW TESTAMENT. 



fully describes the deceivers who are to arise, that they may 
be the more easily kIlo^YIl and avoided (10-22). 

III. The Second Comixg of CnPtiST.— Chap. HI. 1. He 
assures them of the certainty of Christ's coming to judgment 
(1-7). 2. He cautions them not to expect this coming too 
soon (8, 9). 3. He describes the manner in which the world 
will be destroyed, and exhorts them to holiness of life 
(10-18). 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



General View. 

I. Who was the author of these 
Epistles? What was his profession 
before his call? What was he the 
first to do? 

IL When was the First Epistle 
written? From what place? When 
was the Second, written? Where? 

m. To whom were the two Epis- 
tles addressed? 

rV. What was the great purpose of 
the apostle in writing them? 

The First. 

I. For what does the apostle thank 
God? How does he comfort his 
brethren? To what does he exhort 



them? To what does he compare 
them? 

II. What does he entreat them to 
do? Whnt practical duties does he 
teach? Of whose suffering does he 
speak? Whose example does lie cite? 
To what duties does he exhort the 
elders? 

The Second. 

I. What exhortation does he give 
them ? Of whose death does he 
speak? 

II. What does he foretell? Whom 
does he describe? For what pur- 
pose? 

III. Of what event does he assure 
them? Against what does he caution 
them? What does he describe? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. We should live pure and holy lives, in view of what 
Christ has done for us, and still promises to do. 

2. We should strive to be lively stones in the great spiritual 
temple, of which Christ is the Foundation. 

3. We should endeavor to conform our lives to the teach- 
ings of the Word of God in all tilings. 

4. We should endeavor to grow in grace from day to day, 
and in the knowledge of the Lord Jesus Christ. 

5. We should so live as to be prepared at any time for the 
coming of the Lord. 



DIDACTICAL, 269 



XXIII. 

THE EPISTLES OF JOHN. 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The Author.— The author of these Epistles was John, 
the beloved disciple, the eminent apostle and the author of 
the Pourth Gospel. 

II. The Date.— It is generally supposed that the Three 
Epistles of John were written at nearly the same time, and 
about A. D. 90, from the city of Ephesus, where the author 
spent the latter years of his' life. 

III. The Purpose.— The First Epistle seems to have 
been addressed to believers generally, but more particularly 
the Gentiles in Asia Minor. Its aim is to establish the 
true doctrine concerning the person of Christ, as to his 
nature, and the holiness necessary for communion with him. 
The Second Epistle is addressed to " The Elect Lady," and 
her children (meaning, perhaps, the church), to exhort them 
to good works, and to avoid false teachers. The Third is 
addressed to "Gains," and is in aim similar to the Second. 
Gains is supposed to be identical with the person named in 
Romans xvi : 23, and 1 Cor. i : 4. lie is commended for his 
hospitality and piety, warned against the ambition and malice 
of Diotrephes, and his friendly oflfices besought for Demetrius. 

ANALYSIS. 
The Eirst Epistle. 

I. Fellowship with God.— Chapter I. The apostle de- 
scribes the person of Christ, in whom we have eternal life, 
by communion with God (1-4). 2. He affirms that God is 
Light, and if we have fellowship with him we must walk 
in the Light (5-10). 

Chap. II. 1. He comforts them against the sin of infirmity 
(1,2). 2. Our Love for God to be shown by keeping his 
commandments (8-6). 3. He inculcates the duty of loving one 
another, and not the world (7-17). 4. He warns against false 



tci^'jZcrs. ani tt-_s L: • i'. ::r sts^e iroiji tiitin •,!>---:• . 

n, Ths Bi.e.s^in.> ^^'Z' I' _ litis OF SoxsHiP. — Cii&p. in. 
J.. He I r lares the wonderfol love of Grod in makrng ns 
sons (1, -,. 2. He nrges obedience to God^s commaoidments 
(3-10). 3. He further exhorts to brotherly love (11-24). 

C^f, 17. 1. He warns them not to believe all teaches, 
bnt t J ^ t!:ein bv mies which he gives (1-^ . 

III. Thz Boxd of Fsixowship.— (Bap, IT. He _ : irS 
that love is of God, and tiiat eveiyoDe who has true love 
is bom of God (7, 8). 2. He shows how Cjod proved his love 
by the gift of his Son (9-U). 3. He teaches that love 
for one another is the best evidence of the love for God 
(12-1-5). 4. He speaks of the rreat works and advantages of 
love (16-2i;. 

Gk&p. V. 1. He azLiis tiiat those who love Grod love his 
children c_ £ t; __ zimandments (1-8). 2. He assures 
them tiiST r: il_ ^r:^ riieir prayers and save them (9-20). 
3. He exi :::r :Jiem to keep theniselves from idols {^). 



1. SabrfaiiaBT Tlr : -Tt : :t- t^ lertain woman and 
her children i : ~ _ t : t t :zii attachment (1-3). 

Love and doiiiir -- . 

3. Vaniig: He warns Tt :. : _: lalse teactri- ~i: 
i'"- r i-r : It into the world aiii gi^ e:; a test by whicii tiicy 
_ T k_:^vn (7-11). 

1. A: :r:5 Tz.r :;7 Tt :^" ir; tt ^th au expres- 

5i 11 :: Tt iler ar:a:Li_r:i: az.d expresses ~ish for his 

I ;-=::i:i: :i Zr tZ- rsess his joy at the good report 
V T L : the character of Gains (3-8). 

: "";- ir IT- rives warning of a rebuke he will ad- 
ici_ :r_ : :-.:::. persons who have not heeded his counsel 
(9, lOi. 

L Sxkntstiaa : He exhort? Gal'is to r-er^evere in Ms labors 
of love and kindness, in imiraiioii of &ci 11-14 . 



DIDACTICAL. 



271 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



GsNKBAL View. 

I. Who was the author of these 
Epistles? What other buoks did he 
write? 

II. When is it supposed these 
Epistles were written? From what 
place? 

III. Towhom was the First Epistle 
addressed? For what purpose? The 
Second? The Third? 

The First. 

I. What does the apostle describe? 
What does he affirm of God? How 
does he comfort them? Against what 
does he warn them? 



II. What does he declare? To whom 
does he urge obedience? Of what 
does he warn them? 

III. How has God shown his love? 
What is the best evidence of our love 
for God? 

The Second. 

To whom was the Second Epistle 
addressed? What does he exhort 
them to do? What warning does he 
give ? 

The Third. 

To whom is the Third Epistle ad- 
dressed? What is the character of its 
contents? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. Eternal life is the gift of God through our Lord Jesus 
Christ. 

2. The test of true love for God is a willingness to obey 
his commandments. 

3. Our love for God is also manifested by our love for 
one another. 

4. The wonderful love of God for us is manifested in the 
gift of his Son to save us. 

5. We are to be on the lookout for false teachers lest 
we be led astray by them. 



XXIV. 
THE EPISTLE OF JUDE. 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The Author.— The author of this Epistle is supposed 
to be the apostle surnamed Thaddseus and Lebbseus, a near 
relative of our Lord (Matt, x : 3 ; xiii : 55 ; Luke vi : 16). 

II. The Date.— The time of the writing of this Epistle 
is placed by critics at various periods between A. D. 64 and 
A. D. 80. The place of writing is unknown. 



2?2 THE ^^EW TESTA:^EIi'T. 

III. Peculiakitles.— The Epistle is remarkable for an 
otherwise unrecorded prophecy of Enoch concerning the 
coming of the Lord (verse 14), and the tradition of a dispute 
between JMichael the archangel and Satan regarding the body 
of Moses (verse 9). 

TV. The Purpose.— The chief purpose of the author is to 
denounce the same false teachers as those rebuked by Peter 
(2 Peter II.), and in very similar language, warning them by 
the example of the fallen angels ; Cain ; of the impenitent in 
the times of Xoah ; of the wicked cities of the plain ; of 
Korah, and Balaam, and asserting the certainty of the future 
judgment and punishment of the wicked. 

ANALYSIS. 

1. Inscription and Salutation : The apostle addresses his Epis- 
tle to the sanctified, and gives them the salutation of peace 
and love (1, 2). 

2. The Object: He states that the purpose for which he 
writes is to correct false teaching (3, 4). 

3. Examples : He refers to the fate of those in past ages 
upon whom God's judgments fell (5-16). 

4. Predictions : He reminds them that the apostles had 
before predicted the coining of the false teachers who were 
then among them (17-19). 

6, Conclusion : He closes with an ascription of praise to 
Him who is able to keep them from falling, and to present 
them faultless before his throne (20-25). 

TEST QUESTIONS. 

Gexekal TrETv. i A^taltsis. 

I. Who Tvas the author of this ' 1. To 'vrhom is the Epistle in- 
Epistle? By what other names is he ' scribed? What salatation does he 
known? What relation was he to our give? 

,, ' . . . . .. , -^ -L 2. What does he himself state as 

.J ^.^u^^i *\?® ^^^ ^* .been ! ]^8 purpose in writing? 
thought the Epistle was written? : 

What is said of the place of writing? j 3. Whose examples does he cite? 

TIL For what is the Epistle re- And for what purpose? 
markable? : 4. Of what does he remind them? 

r\'. What seems to hare been the I 
chief purpose of the apostle in ' 5. In what manner does he con- 
writing? ' elude his Epistle? 



DIDACTICAL. 27S 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. We always need to be on the lookout for false teachers. 

2. We are taught by the fate of transgressors in the past 
what to expect in the future. 

3. The Word of God has given us warning of the fate of 
the disobedient, that we may not walk in the way of their 
steps. 

4. Those who put their trust in the Lord Jesus Christ, 

and walk in the way of his commandments, will never fall- 
is 



274 THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



IV. PROPHETICAL. 



xxy. 
THE BOOK OF REVELATION. 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The Book.— The Book of Revelation is the only purely 
prophetical book in the Kew Testament. It closes the 
Canon of Scripture, and the Revelation of God to man. 

II. The Author.— The writer was the apostle John, the 
author of the Fourth Gospel, and of the Three Epistles 
bearing that name. He was banished by Domitian, the 
Roman Emperor, to Patmos, an island in the uEgean Sea, 
after a vain attempt to martyr him. On the Emperor's 
death he returned, under a general amnesty, to Ephesus 
where he died. 

III. The Date.— The visions recorded were seen by John 
while in exile, and the book written about A. D. 96. 

ly. The Purpose.— The book is a revelation, or uncover- 
ing, of things that were then future. It was written to 
encourage Christians in all ages, by showing them that the 
Gospel will finally triumph over all opposition ; the Kingdom 
of the Messiah prevail over all the earth, and all the saints 
of God at last be gathered home to dwell with him forever 
more. 

ANALYSIS. 

1. Prefatory.— 1. The Purpose (i : 1-3) : The revelation 
given to show the things that must shortly come to pass. 

2. The Vision (i : 4-20) : John gives a narrative of his first 
vision respecting the seven churches of Asia Minor. 

II. The Messa(?es to the Churches.— 1. Ephesus (ii : 1-7) : 
Commended for its faith and patience, and reproved for for- 
saking its first love and first works. 

2. Smyrna (II : 8-11): Commended for its good works and 
endurance of persecution. 

3. Pergamos (ii: 12-17): Commended for its steadfastness 



FEOPHETICAL. 275 



In faith, and reproved for false doctrine, immoral conduct 
and idolatrous pollution. 

4. Thyatira (ii : 18-29) : One party reproved for their cor- 
ruptions, and another party commended for their fidelity. 

5. Sardis (in : 1-6) : Commended, reproved, exhorted and 
threatened. 

6. Philadelphia (in : 7-13) : Approved for its steadfastness and 
patience. . . 

7. Laodicaea (ni : 14 : 22) : Eebuked for its lukewarmness, 
and exhorted to repentance before it is too late. 

III. The Prophetic Visions.— The foregoing predictions 
concerning the Seven Churches of Asia Minor have long 
been fulfilled. The remainder of the book is generally re- 
garded as prophetic of the history of the Church from the 
close of the first century to the end of time. By some the 
major part is considered to have had its fulfillment in the 
early ages of the Church ; others, to have been gradually 
realized by successive religious revivals and persecutions ; 
^^J others it is regarded as a picture of the historical epochs 
of the world and the Church. 

Summary. 

1. The Divine Glory, the book of Seven Seals and the 
Lamb (iv, \). 

2. The Vision of the Opening of Six Seals ; the sealing 
of 144,000 Israelites; worship by innumerable multitudes of 
saints, and the opening of the Seventh Seal (vi, vii). 

3. The vision of an angel offering incense on the golden 
altar, followed by the sounding of six trumpets (viii, ix). 

4. The vision of an angel with an open scroll ; seven 
thunders, and the angel's proclamation ; the measuring of 
the temple and altar; the two witnesses, and the sounding 
of the seventh trumpet (x, xi). 

5. The vision of the woman and the dragon; the conflict 
between Michael and the dragon ; rescue of the woman ; 
the rising of a beast from the sea; and of another from 
the earth (xii, xiii). 

6. The vision of the Lamb and the 144,000 on Mount Sion • 
the proclamations of the three angels, and the harvest and 

" the vintage (xiv). 



278 



THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



7. The pouring out of seven vials of v^^rath ; the woman 
sitting upon the beast ; the angel's proclamation of the fall 
of Babylon, followed by songs of praise and triumph 
(xv-xix : 1-10). 

8. The vision of the Word of God attended by the faith- 
ful, who destroy the beast, the false prophet and the con- 
federate kings; the binding of the dragon for 1,000 years, 
and the reign of righteousness and the final conflict 
(XIX : 11— XX : 1-10). 

9. Visions of the final judgment, and of the new heaven, 
new earth and Kew Jerusalem (xx:ii— xxii : 5). 

10. Closing addresses from the angel, Christ and John,, 
enjoining the universal proclamation of these visions and 
attesting the certainty of the things predicted (xxii : 6-21). 



TEST QUESTIONS. 



General. Vikw. 

I. What kind of a book is Revela- 
tion? What does it close? 

IT. Who was the author? What 
other books did he write? Where was 
he banished? By whom? When did 
he return? Where? 

III. When were the visions re- 
corded in the book seen? When was 
the book written? 

IV. What is the general character 
of the book? For what purpose was 
it written? What grand events does 
it foretell? 



Analysis. 



T. What is said in reference to the^ 
purpose of lievelatiou? What was 
the character of the tirsL vision? 

II. For what is the church at 
Ephesus commended? What was the 
message to Smyrna? To Pergamos? 
Thyatira? Sardis ? Philadelphia? 
Laodicsea? 

III. What is said of a sealed book? 
How many seals had it? How many- 
trumpets are mentioned? How many- 
thunders? How many vials? What 
was shown in the last vision? With 
what does the book conclude? 



SEED THOUGHTS. 

1. Christ dwells in the midst of his churches, and holds 
their faithful ministers in his hands. 

2. God warns his people of their dangers and entreats 
them to turn away from their sins. 

3. He sends messages of love to them by his minister- 
ing servants to strengthen and encourage them. 

4. He makes known to them the glorious truth that the 
Gospel shall finally triumph over all opposition to encourage 
them in the midst of trials and persecutions. 

5. He reveals the fact that the saints shall at last be 
taken home to heaven to dwell with him in glory 
forever. 



THE LIFE OF JES US, 277 



SUPPLEMENTARY. 



I. 
THE LIFE OF JESUS. 



I. Preliminary Events. 

1. His Divinitj : He existed as the Word of God, from all 
eternity, and by him all things were made (John i : 1-5). 

2. His Parentage: (1) Mary, his mother, a virgin of Naza- 
reth, is espoused to Joseph, a carpenter (Matt, i : 18 ; Luke 
1 : 27) ; (2) The angel Gabriel announces to Mary the birth 
of Jesus at Nazareth (Luke i : 26-38) ; (3) Mary visits Eliza- 
beth, the mother of John the Baptist, at Hebron (Luke i : 39-55) ; 
(4) An angel appears to Joseph, at Kazareth, and tells him 
of the early advent of the child, and what his name shall be 
(Matt. I : 20-25). 

11. His Infancy. 

li His Birth: Jesus is born in Bethlehem in the days of 
Herod the king (Luke ii : 1-7). 

2. Thf Adoration of the Shepherds : The angels tell the shep- 
herds of his birth, and they go and worship him (Luke 
II : 8-16). 

3. His Name : He is circumcised at the age of eight days, 
and named Jesus, at Bethlehem (Matt, i : 25 ; Luke ii : 21). 

4. His Presentation: He is tiken to the Temple, in Jeru- 
salem, and presented to the Lord, where Simeon takes him 
in his arms and blesses him, and Anna, the prophetess, speaks 
of him as the Kedeemer (Luke ii : 22-38). 

5. The Visit of the Magi : The magi from the East visit him 
at Bethlehem, led by a star (Matt, ii: 1-12). 

6. The Flight into Egypt : He is taken to Egypt to avoid 
the executioners sent by Herod to slay the young children, 
at Bethlehem (Matt, ii : 13-18). 



27 8 & UrPLEMENTA It Y. 



7. The Return: After tlie death of Herod he is taken to- 
Kazareth, the home of his parents (Matt, ii : 19-23). 

III. His Childhood. 

1. His Growtli: He grows in body, and in wisdom, and 
the favor of God is with him (Luke ii : 40). 

2. In the Temple : At the age of twelve years he is taken 
by his parents to Jerusalem, where he disputes with the 
doctors in the Temple, and confounds them by his wisdom 
(Luke n : 46-50). 

3. An Obedient Child : He returns with his parents to !N"aza- 
reth, where his childhood and early manhood are passed in 
filial obedience (Luke ii : 51, 52). 

lY. His Introduction. 

1. His Baptism : Jesus comes from Galilee to Bethabara, and 
is baptized by John in the Jordan, when the Holy Spirit 
descends upon him, in the form of a dove, and God acknowl- 
edges him to be his Son (Matt, iii: 13-17; Mark i: 9-11; 
Luke III: 21,22). 

2. Eis Temptation : Jesus is led by the Spirit into the wil- 
derness of Judea, where he is tempted by the devil (Matt, iv t 
1-11 ; Mark l : 12, 13 ; Luke iv : 1-13). 

3. John's Testimony : At Bethabara, John the Baptist points 
to Jesus as the Lamb of God (John i : 19-30). 

4. His First FolLwers : Janaes and Andrew, hearing the 
testimony of John the Baptist, follow Jesus, and are soon 
joined by Simon Peter, Philip and J!^athanael (John i : 37-51). 

Y. His Pikst Public Work. 

1. Eis First Miracle : Jesus and his disciples attend a mar- 
riage at Ctiua of Galilee, where he performs his first miracle, 
turning water into wine, after which he goes to Capernaum 
(John II : 1-12). 

2. Cleansing the Temple : He goes with his disciples to the 
Feast of the Passover, at Jerusalem, and drives out of the 
Temple those who are desecrating it (John ii : 13-23). 

3. The New Birth : He talks with Kicodemus, at Jerusalem, 
and explains to him the nature of the new birth (John iii : 1-21). 

4. John's Testimony : John the Baptist, hearing, at Mnoiiy 



TEE L TFE OF JES US. 273^ 

that Jesus and Lis disciples are preaching and baptizing 
beyond Jordan, bears testimony to his divine character (John 
III : 25-36). 

5. The Visit ta Samaria : Jesus passes through Samaria, and 
preaclies to the woman at Jacob's well, and afterwards in the 
city of Sychar (John lY : 1-42). 

6. The Return to Galilee : He again goes to Cana of Galilee, 
and while there heals a nobleman's son who is sick at. 
Capernaum (John iv : 43-54). 

yi. His Fikst Public Preaching. 

1. The Beginning: After hearing of the imprisonment of 
John the Baptist at Machaerus, Jesus preaches at Nazareth 
and Capernaum (Matt, iv : 12, 13 ; Mark i : 14 ; vi : 1 ; Luke 
IV : 15-31). 

2. Calling Disciples: He calls Andrew, Peter, James and 
John to be his attendants, at Capernaum, on the Sea of Galilee 
(Matt. IV : 18-22; Mark i : 16). 

3. Miracles : He casts out devils and heals many sick, at 
Capernaum (Mark i : 23-32 ; Luke ly : 33-40). 

yil. PiRST General Circuit. 

1. Preparatory Prayer : Jesus engages in prayer to his Father 
in heaven (Mark i : 35 •, Luke iv : 42). 

2. Puolie Ministry : He makes a circuit through Galilee,, 
preaching in the synagogues, and curing all manner of diseases 
among the people (Matt, iv : 23-25 ; Mark i : 39 ; Luke iv : 44). 

3. The Sermon on the Mount : He delivers the celebrated 
'' Sermon on the Mount," from a hill-top near Cap'ernaum, 
(Matt. v.-Yii.). 

4- Miraculous Draught of Fish : Ho teaches the people from a 
boat at the shore of the Sea of Galilee, and directs the disci- 
ples where to cast their nets (Luke Y : 1-11). 

6. Healings : He heals a man of the leprosy at some city in 
Galilee, and cures a case of the palsy, at Capernaum (Matt. 
Viii.-ix : 8 ; Mark i : 40-ii : 12 ; Luke v : 12-17). 

6. The Call of Matthew : He calls Matthew, the Publican, at 
Capernaum, to be a disciple, who invites Jesus to a feast at 
his house (Matt, ix : 9-13 ; Mark ii : 13-17 ; Luke v : 27-32). 

7« Miracle at Bsthesda : He goes to Jerusalem to attend the 



280 S UFPLEJtTEXTA R T. 



Peast of the Passover, and cures the infirm man at the Pool 
of Bethesda (John v : 1-47). 

8. The Sabbath : (1) He returns to Galilee, and the disciples 
pluck the corn on the Sabbath, vrhich leads to a discussion 
mth the Pharisees (Matt. xii:l-8; Mark ii : 23 28); (2) In 
"Capernaum he restores a withered hand, on the Sabbath, and 
lias another dispute with the Pharisees (Matt, xn : 9-13 ; Mark 
III : 1-5 ; Luke vi : 6-11). 

9. The Herodians : He also provokes the Herodians, who 
join the Pliarisees in an attempt to slay him, and he retires 
to a mountain for prayer (Matt, xn : 14 ; Mark ni : 6 ; Luke 
Ti:12). 

10. The Twelve Chosen : At Capernaum he selects Twelve 
Disciples to preach the Gospel and perform miracles (Matt. 
X. ; Mark in : 14-35 ; Luke \i : 13-16). 

11. Teaching and Healing : On the sea-shore near Capernaum 
lie teaches the multitude, and heals many (Matt. xjn. : 5-13 ; 
Luke VI : 17-vii : 10). 

12. The Widow's Son Raised : At Xain he raises from the 
dead the only son of a widow (Luke vii : 11-16). 

13. John's Inquiry : John the Baptist sends to Jesus at Caper- 
naum to know if he be the Christ (Matt, xi : 2, 3 ; Luke 
Tii : 19. 20). 

14. Jesus' Answer and Testimony : He answers John's inquiry 
"by referring to his works, and bears testimony to John's high 
€haracter (Matt, xi : 4-15 ; Luke vii : 21-35). 

15. "Warnings : At Capernaum he warns the cities on the 
Sea of Galilee, where many of his miracles had been per- 
formed, of their impending fate (Matt, xi : 20-24). 

16. Invitation : He invites the weary to come to him and 
find rest (Matt, xi: 25-30). 

17. His Feet "Washed : lu the house of a Pharisee, perhaps 
at Capernaum, his feet are washed and anointed by a " woman 
who is a sinner" (Luke vn : 36-50). 

"VTII. Secoxd General CmcriT. 

1. Teaching and Healing : Jesus makes another circuit 
through Galilee, teaching and healing (Luke Tin : 1-3). 

2. The Demoniac : At Capernaum he heals a demoniac and 
rebukes the Pnarisees (Matt, xn : 22-37 ; Mark in : 22-30). 



THE LIFE OF JES US. 281 

3. Teaching in Parables : By the Sea of Galilee lie speaks 
the parables of the Sower, Tares, Mustard Seed, Leaven, 
Candle, Treasures, Pearl and Ket (Matt, xiii : 1-52 ; Mark 
IV : 1-34 ; Luke viii : 4-18). 

4. Stilling the Storm: He stills a storm on the Sea of 
Galilee (Matt, viii : 23-27 ; Mark iv : 85-41 ; Luke viii : 22-25). 

6. The Devils and the Swine : At Gadara he casts devils out 
of two men and suffers them to enter Into a herd of swine 
(Matt. VIII : 28-34 ; Mark v : 1-20; Luke viii : 26-37). 

6. The New and the C Id : He talks with the disciples of John 
about fasting, and about putting new wine in old bottles, and 
new cloth on old garments (Matt, ix : 14-17). 

7. Miracles : At Capernaum he heals an afflicted woman, 
raises the ruler's daughter, restores sight to two blind men 
and speech to one that is dumb (Matt, ix : 18-33). 

IX. Third General Circuit. 

1. The Mission of the Twelve : The twelve disciples are sent 
forth to their work of preaching and healing (Matt. x. ; Mark 
VI : 7-13 ; Luke ix : 1-6). 

2. Feeding the Five Thousand : At Bethsaida, on the shore of 
the Sea of Galilee, Jesus feeds five thousand on five loaves and 
two fishes (Matt, xiv : 13-21 ; Mark vi : 31-44 ; Luke ix : 10-17 ; 
John VI : 1-14). 

3. "Walking on the Sea : He goes to the disciples at night, on 
the Sea of Galilee, in the midst of a storm, walking on the 
water (Matt, xiv : 22-33 ; Mark vi : 45-52). 

"4. Teaching and Healing : He teaches the multitude on the 
sea-shore and in Capernaum, and heals many (Matt, xiv : 34-36 ; 
John VI : 22-65). 

6. Discourse on Pollution : He discourses to the scribes and 
Pharisees on pollution, and rebukes their hypocrisy (Matt. 
XV : 1-20 ; Mark vii : 1-23). 

6. The Syrophoenician "Woman: In the regions of Tyre and 
Sidon he cures the child of a Syrophoenician woman (Matt. 
XV : 21-28 ; Mark vii : 24-30). 

7. Miracles: (1) He heals a deaf and dumb man, and many 
sick, in Decapolis (Matt, xv : 29-31 ; Mark vii : 31-37); (2) He 
feeds four thousand, on the shore of the Sea of Galilee (Matt. 
XV : 32-38 ; Mark viii : 1-9). 



283 S UP PL EMENTA R Y. 



8. The Leaven of the Pharisees : He warns the disciples 
against the leaven, or doctrine, of the Pharisees (Matt. 
XVI : 6-12 ; Mark viii : 14-21). 

9. The Curing of the Blind Man : At Bethsaida he restores 
sight to a blind man (Mark viii : 22-26). 

10. The Good Confession : Peter confesses his faith in Jesus 
as the Christ, the Son of the living God, in the coasts of 
Csesarea Philippi (Matt, xvi ; 13-20 ; Mark viii : 27-30 ; Luke 
IX : 18-21). 

11. The Transfiguration : He is transfigured on a mountain 
(perhaps Ilermon) in the presence of Peter, James and John, 
and Moses and Elijah (Matt, xvii : 1-8 ; Mark ix : 2-8 ; Luke 

IX : 28-36). 

12. The Demoniac Child : He heals a demoniac child at the 
foot of the mount of transfiguration (Matt, xvii : 14-21 ; Mark 
IX : 14-29 ; Luke ix : 37-42). 

13. Foretelling His Death : He tells the disciples of his ap- 
proaching death, as they journey through Galilee (Matt. 
XVII : 22, 23 ; Mark ix : 30-32 ; Luke ix : 43-45), 

14. Paying Taxes : At Capernaum he directs Peter to pay 
taxes for both himself and the Lord (Matt, xvii : 24-27). 

16. Various Lessons : At Capernaum he teaches various les- 
sons (Matt. XVIII. ; Mark ix : 33-50 ; Luke ix : 46-50). 

16. At the Feast of Tabernacles : (1) He attends the Feast of 
Tabernacles at Jerusalem, where he delivers various important 
discourses, for which his enemies seek to kill him (John 
VII. ; VIII.); (2) He restores sight to a blind man, which again 
brings him into conflict with the Jewish rulers (John ix.); 
(3) He declares himself to be the Door, and the Good Shep- 
herd (John X : 1-21). 

17- At the Feast of Dedication: (1) He attends the Feast of 
Dedication at Jerusalem (John x : 22); (2) The Jews ask him 
concerning his Messiah ship, and he answers them (John x : 23- 
29); (3) He declares himself to be one with the Father (John 
X : 30-38). 

18. His Retreat : He crosses the Jordan into Persea, where 
many people come to him (John x : 39-42). 

19. Raising of Lazarus : He goes to Bethany, and raise* 
Lazarus from the dead (John xi : 1-46). 



THE LIFE OF JES US, 285 

20. Second Retreat : To avoid for a time his enemies among^ 
the Jews, he retreats to Ephraim with the disciples (John 
xi:54). 

21. His Repulse : The Samaritans of a certain city refuse to 
receive him, as he is again on his way to Jerusalem (Luke 
IX : 61-56). 

22. Mission of the Seventy: From some place in Galilee he 
sends forth seventy disciples to preach and heal (Luke x : 1-17). 

23. The Good Samaritan : At Jerusalem he speaks the parable 
of the Good Samaritan (Luke x : 25-37). 

24. Visit to Mary and Martha : He visits Mary and Martha 
at Bethany, and teaclies an important truth (Luke x : 38-42). 

25. The Model Prayer : At the Mount of Olives he teaches 
his disciples to pray, and gives them the Model Prayer (Matt. 
VI : 5-13 ; Luke xi : 1-4). 

26. Teaching and Healing : At Jerusalem he teaches many 
important lessons, and performs minicles (Luke xi : -'-xiv : 6). 

27. Parables: At Jerusalem he speaks the parables of the 
Great Supper; the Lost Sheep and Piece of Silver; the 
Prodigal Son ; Unjust Steward, and the Rich Man and Lazarus 
(Luke xiY : 12-xvi.). 

. 28. The Ten Lepers: He heals ten lepers in Samaria (Luke 
XVII : 11-19). ■ 

29. Parables : At Jerusalem he speaks the parables of the 
Importunate Widow, and the Pharisee and Publican (Luke 
XVIII : 1-14). 

30. The Way of Life : A rich young man comes to him, at 
Jerusalem, desiring to know what to do to obtain eternal 
life (Matt, xix : 16-22 ; Mark x : 17-22 ; Luke xviii : 18-23). 

31. Parables : At Jerusalem he speaks the parable of the 
Laborers in the Vineyard (Matt, xx : 1-16), and of the 
Pounds (Luke xix : 12-27). 

32. Blind Bartimaeus: At Jericho he restores sight to Barti- 
mseus and an other blind man (Matt, xx : 29-34 ; Mark 
x: 46-52). 

X. The Last Passover. 

1. The Feast : At the house of Simon, in Bethany, they 
make Jesus a feast, and Mary anoints him with ointment 
(Matt. XXVI : 6-13 ; Mark xiv : 3-9 ; John xii : 1-3). 



284 ' SUPPLEMENTARY. 



2. Triumphal March : He enters Jerusalem in triumph, and 
is received with honor (Matt, xxi : 1-16 ; Mark xi : 1-11, Luke 
XIX : 29-40; John xii :12-19). 

3. The Barren Pig Tree : On his way from Bethany to 
Jerusalem he pronoimces a curse upon a barren fig tree, 
and it withers (Matt, xxi: 17-22; Mark xi: 19-23). 

4. Discourse in the Temple : In the Temple at Jerusalem he 
speaks various parables ; reasons with the Sadducees ; tells 
of the great commandment ; observes the widow's mite ; 
pronounces various woes, and foretells the destruction of 
Jerusalem and the end of the world (Matt, xxi ; 23-xxiv ; 
Mark xii, xiii; Luke xx, xxi). 

5. Parables ; At the Mount of Olives he speaks the para- 
bles of the Ten Virgins and the Talents, and pictures the 
last judgment (Matt. xxy). 

6. "Warning: At Bethany he foretells his betrayal by one 
of the Twelve (Matt, xxvi : 1, 2). 

7. The Sanhedrim : The Chief Council of the Jews, at 
Jerusalem, lay plans to have him put to death (Matt 
XXVI : 3-5 ; Mark xiv : 1-2 ; Luke xxii : 1-6). 

8. The Treachery of Judas : Judas agrees to deliver Jesus 
into the hands of the Jews for thirty pieces of silver 
(Matt. xxYi : 14-16 ; Mark xiv : 10, 11 ; Luke xxii : 3-6). 

9. The Last Supper: (1) Preparations are made for the 
Passover at Jerusalem (Matt, xxvi: 17-19; Mark xiv : 12-16; 
Luke xxii:7-13); (2) lie washes the disciples' feet (John 
XIII : 1-17) ; (3) He breaks the bread (Matt, xxvi : 26 ; Mark 
XIV : 22 ; Luke xxii : 19) ; (4) He foretells the betrayal (Luke 
xxii: 21 ; John xm : 18) ; (5) The disciples ask who the traitor 
is (Matt, xxvi : 22-25 ; Mark xiv : 19) ; (6) He points out Judas, 
who goes out (John xiii : 26, 27) ; (7) He warns Peter (Matt. 
xxvi : 31-35 ; Mark xiv : 27-31 ; Luke xxii : 31-34 ; John 
XIII : 36-38) ; (8) He gives the cup to the disciples (Matt. 
XXVI : 27, 28 ; Mark xiv : 24) ; (9) After the Supper he delivers 
his farewell discourse to the disciples (John xiv.-xvi.) ; (10) He 
prays for the disciples (John xvii.) ; (11) They sing a closing 
hymn and go out to the Mount of Olives (Matt, xxvi: 30* 
Mark xiv: 26). 



TEE LIFE OF JES US. 285> 

XI. The Betrayal and Trial. 

1. In Gethsemane: (1) His agony (Matt, xxvi: 36-38; Mark 
XIV : 32-34; Luke xxii : 39, 40 ; John xviii : 1) ; (2) His 
prayer (Matt, xxvi : 39-44 ; Mark xiv : 36-39 ; Luke xxii : 42- 
44) ; (3) Tlie sleep of the disciples (Matt, xxvi : 40-45 ; Mark 
XiV : 37-41) ; (4) The betrayal and arrest (Matt, xxvi : 47-50 ;; 
Mark xiv:43, 44; Luke xxii:47; John xviii : 2-4) ; (5)' 
Peter assaults Malchus (Matt, xxvi : 51 ; Mark xiv : 47 ; Luke 
xxii: 50; John xviii:10); (6) Jesus restores the ear of 
Malchus (Luke xxii : 51) ; (7) The disciples flee (Matt- 
XXVI : £6 ; Mark xiv : 50). 

2. Before Annas : He is taken before Annas ( John 
xviii : 12). 

3. Before Oaiaphas: (1) He is taken before Caiaphas (Matt.. 
XXVI : 57 ; Mark xiv : 53 ; Luke xxii : 54 ; John xviii : 15) ; 

(2) Peter follows afar off (Matt, xxvi : 58 ; Mark xiv : 54 ;: 
Luke XXII : 55 ; John xviii : 15) ; (3) The high priest's adjura- 
tion (Matt. XXVI : 63 ; Mark xiv : 61) ; (4) He is condemned,, 
buffeted and mocked (Matt, xxvi : 66, 67 ; Mark xiv : 64, 65 ; 
Luke XXII : 63-65; John xviii : 17-27) ; (5) Peter denies him 
(Matt, xxvi : 69 ; Mark xiv : 66 ; Luke xxii : 55-59 ; John 
xviii : 28). 

4. Before Pilate : (1) He is taken before Pilate to have the 
sentence of death confirmed (Matt, xxvii : 1 ; Mark xv : 1 : 
Luke XXIII : 1) ; (2) Eepentance of Judas (Matt, xxviii : 3) ; 

(3) Pilate's inquiry (John xviii : 28) ; (4) Jesus scourged (Matt. 
XXVIII : 26 ; Mark xv : 15 ; John xix : 1) ; (5) Crowned with 
thorns (Matt, xxvii : 29 ; Mark xv : 17 ; John xix : 5) ; (6) Ex-^ 
hibited to the people (Matt. xxvii:ll; Mark xv:2; Luke 
XXIII : 2) ; (7) Sent by Pilate to Herod, mocked and arrayed in 
purple (Luke xxiii:6-ll); (8) Pilate desires to release him 
(Matt. XXVII : 15 ; Mark xv : 6 ; Luke xxiii : 17) ; (9) Pilate 
receives a message from his wife concerning Jesus (Matt. 
xxvii: 19); (10) Pilate washes his hands (Matt. xxvii:24); 
(11) Barabbas is released (Matt, xxvii : 26) ; (12) Jesus is 
delivered to be crucified (Mark xv : 15 ; Luke xxiii : 25 ; John 
XIX : 16). 



286 SUFPLEMENTABY. 



XII. His Death and Burial. 

1. On the Way to the Cross: (1) Simon, of Cyrene, carries 
tlie cross to GolgotLa (Matt, xxvii : 32 ; Mark xv : 21 ; Luke 
XXIII : 26) ; (2) Many people follow him, the women weep, but 
he tells them to weep for themselves (Luke xxiii : 27-33). 

2. Vinegar and Gall : They give him vinegar and gall (Matt, 
xxvn : 34 ; Mark xv : 23 ; Luke xxiii : 36). 

3. On the Cross : They nail him to the cross (Matt, xxvii : 35 ; 
Lake xxiii: 33; John xix: 18). 

4. Over the Cross : Over the cross Pilate causes to be placed 
a superscription, designating the charge upon which he is 
crucified (Matt. xxvii:37; Mark xv:26; Luke xxiii : 38 ; 
John XIX : 19j. * 

6. His Garments : His garments are divided among the 
soldiers (Matt, xxvii : 35 ; Mark xv : 24 ; Luke xxiii : 23-34 ; 
John xix: 23). 

6. Mocked and Reviled: Passers-by mock him, and the 
thieves revile him (Matt, xxvii : 39-44 \ Mark xv : 29-32 ; Luke 
XXIII : 35). 

7. The Penitent Thief: One of the thieves cries to him for 
mercy (Luke xxiii : 40). 

8. His Seven Sayings: (1) Father, forgive them (Luke 
xxm : 34) ; (2) To-day shalt thou be with me in paradise (Luke 
XXIII : 43) ; (3) Woman, behold thy son (John xix : 26, 27) ; 
(4) My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me ? (Matt. 
XXVII : 46; Mark xv : 34; ; (5) I thirst (John xix : 28) ; (6) It is 
finished (John xix : 30); (7) Father, into thy hands I commend 
my spirit (Luke xxm : 46). 

9. Lending of the Veil : The veil of the Temple in Jerusa- 
lem is rent (Matt, xxvii : 51 ; Mark xv : 38 ; Luke xxm : 45). 

10. Testimony of the Centurion : The centurion by the cross 
testifies that he must be the Son of God (Matt, xxvn : 54 ; 
Mark xv : 39 ; Luke xxiii : 47). 

11. Piercing of his Side : A soldier pierces his side with a 
spear (John xtx : 30). 

12. His Burial: He is taken down from the cross and 
buried in a new tomb in a garden (Matt, xxvn : 57-60 ; Mark 
XV : 46 ; Luke xxm : 53 ; John xix : 38). 



TRE LIFE OF JES US. 2S7 

13. The Seal and Guard : The tomb is sealed, and a guard 
placed about it (Matt, xxviii : 65, 66 ; John xix : 39-42). 

XIII. After the Kesurrection. 

1. The Sepulchre Opened : The angel of the Lord rolls the 
stone from the door of the sepulchre, and Jesus arises (Matt. 
XXVIII : 2). 

2. The Women's Visit : Certain women visit the tomb, bring- 
ing spices, and find it empty (Matt, xxviii : 1 ; Mark xvi : 2 ; 
Luke xxiv : 1). 

3. The Announcement : The women announce the resurrec- 
tion in Jerusalem (Matt, xxviii : 8 ; John xx: 1, 2). 

4. The Visit of Peter and John : Peter and J ohn visit the 
tomb (Luke xxiv: 12; John xx: 3). 

5. Eeport of the Guards : The guards report the resurrection 
in Jerusalem (Matt, xxviii : 11-15). 

6. His Appearances After the Resurrection : (1) To Mary Mag- 
dalene in the garden (Mark xvi : 9, 10 ; John xx : 14); (2) To 
the women returning home (Matt, xxviii : 9); (3) To the two 
disciples going to Emmaus (Mai'k xvi : 12 ; Luke xxiv : 13) ; 
(4) To Peter (Luke xxiv : 34) ; (5) To the ten in an upper 
room in Jerusalem (Luke xxiv : 36 ; John xx : 19) ; (6) To the 
eleven in the same place (Mark xvi : 14 ; John xx : 26) ; (7) To 
seven of the disciples at the Sea of Galilee (John xxi : 1-24) ; 
(8) To the eleven disciples on a mountain in Galilee (Matt. 
XXVIII : 16) ; (9) To five hundred brethren at once in Galilee 
or at Bethany (1 Cor. xv:6); (10) To James (1 Cor. xv:7); 
(11) To the apostles at the time of the ascension, at Bethany 
(Mark xvi : 19; Luke xxiv : 50, 51). 

7. His Ascension : From Bethany he ascends to heaven, in 
the presence of the disciples (Mark xvi : 19; Luke xxiv : 50, 51), 
after which he is seen by Paul at Damascus (1 Cor. xv : 8), 
and by John in a vision on the island of Patmos (Eev. i : 13). 



888 S UPPLEMEXTAR T. 



n. 

THE APOSTLES, 



PRELIMINARY 

I. The Xa^ie.— The word '• apostle"' . signilies One Sent 
Forth. Originally, iu the 2s ew Testament, It was the name 
applied to those disciples whom Jesus chose to be with him. 
dm'ing the course of his ministry on earth, and whom h& 
sent forth to preach the Gospel and perform miracles. Later^ 
the word appears to have been used in a wider sense, to 
designate other classes of Christian messengers and teachers 
(2 Cor. 8 : 23 ; Phil. 2 : 25). 

II. The Qualificatio^s's.— The original qualifications of 
an apostle, as stated by Peter on the occasion of the election 
of a successor to Judas, was, that he should have been per- 
sonally acquainted with the whole ministerial course of our 
Lord, from his baptism till the day he was taken up into 
heaven (Acts 1 : 15-26). 

III. The Xuviber. — Jesus selected Twelve. One of them — 
Judas — feU by transgression, and after the ascension of Christ 
the other eleven selected, no doubt with divine approval, a 
successor (Acts 1 : 15-26). Afterwards Jesus appeared to Saul^ 
or Paul, and called him to the apostleship (Acts 9 : 1-16), so 
that there were foui-teen persons in aU who filler! the apostolic 
office. 

TV. Thelb Social Position.— The apostles, except Paul, 
were all from the lower ranks of life, simple and uneducated. 
Some of them were related to Jesus according to the flesh, and 
some had previously been disciples of John the Baptist, and 
thus prepared to receive Christ when he came. 

Y. Their Officiae Positiox.— They seem to have been 
on an equality with each other officially, though the labors of 
some were much more abundant than those of others. In the 
discharge of all their duties as apostles, after the descent of 
the Holy Spirit, they were imder divine guidance and their- 
utterances were infallible. 



THE APOSTLES. 289 



BIOGRAPHICAL. 

I. Simon Peter. — The word '' Simon " means A Hearer,, 
or Obedient, and ''Peter" A Stone. He was a fisherman of 
Bethsaida, and afterwards a dweller at Capernaum ; the son 
of Jonas and brother of Andrew. He was one of the first of 
the disciples called, and one of the most eminent of the 
aposftes ; the one to whom was entrusted *' the keys of the 
kingdom," with the power to first open it to both the Jews. 
and the Gentiles. He traveled extensively as an apostle; 
wrote the two Epistles bearing his name, and at last suffered 
martyrdom. 

II. Andrew.— The word '^ Andrew" means Manly. He 
was the brother of Simon Peter, and a fisherman of Bethsaida \ 
one of John's disciples, and perhaps the very first public 
disciple of Jesus, and was instrumental in the conversion 
of his more eminent brother. Of his labors as an apostle but 
little is known. He is said to have been crucified at Patrse, 
in j^chaia. 

III. James.— The Vv^ord "James" means Supplanter, the 
same as "Jacob." He was the son of Zebedee, and brother 
of John, and a fisherman of Galilee ; also one of the earliest 
of the public disciples of Jesus, and a special ^favorite with the 
Master. He Yms put to death by order of Herod Agrippi I,, 
(Acts 12:1,2), and was perhaps the first of the apostles to^ 
die. 

ly. John.— The word "John" means Grace of God. He 
was the brother of James, and also a fisherman of Galilee, 
who became a disciple of Jesus early in his ministry, and 
followed him faithfully, and was "that disciple whom Jesus 
loved." His labors as an apostle were abundant. He was 
the author of the Fourth Gospel, of the Three Epistles ot 
John, and of the Book of Kevelation. He died, it is supposed',, 
at Ephesus at a very advanced age. 

V. Philip.— The word " Philip " means Warlike. He was 
also a fisherman of Bethsaida. He was one of the earliest 
of Christ's disciples, and told Nathanael about him (John 1 : 45),, 
but of his labors as an apostle, and of his death, nothing 
definite is known. 
19 



290 .^ rrPLFMEXTAF, Y. 

TI. Baetholomett. — The word '• Bartholomew *' means 
Son of Tahnai. By some he is supposed to be identical with 
IN'athanael (John 1 : -loj. He is said to have preached in Arabia 
Pelix and Armenia, but nothing definite is known of his 
apostolic libers or death. 

VII. Thomas.— The word *• Thomas"" means Twin, or 
Soimd; he is also called "Didymus."' He is said tohav^been 
bom at Antioeh. AJl that we know about him is derived 
from the Gospel of John. Of his labors as an apostle little 
is kno^ u. He is believed to have preached in Persia, and to 
iave died at Edessa. 

Tin. Matthew.— The word ''Matthew"" means Gift of 
JehoTaii. He is also called *" Leyi,"' and before his call by 
Jesus was a collector of customs at Capernaum. He was the 
author of the First Gospel. Traditions respecticg his other 
labors are various, but aU uncertain. 

IX. Jazmes the Less. — He is called " the Less "* to dis- 
tingnish him from James the brother of John. He was the- 
son of Alphseus, or Clopas, and called *" the Lord"s brotlier." 
After the establishiog of the church at Jerusalem he seems 
to have been promlaently connected with its management, 
and was the author of the Epistle of James. According to 
tradition he was thrown from the Temple by the scribes 
and Pharisees, and his brains dashed out by a fi!Uer"s club. 

X. Lebb^tts.— The word "Lebbaeus"' (Matt. 9:3) means 
Han of Eeart. He is identical with Thaddseus (Mark 3 : IS), 
and Judas, or Jude (Luke 6 : 15; Acts 1 : 13;. He is supposed 
to have been the author of the Epistle of Jude, but this Is 
not certain. Of his apostolic labors nothing is recorded. 

XI. Si:y:ox, the Ca^'aaxite. — Simon is also called 
*'Zelotes." a word meaning Zealous, He belonged to a sect 
called " Zealots,"" who were conspicuoas for their fierce advo- 
cacy of the Mosaic ritual. There is no record of his apostolic 
labors. 

XTE. JrDAS IscAKiOT.— The word "Judas" means Praised, 
the same as Jude and Judah. The word "Iscariot"" perhaps 
means From Kerioth, a place in Judea. He was the treasurer 
of the company of disciples who traveled with Jesus, and 
no doubt preached and performed miracles as did the others, 



TEE APOSTLES. 291 



during the time of Christ's personal ministry. His betrayal 
of the Master has made his name forever infamous. After 
he had received the thirty pieces of silver from the chief 
priests, he was appalled by the enormity of his crime and 
carried back the money to the Jewish rulers, with the assertion 
that he had betrayed innocent blood. Their only response 
was to throw the responsibility upon him ; and, casting down 
the money, he went and hanged himself. 

XIII. Matthias.— The word " Matthias " means Gift of 
Jehovah, the same as Matthew. lie was elected to fill the place 
of Judas, the traitor, (Acts 1:26). All beyond this that we 
know of him for a certainty is, that he had been a constant 
attendant upon the Lord Jesus during the whole course of 
his ministry ; for such was declared by Peter to be the neces- 
sary qualification of an apostle. It is said by some authorities 
that he preached the Gospel and suffered martyrdom in 
Ethiopia. 

Xiy. Paul.— The word "Paul" means Little. He was a 
native of Tarsus, and, until the time of his going forth as a 
missionary to the Gentiles, was known by the name of Saul. 
He was a student of Gamaliel in Jerusalem, and took part 
in the early persecutions of the Christians. He was con- 
verted at Damascus, and immediately began to preach the 
Gospel. He went on three great missionary tours, estab- 
lished many churches, wrote numerous Epistles, and at last 
suffered martyrdom at Rome. 



292 S UPPLEMENTAR Y. 



III. 

OTHER EMINENT MINISTERS. 



GENERAL STATEMENT. 

The Xa^le "Minister" signifies Servant, or To Serve, and 
is applied in a general way to all classes of church officers 
from the highest to the lowest. Any person "who serves the 
church in any capacity is therefore a minister. 

CLASSIFICATION. 

The principal classes of ministers mentioned in the New 
Testament, besides apostles, are The Seventy, Evangelists^ 
Prophets, Pastors, Deacons and Teachers. 

I. The Seventy.— Towards the close of his ministry Jesus 
sent out Seventy other disciples, besides the apostles (Luke 
10 : 1-20). 

1. The Number : Seventy was a favorite number among the 
Israelites. The family of Jacob that went into Egypt con- 
sisted of Seventy (Gen. 46 : 27) ; the number of elders that 
Moses appointed to aid him was Seventy (Xum. 11 : 16, 25), and 
the Sanhedrim, or Great Council of the Kation, consisted of 
the same number. It is probable that Christ selected the 
number Seventy to be in harmony with these precedents. 

2. Their Mission : They were appointed for a different pur- 
pose from the apostles. The apostles were to be with Christ 
to hear his instruction, and witness his wonderful works, 
sufferings, death, burial, resurrection and ascension, that they 
might be the witnesses of these things to the world. The 
Seventy were sent out to preach and perform miracles imme- 
diately, and chiefly where he himself was afterwards to go. 
Their office was temporary, and they had no successors. 

3. The Order: They went ''two by two" (Luke 10:1), that 
they might aid one another by mutual counsel, and sustain 
and comfort one another in their trials and persecutions. 

L Their Names : The names of the Seventy have not come 



OTHER EMINENT MINISTERS. 293 

down to us, but it is probable that they iuckided many who 
were afterwards prominent in the Church. 

II. Evangelists.— The word " Evangelist " means Bearer 
of Good Tidings, and is the name applied to the writers of the 
Gospel History, as well as to missionaries, or preachers, whose 
special mission is to proclaim the glad tidings to those who 
have not known them, rather than the instruction and pastoral 
€are of those who have already become Christians. The fol- 
lowing are the principal Evangelists named in the Kew Tes- 
tament : 

1. Matthew : The author of the First Gospel ; before his 
call by the Savior, a collector of customs at Capernaum, and 
afterwards one of the Twelve Apostles. 

2. Mark : Called also John Mark ; the author of the Second 
Gospel, and an attendant of Paul and Barnabas on their 
first missionary journey as far as Perga (Acts 12:25; 13:13); 
and of Barnabas on his second visit to Cyprus (Acts 15 : 39) ; 
he was also with Peter in Babylon (1 Peter 5 : 13), and again 
with Paul in his first imprisonment at Kome (Col. 4: 10). 

3. Luke : The author of the Third Gospel and the Acts of 
the Apostles, and companion of Paul in some of his principal 
missionary journeys, and on his memorable voyage to Eome. 

4. John: The beloved disciple and faithful apostle, and the 
author of the Fourth Gospel, the Three Epistles, and the 
Book of Revelation. 

6. Philip : He was one of the seven deacons appointed to 
take charge of the temporal affairs of the church at Jerusa- 
lem (Acts 6 : 5), but afterwards became an evangelist and 
preached the Gospel in Samaria (Acts 8:5-13); to the eunuch 
in the wilderness, and in various places as far as Csesarea 
(Acts 8 : 26-40). 

6. Stephen : He was also one of the seven deacons set over 
the church at Jerusalem (Acts 6 : 5), but also an eloquent 
evangelist, or preacher, " full of faith and power," and the 
first Christian martyr (Acts 7 : 51-60). 

7. Barnabas : The name means " Son of Prophecy," and 
was given to Joseph, or Joses, a Levite of Cyprus, by the 
apostles (Acts 4 : 36). He was early a disciple, and was inti- 
mately associated with Paul in his labors at Antioch (Acts 



294 S UPPLEMENTAR T. 



11 : W-SO), and on his first missionary journey (Acts 13 : 1-4), 
and afterwards on a second journey to Cyprus with Mark 
(Acts 15 : 89). 

8. Apollos: The name means "One that Destroys." He 
was an eloquent Jew of Alexandria, who knew only " the 
baptism of John," until further taught by Aquila and Pris- 
cilla at Ephesus (Acts 18 : 25), after which he became an 
eminent preacher of the Gospel, first in Achaia and then 
at Corinth (Acts 18 : 27 ; 19 : 1). 

9. Timothy: The name means "Honor of God." He was 
the son of a Greek father and a Jewish mother (Eunice), con- 
verted and circumcised by Paul at Iconium (Acts 16 : 3). 
He was set apart for the work of an evangelist, and was after- 
wards the companion of the great apostle on many important 
journeys, and entrusted by him wath many special duties 
(1 Tim. 1:1-4). He w^as with Paul at his first trial at Kome, 
and perhaps at the second also. The tradition is that he 
died a martyr at Ephesus, by order of Domitian, or ISTerva. 

10. Titus : The name means " Honorable." He was a 
Gentile convert, and was taken by Paul and Barnabas to Jeru- 
salem to the conference of the apostles and elders which 
was to decide the question of the necessity of circumcision, 
for Gentiles (Acts 15 : 1-21 ; Gal. 2 : 1-3). He was afterwards 
often associated with the apostle in his labors, and was left 
at Crete to set the church in order (Titus 1 : 5). The tradition 
is that he died in that island. 

11. Silas : The name, which is the same as Sylvanas, means 
"Wood." He was an eminent member of the early Churchy 
and was appointed as a delegate to accompany Paul and Bar- 
nabas to Antioch with the decrees of the Council (Acts 15 : 22, 
32). He went with Paul on his second missionary journey 
(Acts 15 : 40), and was his companion and helper in many 
important labors. 

12. Aristarchus : The name means "Excellent." He was a 
Thessalonian (Acts 20:4; 27:2), who accompanied Paul on 
his third missionary journey (Acts 19 : 29). He was with the 
apostle on his return to Asia (Acts 20 : 4), and again on his 
voyage to Rome (Acts 27 : 2), where he was a fellow prisoner 
(Col. 4:10; Philemon 24). 



OTEEU EMINENT MINISTERS. 295 

III. Prophets.— The New Testament Prophets possessed 
a variety of spiritual gifts. Some had the power to fore- 
tell events ; some could work miracles, speak with tonguefi 
and interpret the speech of others, though in languages they 
had never learned, wliile others were supernaturally illuminated 
expounders of God's Word. To these various classes, some 
possessing one or more, and some all, of these gifts, are to be 
reckoned Zacharias, Elizabeth, John the Baptist, the Seventy, 
the Apostles, Agabus, Philip and many other evangelists,, 
pastors and teachers, during the apostolic age, whose names^ 
are unknown. 

ly. Pastors. — The word "Pastor" signifies Feeder, or 
Shepherd. In the New Testament the name is applied to those 
ministers to whom was especially entrusted the work of 
teaching and training those who had been brought into the 
Church of Christ. The name ''Bishop" and "Overseer" are 
also applied to the same officials. The names of but few of 
this class of ministers of the Church during the apostolic 
age have been preserved. 

V. Deacons.— The word " Deacon " signifies Servant. The 
name in the New Testament seems to have been applied to 
those wliose special duties were to "wait upon tables," and 
look after the temporal affairs of the church. The only dea- 
cons mentioned by name in the New Testament are the 
seven of the first church in Jerusalem (Acts 6:6): Stephen.^ 
Philip, Prochorus, Nicanor, Timon, Parmenas and Nicolas.^ 
Of these seven, Stephen and Philip also distinguished them- 
selves as preachers of the Gospel. 

VI. Teachers.— The name " Teacher " may properly be> 
applied to all who give instruction in the Word of the Lord 
and the way of righteousness— apostles, evangelists, prophets 
and pastors; but in the early Church there seems to have 
been a class of persons designated by this title who may not 
have filled any of the offices specified (see Acts 13 : 1 ; Rom. 
12 • 7 ; 1 Cor. 12 : 28 ; Eph. 4 : 11). 



396 S UPPLEMENTA R Y. 



TV. 
PAUL'S MISSIONARY JOURNEYS. 



I. With Barnabas and Mark.— Acts xiii., xiy. 

1. Antiocli [in Syria), the centre of Gentile evangelization. 
Barnabas and Saul, specially called by the Holy Ghost to 
mission work, and taking with them John Mark, go to 

2. Seleucia {port of Antioch), whence they sail to the islsnd 
of 

3. Cyprus (the native place of Barnabas), landing at the 
-eastern extremity, 

A. Salamis, a populous mercantile port. The apostles 
preached in the synagogues there; then traversed the isle 
(100 miles) to 

6. Paphos, its western extremity, the capital city. Here 
Elymas was struck blind, and the Roman proconsul, Sergius 
Paulus, converted. They crossed to the southern shore of 
Asia Minor, landing at 

6. Perga, the ancient port of Pamphylia, whence goods 
from the interior were exported. Here John Mark returned 
home. The apostles went up into the mountains, on which 

.journey they are supposed to have suffered the trials enumer- 
•ated in 2 Cor. 11:26, 27, till they reached 

7. Antioch [iji Pisidia), a central resting place, just over 
"the pass," where the great road from Ephesus into Asia 
intersected the southern road. It was a Roman colony. They 
preached in the synagogue, one Sabbath to Jews (Paul's first 
recorded sermon), and the next to Greeks. Ejected by the 
-rulers, they followed the great road to 

8. Iconium [capital of Lycaonia, a dreary plateau). They 
stayed '• a long time,-' making many converts, till, a factious 
mob trying to stone them, they fled to 

9. Lystra, a small rural town of simple heathens. Paul heal- 
ing a cripple, they were treated as gods (Jupiter and Mercury), 
till Jews from Iconium followed, declaring them to be im- 
postors, and had them stoned. They fled to 



FA UU S MIS S 10 NAB Y JO URNE YS. 297 

10. Derbe, a small town away from the highroad, where 
they rested awhile, returning by the same route through 
Lystra, Iconium, Antioch, to 

11. Perga, where they taught with no great success; so 
sailed back to 

12. Antioch, where they reported their work to a full assem- 
bly of the congregation, and abode there a long time (probably 
six or seven years). 

II. With Silas.— Acts xv : 36-xviii : 22. 

1. Antioch (in Syria), the starting point, whence they went 
by land through 

2. Syria and Oilicia, confirming the Churches, and delivering 
the decrees of the Council of Jerusalem. Thence across the 
mountains to 

3. Derbe and Lystra, where Paul circumcised Timothy, and 
took him w^ith him through 

i. Phrygia and Galatia, where Paul fell sick (Gal. 4:13), 
and, being forbidden by the Spirit to go into the province 
of Asia, went into 

6. Mysia ; but, again being forbidden to pursue his intended 
journey to Bithynia, he was divinely guided to 

6. Troas, wliere he met with Luke ; had a vision of a Mace- 
donian inviting him to Greece; embarked, touched at 
Samothracia, and landed at 

7. Neapolis [Kavala), the seaport ; whence he went up by 
land, across the Pharsalian plain, to 

8. Philippi {in Macedonia), a Roman "colony," i. e., having 
the same laws and rights as Rome itself. Lydia was con- 
verted; the sorceress exorcised, her masters charged the apos- 
tles before the magistrates, who scourged and imprisoned 
them. They were miraculously leleased by night; converted 
and baptized the jailer and his household. Paul left here 
Luke and Timothy, passed through Amphipolis and Apollonia 

to 

9. Thessalonioa (metropolis of Macedonia), where he stayed 

three Sabbaths. Assailed by a Jewish mob, Jason, his host, 
being bound over to keep the peace, Paul escaped to 

10. Berea, where he was well received till persecutors fol- 
lowed him ; then he was sent to 



298 S UPPLEMEXTAR Y. 



11. Athens, probably by sea, leaving Silas, for whom he 
waited ; conversing with the philosophers, till forced to address 
them on Mars' hill, but with little success ; so he retired to 

12. Corinth, a great mercantile centre, which for one and a 
half years he made the headquarters of evangelizing efforts 
on Achaia. Here he was joined by Silas and Timothy, and 
wrote the two Epistles to the Thessalonians. He was driven 
from the synagogue, and brought before Gallio ; was received 
by Aquila and Priscilla, wiiom he converted, and with whom 
he sailed from 

13. Oenchrea, the eastern port of Corinth, to 

IL Ephesus; where he left Aquila and Priscilla, going on 
himself to 

15. CsBsarea ; whence it is supposed he went by land to Jeru- 
salem, to keep the Feast of Pentecost (18 : 21), and then 
returned to 

16. Antioch, where he remained "some time" (probably less 
than a year). 

III. With Timothy.— Acts xviii : 23-xxi : 33. 

1. Antioch {Syria), starting point; thence through 

2. Galatia and Phrygia, of which no incidents are recorded, to 

3. Ephesus, where Apollos had baptized converts only to 
repentance, and- with an imperfect form, whom Paul re-bap- 
tized; staying there three years, refuting false philosophy and 
imposture of sorcerers, who publicly burnt their books, con- 
fessing their imposture. ITe retired from the synagogue; 
taught in the school of Tyrannus ; wrote one Epistle to 
Corinthians, and to Galatians ; remained over the great annual 
Pan-Ionic festival of Diana, when Demetrius roused the 
craftsmen, and Paul w^as sent away by his friends to 

4. Macedonia, where he visited and encouraged his converts 
in the various places visited in the former journey ; passing 
on into 

5. Greece, where he stayed three months, probably visiting 
the Churches established at Corinth and in Achaia. He in- 
tended to sail from Cenchrea to Syria, but was waylaid by 
the Jew^s, so he sent the main body of his companions on in 
advance to Troas, viz. Sopater (of Berea), Aristarchus and 



PAUL'S MISSIONARY JOURNEYS 299 

Secundus (of Thessalonica), Gaius (of Derbe), Timotheus (of 
Iconium), Tycliicus and Trophimus (of the province of Asia). 

6. Philippi was reached by some secret and unrecorded route 
by Paul, who was there joined by Luke. They sailed thence 
together, and in five days reached 

7. Troas, where they remained seven days. Paul preached 
in an upper room ; Eutychus fell from the window, but was 
healed by Paul, who V broke bread" in the congregation, and 
departed by land to meet his companions at Assos, who had 
gone round the coast on board the ship. At 

8. Assos Paul embarked, and they touched at 

9. Mitylene; the next day anchoring off Chios, and the day 
following put in at 

10. Trogyllium, a promontory on the coast opposite the 
island of Samos. The next day they touched at 

11. Miletus, where they probably remained two days, as 
Paul sent a messenger by land to the elders at Ephesus 
to come to him, when he took a solemn farewell of them. 
Launching thence, they sailed with a fair wind past Coos 
and Khodes to 

12. Patara, where they changed vessels, embarking on one 
sailing direct to Syria ; sighting Cyprus, but leaving it to the 
left (i. e. sailing south of it), landed at 

13. Tyre, where the vessel discharged her cargo, remaining- 
seven days, and where the disciples warned Paul not to go 
to Jerusalem. The Christians accompanied him to the ship, 
knelt on the shore, and prayed; thence to 

14. Ptolemais {Acre)^ remaining one day; from whence they 
went to 

15. Caesarea, staying many days with Philip, the evangelist, 
where Agabus bound his hands and feet with Paul's girdle, 
signifying his approaching imprisonment. From thence Paul's 
party, accompanied by Mnason (of Cyprus), went up by land 
to 

16. Jerusalem, where they were received by a full assembly 
of the apostles and elders, who advised Paul to purify himself 
from his contact with Gentiles by joining four men in the 
completion of a vow, defraying their expenses. While engaged 
in these religious exercises he was seized by a tumultuous 



300 S TTPPLEMEXTAR Y. 

. __^ 

mob, from whom the Koman chief captain extricated him, 
put him in prison, and sent him to Csesarea, to the governor 
Eelix. 



V. 
PAUL'S JOURNEY TO ROME. 



With Aristarchus a:n^d Certain Prisoners Under 

Charge of Julius, a Centurion of the 

AuGUSTiAN Cohort. 

1. Caesarea. Paul sailed thence on a vessel bound for 
Adramyttium, touching at 

2. Sidon, where he visited his friends. Thence to leeward of 

3. Cyprus (i. e. on the north side), under the shores of Cilicia 
and Pamphylia, to 

4. Myra ^a city of Lycia), where they were transhipped to an 
Alexandrian corn vessel bound for Italy, which coasted along 
the southern shore of Asia Minor (130 miles in "many days") 
to 

6. Cnidus, the extreme southwest promontory; where the 
wmd and current from the Archipelago caught and drove the 
ship southward to 

6. Crete, where they rounded Cape Salmone, and got under 
the shelter of its southern coast, and sailed along it to 

7. Fair Havens, near which, inland, was Lasea, and where 
Paul advised them to winter ; but the harbor being incommo- 
dious they tried to reach 

8. Phenice, which had a harbor, sheltered towards the north- 
west and southv/est ; but they were caught by the wind 
Euroclydon from the northwest ; but under shelter of 

9. Clauda (an island to south of Crete) they prepared for a 
tempest by striking sail, undergirding the ship, turning her 
head to wind, and lying to, so as to avoid being driven on 
the "Syrtes'' to the north of Libya. So they drifted slowly 



PA UD S JO URNE Y TO BO ME. 301 

west by north, at the rate of 36 miles in 24 hours, till the 
fourteenth day, i. e. , thirteen and a half days, till midnight 
— 486 miles; and St Paul's Bay is 480 miles from Clauda in 
an exact line west by north. Second dag, " they lightened the 
ship;" third day, they '^ cast out the tsLcklmg-,'''' fourteenth, 
night, they drew near to land in the neighborhood of rocks; 
fourteenth day, they ran the ship aground in a creek of 

10. Melita [Malta], where they landed, by swimming, or on 
portions of wreck. Here the viper fastened on Paul's hand; 
and he healed Publius (the chief man of the island) of fever 
and dysentery. After three months, they sailed in an Alexan- 
drian corn ship by 

11. Syracuse {Sicily), where they stayed three days; and, 
making a circuit, they came to 

12. Rhegium (Italy), and after one day they reached 

13. Puteoli (Pozzuoli), in the Bay of Naples, where they 
rested seven days; thence they went by the Appian Way to 

14. Appii Forum, where brethren from Eome met him, with 
w^hom they came to 

15. Rome, and Paul remained in custody of a soldier for 
two full years in his own hired house. 



303 STTPPLEMENTASY. 



yi. 

THE CHURCH OF CHRIST. 



I. The Xame. 

I. CoLL,ECTiVELY. — In tliG Xew Testament the name 
*' Church " is applied to The Collective Body of Believers 
(Matt. 16:18; Acts 2:47: Acts 20:28; Col. 1: 18-24). 
Under different figures the terms " Kingdom of Heaven " 
(Matt. 4:17), "Kingdom of God" (Mark 9:47), "Household 
of Faith" (Gal. 6:10), "Household of God" (Ephesians 
2:19), "Flock of God" (1 Peler 5 : 2), "Building of God" 
1 Cor. 3:9), "Temple of God" (1 Cor. 3:16), "Spiritual 
House" (1 Pet. 2:5), "Family of Christ" (Eph. 3: 15), etc., 
are used to designate the same organization. 

II. IXDrviDU ALLY.— The Individual Believers, or members 
of the Church, are also called by various names, as, 1. Disci- 
ples: Signifying learners (Acts 9 : 26). 2. Christians: FoIIoav- 
ers of Christ (Acts 11 : 26). 3. Brethren : Belonging to the same 
body, family or fraternity (Acts 15 : 1). 4. Saints : Sanctified, 
or set apart to a special service (Kom. 8 : 27). 

II. The Head. 

The Head of the Church is the Lord Jesus Christ, the 
Divine Teacher, Leader and Law-giver (Ephesians 1 : 22 ; 
Colossians 1 : 18), who died as an ofiering for sins (Heb. 
10 : 12), purchasing redemption through his blood (Eph. 1 : 7); 
who rose again, abolishing death and bringing immortality to 
light (2 Tim. 1 : 10); who ascended to a place at God's right 
hand, where he is now seated as a Mediator (Heb. 12 : 2); who 
as King of kings and Lord of lords, shall rule until all his 
enemies are subdued, when he will deliver up the kingdom 
to the Father, that God may be all in all (1 Cor. 15 : 24-28). 

III. 1'he Foundation. 

The Foundation, or Fundamental Truth, upon which the 
Church is builded, is the great Proposition: Jesus is the 



THE CHURCH OF CHBTST. 303 

Christ, the Son of the Living God (Matt. 16 : 16). When the Church 
is considered under the figure of a Building, Temple, or Spir- 
itual House, the Lord Jesus Christ, himself, is recognized as 
the Foundation, or Chief Corner-stone (1 Cor. 3 : 10, 11 ; Eph. 
2:20). 

lY. The Beginning. 

The Church of Christ, as it is known in the New Testament, 
formally began on the first Pentecost after the ascension of 
Christ, at the city of Jerusalem, under the ministry of the 
apostles, guided by the Holy Spirit (Luke 24 : 45-48 ; Acts 
1:4-8; Acts 2 : 1-47 ; Acts 13 : 15-18). 

Y. The Membership. 

The Church consists of those who have obtained the remission 
of their sins through the merits of the blood of Christ (1 John 
1 : 7), and in whom the Spirit of Christ dwells (E,om, 8 : 9). 

I. Law of Admission.— To enter into this holy relation, 
and thus become a member of the Family, or Church, of 
Christ, the following acts are essential : 1. Believe on the I^ord 
Jesus Christ (Acts 16 : 31); 2. Kepent of all sins (Luke 24 :47); 
3. Confess the name of Christ (Rom. 10 : 10); 4. Be Baptized 
into the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the 
Holy Spirit (Matt. 28 : 19; Mark 16 : 16 ; Acts 2 : 37, 38). 

II. Law of Continuance.— To continue in this relation 
and attain to everlasting life, there must be a life of obedi- 
ence and holiness (John 8 : 31; Titus 2 : 12)— a faithful contin- 
uance in well-doing (Rom. 2:7; 2 Pet. 1 : 5-11)— a cultivation 
and exhibition of the Fruits of the Spirit of Christ (Gal. 
5 : 22-25). 

III. The Means of Growth. — 1. The means ordained 
for The Extension of the Church is the preaching of the Gospel 
which consists of the Good News of the offer of salvation 
to all the world, and the terms upon which it is to be enjoyed 
(Maik 16 : 15, 16 ; Rom. 10 : 13-15). 2. The means appointed 
for The Building Up of Believers in knowledge and holiness are, 
(1) The study of the Word of God (Matt. 8 : 20; 2 Tim. 3 : 
15-17); (2) The assembly, on the Lord's day and at other 
appropriate times, for prayer (Acts 2 : 46, 47), exhortation 



304 S UPPLEMENTAR Y. 



(Heb. 10: 25), praise (Col. 3 : 16), the breaking of bread (Luke 
22:19, Acts 20: 7) and other acts of worship and service. 

YI. The Officers. 

In the Church, as described in the ^N'ew Testament, we 
find Apostles, Prophets, Evangelists, Pastors and Teachers, 
set for the work of the ministry— for the perfection of the 
saints, and the edifying of the body of Christ (Eph. 4:11, 12). 
These may be classified as follows : 1. The Temporary : Those 
chosen for extraordinary duties and supernaturally qualified, 
and which ceased by limitation with t]ie apostolic age. 2. 
The Permanent: Those entrusted with the ordinary work of 
the Church, and which are to continue throughout all ages. 

I. The Te31 for ary.— Under this head are to be counted, 

1. Apostles : The divinely appointed and commissioned em- 
bassadors, whose mission it was, under the direction of the 
Holy Spirit, to establish the Church and first make known 
the conditions of salvation (Matt. 16:19); John 16:13, 14; 
Acts 1:8; Acts 2 : 1-40). From the nature of their neces- 
sary qualifications and work (Acts 1:21,22; Acts 9:1-22), 
they could have no successors. 

2. Prophets : Their office was to expound Old Testament 
predictions concerning the Messianic Age, and utter new 
prophecies. Their necessary qualification was a miraculous in- 
spiration, and their work naturally and necessarily ceased 
when Revelation was completed (1 Cor. 13 : 8-13). 

II. The Perm axext.— Under this head are to be reck- 
oned, 

1. Evangelists: "Bearers of Good Tidings"; ministers,, 
whose mission is to preach the Gospel ; organize believers 
into congregations, or local churches ; ordain officers; instruct 
teachers, and reprove those who go astray (1 Tim. 4 : 6-16; 
6 : 17-21; 2 Tim. 2:1-3; 4:1,2; Titus 1:5; 2 : 1-9 ; 3 : 1-11). 
They must be instructed in the Word of God (1 Tim. 3: 
14-16 ; 2 Tim. 3 : 14-17); examples to others (1 Tim. 4 : 12); 
studious and watchful (1 Tim. 4: 13-16), and meek and holy 
in their lives (1 Tim. 6 : 11, 12; 2 Tim. 2 : 24-46). 

2. Pastors : Called also Bishops, Overseers and Elders ; offi* 
cers in each individual congregation, to whom is especially 



THE C BURGH OF CHRIST 305 

committed the duty of governing and teaching, and who must 
be men of pure lives and good reputations, and v^^io have 
the ability to instruct others (1 Tim. 3:1-7; Titus 1:5-9; 1 
Pet. 5:1-4). 

3. Deacons : Officers in each congregation having charge of 
the temporal affairs of the Church (Acts 6 : 1-6), and who, 
like pastors, or bishops, must lead pure and holy lives (1 Tim.. 
3 : 8-13.) 

4. Teachers : Persons without any distinctly official posi- 
tion, who assist in giving instruction in the Word of God; 
such as preachers without special charges, writers and lecturers 
on religious topics and tSunday-school teachers (Acts 13 : 1). 
All such teachers must themselves be instructed, and then 
so live as to be examples to others (Phil. 3: 17; 2 Thess. 3:9;^ 
1 Pet. 5: 3; 1 Tim. 4: 12). 

yil. The Mission. 

The Church, thus constituted and conducted, is the divinely 
appointed institution for enlightening and saving the world 
(Matt. 5 : 13-16); for holding up the truth (1 Tim. 3 : 15), and 
for preparing us for admission into the everlasting kingdom 
of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ (2 Pet. 1 : 10, 11). 



a)6 S UPPLEMEXTAB Y. 

THE GOSPEL OF CHRIST. 



GENERAL VIEW. 

I. The XA3IE.— The word "Gosper* means Good News, and 
is the name applied to the message containing The Glad Tidings 
of salvation from sin and death, through Jesus Christ (Luke 
4:18.19: Mark 16:15. 16). 

IL The Authoe. — The Gospel, or Scheme of Redemption. 
in its origin, development and execution, is the joint work 
of the Father, the Son and the Holy Spirit : 

1. God gave his Son. through love, to die for the world 
(John 3: 16.17}. 

2. Jesus Christ offered himself as a sacrifice for sin (Heb. 
5:9: 9: 26>. 

3. The Holy Spirit guided and directed the apostles in its 
propagation (John 16: 13, 14; Acts 2:1-4: 2 Pet. 1 : 21). 

III. The Desigx. — The object, purpose, or design of the 

Gospel, is to save the world (Eom. 1:1-16; 1 Cor. 15:1. 2>— to 

lift mankind up from the low estate of sin and death into 

the glorious light and liberty of the children of God (Rom. 

.8:21: 2 Cor. 4:3-6). 

lY. The Develop:me:st. — The Gospel, or the Plan of 
Salvation, was gradually unfolded. God's gracious purpose 
concerning fallen man being made known a little at a time, 
in different ages and in different ways (Heb. 1:1. 2). 

1. In Promise : In the Patriarchal Age the Gospel was 
preached in Promise ;Gal. 3 : 8j. 

2. In Type : In the Jewish Institution of worship the Plan 
of Salvation was foreshadowed in Type (Heb. 10: 1-10). 

3. In Prophecy: In the Prophetic Age the Coming and Work 
of Christ were presented in Prophecy (Acts 2 : 14: 21 ; 3: 12-26). 

4. In Prospect : In the Days of John the Baptist, and dur- 
ing the Personal Ministry of Christ, the Kingdom of Heaven. 
or the Gospel Dispensation, was announced as being At Hand 
IMatt. 2. 1.2: 4:17). 



THE 00 S PEL OF CHRIST 307 

6. In Fulness: After the Death, Burial, Eesurrection, Ascen- 
sion and Coronation of Jesus, and the Descent of the Holy 
bpirit, the Gospel was preached by the apostles In Its Ful- 
ness, offering salvation to all who would embrace it (Acts 
1:8; 5:1-40). 

ANALYSIS. 

The Gospel may be thus analyzed : 1. Facts to be Believed; 
2. Commands to be Obeyed; 3. Promises to be Enjoyed. 

I. The Facts.— The principal Facts of the Gospel are three 
in number : 

1. The Death of Christ, as an offering for sin (1 Cor. 15: 1-3). 

2. The Burial of Christ, in the tomb of Joseph of Arima- 
thsea (1 Cor. 15:4). 

3. The Resurrection of Christ, the third day, according to the 
JScriptures (1 Cor. 15: 4). 

II. The Commands. — The principal Commands are also 
three in number : 

1. Faith, Belief, or Trust, in the Lord Jesus, as the Divine 
Savior (Acts 4 : 12; 8 : 37; 16 : 31). 

2. Repentance, or Sorrow for sin, and a full purpose of 
heart to turn away from it (Luke 24:47; Acts 3:19; 17:30). 

3. Obedience to all the Requirements of the Gospel, embrac- 
ing, (1) Prayer, or calling on the name of the Lord (Acts 
2 : 21); (2) Confession of Jesus as the Christ, the Son of God 
<Matt. 16 : 16, Acts 8 : 37, Rom. 10 : 10); (3) Baptism into the 
name of the Father, Son and Holy Spirit (Matt. 28 : 19, Acts 
2: 38, 8: 12, 22 : 16); (4) Steadfastness in the Faith, or in the 
teachings of the apostles (Acts 2: 42, Col. 2:5, 3 : 1), or a 
faithful continuance in well-doing (Rom. 2 : 7). 

III. The Promises.— The principal Promises are likewise 
three in number : 

1. Remission of Sins through the blood of Christ (liUke 24 : 
46, 47 ; Acts 2 : 38 ; 3 : 19 ; 10: 43 ; 26: 18 ; Rom. 3: 25 ; Rev. 1: 5). 

2. The Holy Spirit as an Indwelling Guest (Luke 11 : 13 ; 
Acts 2 : 38; 10 : 44, 45 ; Gal. 4 : 8 ; 1 Thess. 3:8). 

3. Eternal Life in heaven at last (Matt. 25:46; .Tohn 3:16; 
6 : 24; 6 : 47 ; Rom. 2:7; 6 : 22, 23 ; Gal. 6 : 8 ; 1 Tim. 1 : 16 ; 
1 John 5 : 11 ; Rev. 22 : 14). 



308 



S UPPLEMENTAR T. 



yiii. 

THE PRINCIPAL MIRACLES OF JESUS, 

In Nearly the Order of Their Occurrence. 



THE DEED. 



THE PLAOK. 



THI BEOOBD. 



1. Water Turned to Wine. 

2. The Nobleman's Son Cured. 

3. The Demoniac Cured. 

4. Peter's Wife's Mother Cured 

5. The Great Draught of Fishes. 

6. A Leper Cleansed. 

7. The Palsy Cured. 

8. The Healing at Bethesda. 

9. The Withered Hand Restored. 

10. The Centurion's Servant Healed. 

11. The Widow's Son Raised. 

12. A Demoniac Cured. 

13. The Tempest Stilled. 

14. The Devils Cast Out. 

15. The Woman Cured. 

16. The Ruler's Daughter Raised. 

17. Two Blind Men Cured. 

18. A Dumb Spirit Cast Out. 

19. The Five Thousand Fed. 

20. Walking on the Sea. 

21. The Syro-Phoenician Child Cured. 
2-2. A Deaf and Dumb Spirit Cast Out. 

23. The Four Thousand Fed. 

24. Sight to two Blind Men Given . 

25. The Demoniac Child Cured. 

26. The Fish Caught with Money | 

in its Mouth. j 

27. Sight Given to a Man Born Blind. 

28. Lazarus Raised. 

29. The Infirm Woman Healed. 

30. The Dropsy Cured. 

31. Ten Lepers Cleansed. 

Zi. Sight Restored to Blind Bartamseus. 

33. The Fig Tree Blasted. 

34. Malchus' Ear Restored. 

35. The Great Draught of Fishes. 



Cana. 

Capernaum. 

Capernaum. 

Capernaum, 

Bethsaida. 

Capernaum, 

Capernaum. 

Jerusalem. 

Capernaum. 

Capernaum. 

iSTain. 

Capernaum. 

Sea of Galilee. 

Gadara. 

Capernaum. 

Capernaum. 

Capernaum. 

Capernaum. 

Bethsaida. 

Sea of Galilee. 

Near Tyre. 

Decapolis. 

Decapolis. 

Bethsaida. 

Near Mt. Hermon. 

Capernaum. 

Jerusalem. 

Bethany. 

Galilee. 

Galilee. 

Samaria. 

Jericho. 

Mount of Olives. 

Gethsemane. 

Sea of Galilee. 



John 

John 
Mart 
Mark 
Luke 
Mark 
Matt. 
John 
Matt. 12: 
Matt. 8: 
Luke 7: 
Matt. 12: 
Matt. 8: 
Matt. 8: 
Luke 8: 
Matt. 9: 
Matt. 9: 
Matt. 9: 
Matt. 14: 
Matt. 15: 
Matt. 15: 
Mark 7: 
Matt. 15: 
Mark 13: 
Matt. 17: 



1-11. 
46-64- 
22-28, 
30-.3U 

1-11. 
40-45. 

1- 8. 

1- 9. 
10 i;^. 

5-13. 
11-17. 
2i-23, 
23-27. 
28-34. 
48-48. 
•23-26. 
27-31. 
32-33. 
15-21. 
22-23. 
22-28. 
3] -.37. 
32-39. 
22-26. 
14-21 



Matt. 17:27. 

John 9: 1- T 
John 11: 1-46. 
Luke 13: 11 17. 
Luke 14: 1-6. 
Luke 17: 14-19. 
Matt. 20:30-34. 
Matt. 21 : 18-22. 
Luke 22: 50-51. 
John 21: 1-14. 



THE PRINCIPAL SAYINGS OF JESUS. 



309 



IX. 



THE PRINCIPAL SAYINGS OF JESUS. 



I. PARABLES. 
In the Order of Their Narration in the New Testament. 





THE PARABLE. 


THK PLACE. 


THE EBCOBB. 


1. 


The Two Houses. 


Galilee. 


Matt. 7: 


24-29. 


2. 


New Cloth and Old Garments. 


Capernaum. 


Matt. 9: 


16. 


3. 


New Wine in Old Bottles. 


Capernaum. 


Matt. 9: 


17. 


4. 


The Sower. 


By the Sea of Galilee. 


Matt. 13: 


1-23. 


5. 


The Tares. 


By the Sea of Galilee. 


Matt. 13: 


24-30. 


6. 


The Mustard Seed. 


By the Sea of Galilee. 


Matt. 13 : 


31-32. 


7. 


The Leaven. 


By the Sea of Galilee. 


Matt. 18: 


33. 


8. 


The Hidden Treasure. 


By the Sea of Galilee. 


Matt. 13: 


44. 


9. 


The Precious Pearl. 


By the Sea of Galilee. 


Matt. 13: 


45,46. 


10. 


The Net. 


By the Sea of Galilee. 


Matt. 13: 


47-50. 


11. 


The Unmerciful Servant 


Capernaum. 


Matt. 18: 


23-35. 


12. 


The Laborers. 


Jerusalem. 


Matt. 20 : 


1-16. 


13. 


The Two Sons. 


Jerusalem. 


Matt. 21 : 


28-32. 


14. 


The Wicked Husbandman. 


Jerusalem. 


Matt. 21: 


33-46. 


15. 


The Marriage Feast. 


Jerusalem. 


Matt 32: 


1-14. 


16. 


The Ten Virgins. 


Jerusalem. 


Matt. 25: 


1-13. 


17. 


The Talents. 


Jerusalem. 


Matt. 25: 


14-30. 


18. 


The Sheep and the Goats. 


Jerusalem. 


Malt. 25: 


31-46. 


19. 


The Seed Secretly Growing. 


By the Sea of Galilee. 


Mark 4 ; 


: 26 29. 


20. 


The Householder. 


Jerusalem. 


Mark 13: 


: 34-37. 


21. 


The Two Debtors. 


Capernaum. 


Luke 7: 


36-50. 


22. 


The Good Samaritan. 


Jeriisalem. 


Luke 10; 


; 25-37. 


23. 


The Friend at Midnight. 


Jerusalem. 


Luke 11: 


5- 8. 


54. 


The Rich Fool. 


Jerusalem. 


Luke 12: 


16-21 


25. 


The Wedding Feast. 


Jerusalem. 


Luke 12; 


; 35-46. 


26. 


The Wise Steward. 


Jerusalem. 


Luke 12: 


; 41-44. 


27. 


The Barren Fig Tree. 


Jerusalem. 


Luke 13: 


: 6-10, 


28. 


The Great Supper. 


Jerusalem. 


Luke 14; 


: 7-14. 


29. 


The Lost Sheep. 


Jerusalem. 


Luke 15: 


: 3- 7. 


30. 


The Piece of Money. 


Jerusalem. 


Luke 15: 


; 8-10. 


31. 


The Prodigal Son. 


Jerusalem. 


Luke 15 ; 


; 11-3?. 


32. 


The Unjust Steward. 


Jerusalem. 


Luke 16: 


: 1-12. 


33. 


The Rich Man and Lazarus. 


Jerusalem. 


Luke 16: 


; 19-31. 


34. 


The Unprofitable Servants. 


Jerusalem. 


Luke 17: 


7-10. 


35. 


The Unjust Judge. 


Jerusalem. 


Luke 18: 


; 1- 8- 


36. 


The Pharisee and Publican. 


Jerusalem. 


Luke 18: 


: 9-14. 


37. 


The Pounds. 


Jerusalem. 


Luke 19; 


: 12-27. 



310 



S UPPLEMENTAR Y. 



II. DISCOURSES AND CONVERSATIONS. 

In Nearly the Order of Tlieir Delivery. 





8UBJKCT. 


PLACE. 


THB BKOORD. 


1. 


The New Birth. 


Jerusalem. 


John 3: 


1-21. 


2. 


The Water of Life. 


Sychar. 


John 4: 


1-12.. 


3. 


The Scriptures Fulfilled. 


'Nazareth. 


Luke 4: 


16-31. 


4. 


Sermon on the Mount. 


Galilee. 


Matt. 5—8. 


5. 


Instruction to the Apostles. 


Galilee. 


Matt. 10: 


5-12. 


6. 


Woes and Warnings. 


Capernaum. 


Matt. 11: 


20-24. 


7. 


The Father and the Son, 


Jerusalem. 


John 5: 


17-47. 


8. 


The Sabbath and its Observance. 


Galilee. 


Matt. 13 : 


1-8. 


9. 


The Unpardonable Sin. 


Capernaum. 


Matt. 12: 


23-37.. 


10. 


The Bread of Life. 


Capernaum. 


John 6: 


22-71. 


11. 


Internal Purity. 


Capernaum. 


Matt. 15: 


: 1-20.. 


12. 


Offences and Injuries. 


Capernaum. 


Matt. 18: 


1-20. 


13. 


His Divine Mission. 


Jerusalem. 


John 7: 


14-31. 


14. 


Living Waters. 


Jerusalem. 


John 7: 


32-53. 


15. 


The Light of the World. 


Jerusalem. 


John 8: 


12-30. 


16. 


Freedom, by the Truth. 


Jerusalem. 


John 8: 


31-58. 


17. 


The Shepherd and the Sheep. 


Jerusalem. 


John 10; 


: 1-38. 


18. 


Rebukes and Warnings. 


Jerusalem. 


Luke 11 : 


29-36. 


19. 


Humility and Prudence. 


Jerusalem. 


Luke 14: 


7-14. 


20. 


The Way of Life. 


Jerusalem. 


Matt. 39: 


16-30. 


21. 


Sufferings and Death. 


Jericho. 


Matt. 20: 


: 17-19. 


22. 


True Greatness. 


Jericho. 


Matt. 20; 


: 20-28. 


23. 


Paying Tribute. 


Jerusalem. 


Matt. 22: 


: 15-22. 


24. 


The Resurrection. 


Jerusalem. 


Matt. 23: 


: 23-33. 


25. 


The Great Commandment. 


Jerusalem. 


Matt. 22: 


: 34-45. 


26. 


The Destruction of Jerusalem. 


Jerusalem. 


Matt. 24; 


1-51. 


27. 


Comfort and Instruction. 


Jerusalem, 


John 14- 


-17. 


28. 


The Last Commission. 


Galilee. 


Luke24: 


44-49. 



III. PRAYERS. 

In Nearly the Order in Which They Were Offered. 

THB OCCASIOX. THE PLACE. THE BECORD. 

1. Preparatory Prayer. Solitary Place. Mark 1 : 35. 

2. After Certain Great Miracles . Wilderness. Luke 5:16. 

3. Before Choosing the Twelve. A Mountain. Luke 6:12. 

4. After Feeding the 5000. A Mountain. Matt. 14 : 23. 

5. At the Transfiguration. Mount Hermon. Luke 9:29. 

6. At the Grave of Lazarus. Bethany. John 11 : 41, 42. 



THE PRINCIPAL SAYINGS OF JESUS. 



31ti 



THB OCCASION. 

7. For Peter. 

8. For His Disciples. 

9. Before His Betrayal. 
10. For His Enemies. 



THE PLACB. 

Last Supper. 
Last Supper. 
Getbsemaue. 
On the Cross. 



THE KECOED. 

Luke 22: 32. 
John 17 1 1-26. 

Luke22:«M4.. 
Luke 23: 34. 



IV. ADMONITIONS AND WARNINGS. 

In Nearly the Order in Which They Were Spoken^ 



TO WHOM. 
1. 

2. 

3. 
4. 
5. 

6. 

7. 



9. 
10. 
11. 
12. 
13. 
14. 
15. 



The Disciples. 
The Disciples. 
Cities of Galilee. 
The Disciples. 
The Disciples. 
The Disciples. 
The Disciples. 
The Disciples. 
The Disciples. 
The Disciples. 
Hypocrites. 
Peter. 

The Betrayer. 
Jerusalem. 
Finally Impenitent. 



OF WHAT. 

False Prophets. 
Wicked Men. 
Impending Doom. 
Danger of Riches. 
Danger of Abundance. 
Danger of Flattery. 
Teachings of Pharisees. 
Danger of Covetousness. 
The Scribes. 
False Christs. 
Just Deserts. 
His Denial. 
Awful Fate. 
Destruction. 
Eternal Death. 



THE BECORIR- 

Matt. 7:15. 
Matt. 10: 17. 
Matt. 11 : 20-2*^ 
Luke e:84. 
Luke 6:25. 
Luke 6: 26. 
Luke 12: 1. 
Luke 12: 15.. 
Mark 12-:: 38.. 
MarkLT: 5, 6:. 
7irark%rl3-3S:- 
John 18 : 36-3Sk 
Matt. 26 : 24. 
Matt. 26:34-S8i. 
Matt. 26 1 4S.. 



V. BEATITUDES. 



In Nearly the Order of Their Delivery. 





WHO. 


WHAT. 


TKM.XSaOXXf?- 


1. 


Poor in Spirit. 


Inherit the Kingdom. 


Matti. S": S. 


2. 


The Mourner. 


Be Comforted. 


Mattt 5: 4.- 


3. 


The Meek, 


Inherit the Land. 


Matt. 5: 6» 


4. 


Hungry and Thirsty. 


Be Filled. 


Matft. 5: 6. 


5. 


The Merciful. 


Obtain Mercy. 


Matt. 5: 7. 


6. 


Pure in Heart. 


See God. 


Matt 5r 8. 


7. 


Peace-Makers. 


Be God's Children. 


Matt, 5: 9. 


8. 


The Persecuted. 


Possess the Kingdom. 


Matt. 5: 10. 


9. 


The Reviled. 


Have a Rich Reward. 


Matt. 5:11,121 


10. 


The Watchful. 


Ministered to by the Lord. 


Luke 12: 37,43; 


11. 


The Risen with Christ, 


Free from Eternal Death. 


Rev. 20: 6. 


12. 


The Obedient. 


Enter Heaven. 


ESBY.. 2lJ U^ 



:313 



S UPPLEMENTAR Y. 



VI. INVITATIONS AND PROMISES. 
In Nearly the Order in Which They Were Spoken. 





TO WHOM. 


WHAT. 


THB EHCOED. 


1. 


The Disciples. 


Fishers of Men. 


Matt. 4: 


19. 


t. 


The Believer. 


Eternal Life. 


John 3: 


14-16. 


3. 


The Hungry. 


Bread of Life. 


John 6: 


48-51. 


4. 


The Thirsty. 


Water of Life. 


John 7: 


37. 


'5. 


The Seekers. 


All Proper Requests. 


Matt. 7: 


7-12. 


6. 


The Weary. 


Rest. 


Matt. 11 : 


28-30. 


7. 


The Children. 


Come to Him. 


Mark 10 : 


13-16. 


8. 


Them that Ask. 


The Holy Spirit. 


Luke 11: 


13. 


9. 


His Followers. 


Home in Heaven. 


John 14: 


1-3. 


10. 


The Apostles. 


Another Comforter. 


John 16: 


7-14. 


11. 


Obedient Believers. 


Salvation. 


Mark 16 : 


16. 


12. 


His People. 


His Presence Forever. 


Matt. 28: 


20. 


13. 


The Obedient. 


Tree of Life. 


Rev. 22: 


14. 


14. 


"Whosoever Will. 


Water of Life. 


Rev. 22: 


17. 




CHRISTIAN S 13DAY-SCHQQL SER IES FOR 188?. 
QUARTERLIES. 

The Primary Quarterly. 

W. W. DOWLUfG, Editor. 

The Pbtxaky •nill contain Lesson Talks. Lesson Qnestions, Lesson Tests, 
and Lesson Pictures for the youngest classes in the Sunday-school, and 
t he lit tle ones at home. 

TERZ^S : Single cop jr. per qnarter, 5 cts.; Fixe copies or more^ 
to one address. 2 cts. per copy per quarter. 

The Scholar's Quarterly. 

TV. W. DOWLISG, Editor. 

This Qcaiiteklt is intended for use in the Intermediate Classes, and will 
have Daily Readings, Analysis, >«otes. Questions. Applications, Elustrations, 
Maps, Charts, Order of Service, and other useful helps. Not less than 64 page* 
per quarter. Teems : 



Single copy, per quarter 
10 copies 

25 copies " 

50 copies " 

100 copies " 



.10. per Tear § .30 

.40, ■• 1.25 

.90, " 3.00 

1.60, " 5.50 

3.00. " 10.00 



The Bible Student. 

B. W. JOHySON, Editor. 

The BrBLZ SrcDEirr is a Quarterly for advanced classes, and ■will contain 
the Scripture Text in both the Common and Eevised Versions, -svith full Ex- 
planatory ^^(Ke5. Helpful Eeadings, Practical Lessons and Suggestions, Maps^ 
Charts and Vocabulary. From &i to 100 pages per quarter. Teems: 



Single copy, per quarter . . . .§ .10, 

10 copies " 70, 

25 copies " .... 1.60, 

50 copies " .... 3.25, 

100 conies " .... 6.00, 



per year. 



.§ .40 

. 2.50 
, 6.00 
. 10.50 
. 20.00 



MONTHLIES. 



Christian S. S. Teacher. 



TT. TT. DOWLISG, Editor. 



7rrF. Teacheb is a monthly magazine of thirty-two double-colrcu. v^^^^t ^ o» 
Sunday-school workers." coufaining >otes, yews and Obsert atiotit, Ifiii;.s 



The 
all . 

and Suggetions on Sunday-school Management: Queries and J^^swers: Home 
Studies and Work, the Order of Service; Ortline Sermons f'-r Children, to- 



gether with a thorough exposition of the International Sunday-school Lesson*. 
Tn the department of Practical Illustration especially, The Teacher may 
safely claim to lead all other monthlies. 

TERMS: One copy one year, 60 cents. In clulbs of Ten and 
upwards to one address^ 50 cts eacb. 

Christian Bible LessonSc 

Prepared hy B. W. JOHNSON. 

These Lessons will aim to maintain the reputation they have long enjoyed* 
of being the most thorough and comprehensive published. Tebms: 

10 copies to one address, one year $ 1.20. 

25 " " " " " 2.80. 

50 " " " " " 5.60. 

100 " " " " " 9.60. 

If one month's lessons are ordered at a time, the rates will be as follow*: 

10 copies 15 cents. 

25 copies 30 cents. 

50 copies 55 cents. 

100 copies $1 00. 



WEEKLIES. 



The Sunday-School Evangelist. 

W. TV. BOWLTNQ, Editor. 

The S. S. Evangelist is a paper for the Sunday-school and Family, of va- 
ried and attractive contents, embracing Serial and Shorter Stories; Sketches; 
Incidents of Travel; Poetry; Field Notes; Lesson Talks; Tangled Threads, 
and Letters from the Children, printed from clear type, on fine calendered 
paper, and profusely illustrated with new and beautiful engravings. The ed- 
itor is assisted by a large corps of contributors, among whom are some of 
the best American writers in the department of juvenile literature. 

TERMS : Weekly, in clubs of not less than ten copies to one address, 
40 cents a copy per year, or 10 cents a copy per quarter. 

Montbly Magazine, made up of the current numbers of the Weekly in 
an illustrated cover. The only edition sent to single subscribers. 75 cent* 
per year. 

The Little Ones. 

W. W. BOWLING, Editor 
The Little Ones is a paper for the Piimary Department in the Sunday- 
School and the Little Ones at Home, full of charming little stories, sweet 
poems, merry rhymes and jingles, beautiful pictures and simple lesson talks. 
It is printed on fine tinted paper, and no pains or expense is spared to make 
it the prettiest and best of all papers for the very little people. 

TERMS : Weekly, in clubs of not less than five copies to one addresi, 
35 cents a copy per year. 



^^Samples of all S. S. Papers sent free* 



An Instantaneous Success I 



rjT7:q- -pri. 

GHRISTIAN1_S. HYMNAL. 

Every Piece a Gem. 

No Dry and Useless vStufF. 

All the Best 'vVriters and 

Composers are Represented* 

STYLES AND JPBWES. 

CHEAP POPULAR EDITION. 

Boards, single copy, by mail $ .30 

" per dozen, by express 3.00 

" perhundred " , 25.00 

FINE EDITIONo 

Silk clotli, red edge, single copy 40 

" " per dozen, by exprea^ 4.00 

" " perhundred, " 32.00 

Morocco, red edge, single copy 1.50 

" gilt edge, " 2.00 

" fuU gUt, " 3.00 

WORD EDITION. 

Boards, single copy, by mail 15 

" per dozen, by express 1.50 

" perhundred, " 10.00 

Cloth, red edges, single copy, by mail r .20 

" " per dozen, by express 2.00 

"A marvel of cheapness, sweetness, tenderness and pattios."— N. S. 
Hatnes. 

"A perfect gem and I am sure our schools will hail its appearaace with de- 
light.."— L. L. Cakpextsr. 

"I fell in love with it at firit sight. It is solid and wiU last for years." 
j — R. L. McHattox . 

"Unexcelled by any work I have ever examined." — M. P. Givens. 
' *'I am proud of it, and shall urge our schools wherever I go to adopt 
it." — SiMPSOX Elt. 

"I do not see how it could be improved." — A. M Haggakd. 

"AU that the most exacting could desire in a S. S. HymnaJ." — R. C. Bar- 
row. 

"I am well pleased with it."— L. H. J.AjtfTESON. 

"The purest cream of aU S. S. Music."— J. H. Paixter. 

'■In my opinion the work meets a recognized want." — G. T. Carpenter. 

"Far better than Dr. Robinson's Spiritual Songs for the S. S."— J. B. 
White. 

"The Sunday-schools hav^ °, rich treasure in this Hynmal. — Chas. 
Louis Loos. 



CHRISTIAN LESSON BOOKS 

FOR 1887. 



The hearty approval and g-enorous patronage extended to our series 
of Lesson Books for 1886 have encouraged tbe auttiors and enabled the 
publishers, at a greatly increased cost, to make many improvements and 
enlargements in the volumes for 1887, which win render thom still more- 
useful as helps in Bible study. The series comprises the following: 

I. THE LESSON PRIMER. 

By W. W. DUWLINQ. 

A Book of Easy Lessons for Little Learners, in Short Talks, Plain 
Questions, Sweet Hymns and Pretty P)ctures that will make Lesson Study 
a delight. Price— Single copy, 25 cents; per dozen, $2 40, 

II. THE LESSON HELPER. 

By W. W. DOWLINQ. 

A Book for Sunday-school scholars, containing carefully selected Daily 
Readings, Geographical, Biographical and Chronological Notes; Lesson 
Summary, Lesson Outlines, Lesson Comments, Lesson Questions, and 
Lesson Thoughts, with Practical Suggestions for home study and work . 
All proper names in the Scripture Text are divided into syllables and ac- 
cemed, to aid in their pronunciation. The Bo^^k also contains an Order 
of Service aod Attendance Record of both Sunday-school and Church, 
for each quarter; special MieSiouary, Temperance, Thanksgiving and 
Christmas Lessons; Colored Maps and Charts, with many illustrations 
drawn and engraved expressly for this volume. 

Price — Single copy, 35 cents; per dozen, $2.40. 

III. THE LESSON COMMENTARY. 

By B. W. JOHNSON. 

A Book for Advanced Pupils and Teachers, containing a careful Analp- 
Bis of each Lesson, with Introductory,Geographical and copious Explana- 
tory Notes. The following are some of its advantages: 1. It is for 
Sunday-school Teachers and Bible Students, and written with reference 
to their wants ; 2. It uses plain and simple language; 3. It aims, above 
all things, to bring out the meaning of the Word; 4, It declares the 
whole truth, as found in the Scriptures; 5. It brings its lessons home by 
practical applications, suggestions and illustrations. The Text is printed 
in both the Common and Revised Versions, for the purpose of compari- 
son, in parallel columns. The volume contains new colored maps, mada 
expressly for this work, with many special engravings. 

Pbicb— $1.00; per dozen, $9.00. 



Published and For Sale by 

Christian Publishing Company^ 

ST. LOUIS, MO. 



GATALOGVE OF CUEISIl^^ PUBLISHING CO. 



MAPS. 



PALESTINE. 



No. 1. Eight-Sheet Map of Palestine. With Topo- 
graphical Plan of the City of Jerusalem, and a Plan of thu 
Vicinity of Jerusalem. Size 116 x 81 inches. Price, printed on 
cloth $10 00 

Before perfecting our present processes for printing on cloth, the produc- 
tion of maps of this great size was seldom attempted, and, if manufactured, 
the diificulty and cost of transporting them, and their liability to damage 
in use, rendered them very objectionable. Our present plans remedy all 
these defects, and we are enabled to present a map that will be welcomed in 
every school having room for its exhibition. 

This being distinctively a wall map, all extraneous and irrelevant infor- 
mation has been omitted, and so large, clear, and distinct a style has been 
adopted, both for the topography and lettering, that everything upon it is 
clearly distinguishable from every part of a large school-room. 

The geographical base of the map is in strict conformity with the most 
recent explorations and surveys, both English and American, and the iden- 
tification of places previously unknown has enabled us to fix the bounda- 
ries of the tribes with much more precision than has before been possible. 
The topography of the plan of the city of Jerusalem is minutely shown, but 
this being printed in color, the confusion sometimes experienced by those 
unaccustomed to use topographical maps of the ordinary style is entirely 
obviated. 

We have also added a profile to show the elevation of the country above 
the Mediterranean, and the depression of the valley of the Jordan and Dead 
Sea, and, for purposes of comparison, diagrams of Palestine and of portions 
of our own country upon the same scale. In fact, every effort has been 
made to make this an improvement on any map that has preceded it, and 
its great superiority will be readily acknowledged after the most general 
examination. 

BIBLE LANDS. 

No. 2. Map Illustrating the Travels of St. Paul. 

Eight sheets. Size, 116 x 81 inches. Price, on cloth $10 00 

This is the largest map of these countries ever published, and bears the 
same relation to others of the same era that the "eight sheet Palestine" 
does to other maps of that region. The routes of St. Paul are distinctly 
shown by strong lines of different colors ;'the names of places visited in his 
various missionary tours are lettered very boldly to distinguish them from 
other ancient names, and the few modern names that are introduced to 
make the identification with places of present interest more easy, are in a 
still lighter style of lettering. The central missionary stations of all 
Protestant societies in this region are shown by bright colored spots, thus 
adding another feature of great interest. This map fills a place never be- 
fore fully occupied. 



CATALOGUE OF GHBISTIAN PUBLISHING GO. 
No. 3. Topographical Map of Palestine. With 

Plans of the Peninsula of Mount Sinai, the Environs of Jeru- 
salem, and Topographical Plan of the City of Jerusalem. 
71 X 52 inches. Price, mounted with rollers and varnished. . . $ 7 00 
Price, on cloth 5 00 

This map has been prepared expressly for the use of Sunday-schools and 
Bible classes. Its large size has enabled the author to show an unusual 
amount of detail, and at the same time make both lettering and topography 
bold and distinct. All the results of the latest explorations are shown, and 
both ancienj and modern names of towns, rivers, etc. The names mention- 
ed in the Bible are given in one style of letter, the other ancient names in 
another style, and the modern names in still another ; thus, without con- 
fusion, comprising the same as three distinct maps. It is colored, to show 
the original partition among the tribes, as well as the later Roman divis- 
ion. Figures on the face of the map show elevation and depression from 
the Mediterranean, 

Special pains have been taken to collect information for the plan of the 
City of Jerusalem, especially in regard to its present topographical features, 
which will here be found fully and clearly exhibited. 

No. 4. Map of the Lands Mentioned in the Bible. 

Especially Illustrating the Travels of St. Paul. 71 x 53 inches. 

Price, mounted with rollers and varnished $ 7 00 

Price, on cloth 5 00 

In the preparation of this map the author has had the idea of utility 
prominently before him. The area embraced includes both New Testa- 
ment and Old Testament countries, taking in Rome on the west, Egypt on 
the south, and the mouth of the Euphrates on the east. The lettering is 
bold and plain, and shows both the ancient and modern names of towns, 
rivers, mountains, etc. The routes of St. Paul in his several missionary 
tours are plainly indicated by distinct colored lines. All the present Prot- 
estant missionary stations are also shown by spots of color, thus adding a 
very interesting feature. No more instructive lesson can be taught to a 
Sunday-school than the story of the life of Paul, pointing out his journeys 
from place to place on the map. Even the infant classes may be thus in- 
terested, and the lesson thus taught will never be forgotten. 

MOUNT SINAI. 

No. 5. Map of the Peninsula of Mount Sinai. 

Illustrating the Wanderings of the Israelites in their Journey 
from Egypt to Canaan, with a plan, on a large scale, of the 
Vicinity of Mount Sinai, from the Ordnance Survey. 72 x 52 

inches. Price, mounted, varnished, and on rollers $7 00 

Printed on cloth „ . .r, . 5 00 

This map exhibits the results of the researches of the English and Amer- 
ican expeditions for the exploration of this interesting region ; and a com- 
parison with any of the previously published maps will show how entirely 
conjectural the greater part of the detailed information hitherto shown and 
accepted as fact has been. Its large scale, bold lettering, and skillful exe- 
cution, have combined to produce a map which will fully meet the want 
long felt by all who have attempted to teach the narrative of the Exodus 
from the small and very imperfect publications of the kind hitherto offered. 

The detailed plan of the vicinity of Mt. Sinai is printed in color, which 
brings out its peculiar topography in a very striking manner, and cannot 
fail to impress the student with the details as well as the general features 
of this scene of wonders. 



GATALOQVE OF CHRISTIAN PUBLISHING CO. 



No. 6. Topographical Map of Palestine. With 
Plans of the City of Jerusalem smd of the Environs of Jerusa- 
lem, chiefly from the Maps and Drawings of Robinson and 
Smith, with corrections and additions furnished by the Rev. Dr. 
E. Robinson. 43 x 32 inches. Price, mounted and varnishedj $ 3 06 

This map is elegantly engraved on steel, and is peculiarly adapted to 
family use and the use of theological students. While the large map is 
especially adapted for the school or lecture room, this is more convenient 
for family use and private study. 

No. 7. Old Testament Map of Palestine. Size, 

41 X 28 inches. Price, mounted with rollers and varnished. . . . $ 2 00 
Price, on cloth 1 50 

No. 8. New Testament Map of Palestine. Size, 

41 X 28 inches. Price, mounted with rollers and varnished. ... $ 2 00 
Price, on cloth • 1 50 



Sunday-School Requisites. 



INTERNATIONAIi S. S. RECORD. For recording 

upon a new, simple and accurate plan, everything pertaining to 
the business of a Sunday-school ; corresponds to the Interna- 
tional S. S. Lesson system ; contains new features not in any 
other record. Its use stimulates attendance and collections. 
Can be easily kept ; saves time and labor. The attendance and 
collections are shown without turning a leaf, and the condition 
of the school is seen at a glance, whether for one Sunday or for 
the entire quarter; makes a complete history of the school. 
Handsomely bound $1 00 

STANDARD S. S. CLASS-BOOK. Arranged by a 

committee. Rulings and printed headings. Cloth, flexible, 12 

cents ; per dozen 1 25 

Paper covers, 10 cents ; per dozen 100 

BIBIiE QUESTIONS. For Sunday-schools, Bible classes, 

etc. By L. L. Pinkerton. 18mo, 142 pp., cloth 25 

LiITTLiE CHILD'S SCRIPTURE QUESTION 

Book. By Mrs. Sallie Logan. Single copy, 5 cts. Per dozen.. 40 

ONE HUNDRED QUESTIONS FOR CHILDREN. 

BvW. C. Irwin. EachScts. Per dozen 40 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: IVlay 2005 

PreservationTechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATrOr 

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 




014 241 452 1 



V « 



